{"1": {"fulltext": "mssasgmi mismmm\\nird\\ncl s S\\ned I i\\nrv||(;;r\\nr I I I I\\n|f\u00c2\u00ab^fc!i 5^:; \u00c2\u00abVJ/-;:", "height": "4293", "width": "2909", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "LIBRARY OF CONGRESS.\\nChap Copyrioht No..\\ns\\nShelf ^,.C _ 47\\nUNITED STATES OF AMERICA.", "height": "4286", "width": "2736", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4286", "width": "2736", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4309", "width": "2791", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "CHARDENAL S\\nFRENCH EXERCISES\\nFOR ADVANCED PUPILS\\nREVISED SY\\nDELPHINE DUVAL\\nPROFESSOR OF FRENCH AT SMITH COLLBGB\\nBoston\\nALLYN AND BACON\\n1900", "height": "4264", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "_47695\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0080\u00a2wo Cowts t\u00e2\u0082\u00accc,\u00c2\u00bbeo\\nSEP 15 1900\\nOROt\u00c2\u00ab0\u00c2\u00abV\u00c2\u00bbSION,\\nSfP 19 1900\\nT\\nC\\nc.^\\nCOPYKIGHT, 19 00, BY\\nDELPHINE DUVAL.\\n80068\\nNorbjoato Press\\nJ. S. Gushing Co. Berwick Smith\\nNorwood Mass. U.S.A.", "height": "4309", "width": "2791", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "PREFACE.\\nIn this edition of Cliardenars Advanced Exer-\\ncises it has been my intention not so much to\\ncorrect the book as to adapt it to the needs of\\nAmerican pupils, and to the scope of our courses\\nof study.\\nAs the book is intended for pupils who have had\\none year of French in college, or two years in ele-\\nmentary or preparatory schools, some words in\\nvocabularies and some foot-notes in the first part,\\nwith which the student should be perfectly familiar,\\nhave been omitted. In the second part, the sen-\\ntences in the French exercises have been reduced\\nin number from eighteen in each exercise to eleven\\nor twelve, and those in the English, with some\\nchanges, from thirty-six to twenty-five, thus avoid-\\ning too much repetition.\\nFor the greater convenience of the student, instead\\nof two lists, one which refers both to the idiomatic\\nverbs and to the idiomatic expressions has been sub-\\nstituted. Many obsolete idioms have been omitted,\\nand all the idioms in each exercise will be found in\\nthe section correspondingly numbered in the list.\\nD. D.\\nAugust 6, 1900.", "height": "4264", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4309", "width": "2791", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS.\\nPAET FIEST.\\nPAGE\\nSyntax 1\\nThe Article 1\\nThe Partitive Article 3\\nThe Article used before plus, mieux, etc. 4\\nThe Noun 4\\nPlural of Compound Nouns 5\\nCollective Nouns 6\\nThe Adjective. Agreement of Adjectives 6\\nThe Place of Adjectives 7\\nThe Government of Adjectives 8\\nThe Comparison of Adjectives 9\\nPossessive Adjectives 10\\nIndefinite Adjectives 11\\nNumerals 13\\nThe Pronoun. Place of Personal Pronouns 14\\nOrder of Personal Pronouns before the Yerb 16\\nOrder of Personal pronouns after the Verb 17\\n^n and F 18\\nThe Pronoun Soi 19\\nThe Pronoun Le 20\\nPossessive Pronouns 20\\nDemonstrative Pronouns 21\\nInterrogative and Relative Pronouns 24\\nIndefinite Pronouns 26\\nV", "height": "4264", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "VI CONTENTS.\\nPAGE\\nThe Verb. Agreement of Verbs 28\\nThe Place of the Subject 29\\nPassive Verbs 30\\nPronoramal Verbs 31\\nThe Past Tenses. 1. The Imperfect 32\\n2. The Preterite Definite 32\\n3. The Preterite Indefinite 33\\nThe Future and the Conditional 34\\nThe Subjunctive 35\\nUse of the Tenses of the Subjunctive 39\\nThe Infinitive 41\\nThe Participle. The Present Participle 42\\nThe Past Participle 43\\nThe Adverb. Place of Adverbs 46\\nParticular Pules on Ne 47\\nThe Preposition. De .49\\nThe Translation of To 50\\nDepuis, Pendant, Pour 50\\nDans and En 51\\nA and En 51\\nFi^om .52\\nPepetition of Prepositions .52\\nThe Conjunction Que 52\\nII. Exercises on Syntax 54\\nPAET SECOND.\\nI. Exercises on Idioms 105\\nIT. Idiomatic Verbs and Phrases 183\\nIII. Popular Sayings 255", "height": "4309", "width": "2791", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "PART FIRST.\\nI. PRINCIPAL RULES OF SYNTAX.\\nTHE ARTICLE.\\nRule 1. The article is used in French before nouns\\ndenoting a general class, and must be repeated before\\neach as,\\nMen fade away like floioers, Les hommes passent comme les\\nfleurs.\\nModeration is the loise man streas- La moderation est le tresor du\\nure, sage.\\nThe father and mother of that Le pere et la mere de cet enfant\\nchild are old, sont ages.\\nExcEPTTOXS. The article is omitted\\n(1) Before nouns in an enumeration as,\\nChildren, parents, friends, stran- Enfants, parents, amis, etrangers,\\ngers, all bewailed him, tous le pleurerent.\\n(2) Before nouns usegl adverbially as,\\nHe acts with integrity, II agit avec probite.\\nI am friendless and penniless, Je suis sans ami, sans argent.\\nRule 2. The article is used in French before names\\nof countries, provinces, rivers, and mountains as,\\nScotland has magnificent scenery, L Ecosse a de magnifiques pay-\\nsages.\\nDid you ever see Loch Lomond? Avez-vous jamais vu le lac Lo-\\nmond?\\nB 1", "height": "4264", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "2 THE ARTICLE.\\nExceptions. The article is omitted before names of\\ncountries preceded by verbs of residence or motion, or\\nby the preposition en, or used adjectively as,\\nShe comes from Scotland, Elle vient d Ecosse.\\nHe is gone from England to Spain, II est alle d Angleterre en Espagne.\\nThe Queen of England, La reine d Angleterre.\\nScotch pig-iron, De la fonte d Ecosse.\\nEuLE 3. The article le, la, les is used for a or an sig-\\nnifying per before nouns of weight, measure, or number\\nbut par is used for a or an before nouns of time as,\\nThree francs a yard, Trois francs le metre.\\nFivepence a pound, Cinquante centimes la livre.\\nTen francs a hundred, Dix francs le cent.\\nA guinea a month, Une guinee par mois.\\nEuLE 4. The article used in English before a noun in\\napposition or before a noun denoting a person s country,\\nbusiness, title, etc., is omitted in French; as,\\nAs it is sometimes difficult to ascertain when the name of a country-\\nis used adjectively, observe that de, between two nouns, makes, as it\\nwere, an adjective of the second noun, and, therefore, that the real and\\nchief object in the mind is pointed out by the first noun, and qualified\\nby the second. In un appartement de roi, the chief object is an apart-\\nment, the beauty of which is worthy of a king; whereas, in I apparte-\\nment du roi, roi is pointed out by the article as the owner, and it\\nserves also to distinguish that apartment from others as,\\nLe roi de France, Le roi des Frangais.\\nLes vins de France, Les avantages de la France.\\nLes ports d* Angleterre, Les richesses de I Angleterre.\\nDu poisson de mer, Du poisson de la mer du Nord. Merlet.\\nBut the article must be used before\\n(1) Names of some notorious persons, those of celebrated actresses, and\\na few Italian names; as, la Brinvilliers, la Champmesle, le Tasse, T Arioste.\\n(2) Proper nouns denoting a literary production as, le Cinna de\\nComeille.\\n(3) A saint s day as, la Saint-Pierre, la St. Jean.\\n(4) Proper names in the plural as, les Cicerons sont rates.", "height": "4309", "width": "2791", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "THE ARTICLE. 3\\nAugustus, the nephew of Caesar, Auguste, neveu de Cesar.\\nHe is a clergyman, II est ecclesiastique.\\nShe is a Frenchvwman, EUe est Frangaise.\\nEuLE 5. The article is omitted in p roverbi al sen-\\ntences^ and before the numeral_fqllomiig the name of a\\nruler; as,\\nA good name is better than a golden Bonne renommee vaut mieux que\\ngirdle, ceinture doree.\\nHenrij the Fourth, Henri quatre.\\nRule 6. The article is omitted after que or quel used\\nas an exclamation as,\\nWhat a noise for nothing Que de bruit pour rien\\nWhat a had day Quelle affreuse joumee\\nThe Partitive Article.\\nRule 7. Some or any, expressed or understood before\\na noun, is translated by du, de la, de 1 or des as,\\nhave eaten bread and cheese, J ai mange du pain et du fromage.\\nThat man has courage. Get homme a du coeur.\\nExceptions. (1) De alone is used when the noun is\\npreceded by an adjective; as,\\nSome good bread, De bon pain.\\nBut if the adjective and the noun form a single idea\\n(as beaux-arts, belles-lettres, bon mot, grand-p^re, jeunes\\ngens, etc.), du, de la, de 1 or des must be used as,\\nSome fops, Des petits-maitres.\\n(2) De alone is used when the verb is negative; as,\\nHe has no courage, II n a pas de coeur.\\nIf, however, the noun be followed and modified by an\\nadjective or a subordinate sentence, the article should be\\nused; as,", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "4 THE NOUN.\\nhave not such mean feelings, Je n ai point des sentiments si bas.\\nNever give advice which it may he Ne donnez jamais des conseils qu^l\\ndangerous to follow, soit dangereux de suivre.*\\nThe Article used before Plus, M/ eux, Moins.\\nRule 8. The article le is invariable when it forms,\\nwith plus, mieux, or moins, an adverbial expression modi-\\nfying an adjective, a verb, or an adverb; as,\\nShe is happiest when with her chil- C est aupres de ses enfants qu elle\\ndren, est le plus heureuse.\\nIt is for music that they have the C est pour la musique qu elles sont\\ngreatest talent, le plus heureusement douees.\\nIt is she who expresses herself the C est elle qui s exprime le plus elo-\\nmost eloquently quemment.\\nIt is what she likes best, C est ce qu elle aime le mieux.\\nBut the article is variable when there is a comparison\\nbetween persons or things in this case a noun is always\\nunderstood; as,\\nOf all women she is the happiest, De toutes les femmes, c*est la plus\\nheureuse (femme).\\nThe most usefid arts are 7iot the Les arts les plus utiles ne sont pas\\nmost esteemed, (les arts) les plus consideres.\\nTHE NOUN.\\nEuLE 9. In English a noun qualifying another noun\\nprecedes it, and usually has the force of an adjective.\\nThe article is also used in interrogative and negative sentences to\\nexpress an affirmation, but it is omitted to express a doubt as,\\n(Affirmation.) {Doubt.)\\nPourquoi vous chagrinez-vous? n avez-vous Quoi! n*avez-vous pas\\npas des amis pour vous distraire? d amis?\\nIn Uke manner we say II ne peut parler sans faire des fautes that\\nis, il fait des fautes the sense is affirmative in spite of the negation.\\nII parle sans faire de fautes that is, il ne fait pas de fautes the sense\\nis negative in spite of the affirmation.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "THE NOUN. 6\\nIn Frencli the qualifying noun stands last. If it in-\\ndicates the material of which a thing is made, or is the\\nname of a place, the preposition de is used as,\\nA marble table, Une table de marbre.\\nA gold pen, Une plume d or.\\nBurgundy loine, Du vin de Bourgogne.\\nLyons silk, De la sole de Lyons.\\nEuLE 10. If the qualifying noun indicates use, pur-\\npose, or fitness, the preposition a is used; as,\\nA milk jug, Un pot a lait.\\nA dining-room, Une salle a manger.\\nA steamboat, Un bateau a vapeur.\\nA paper-knife, Un couteau a papier.\\nPlural of French Compound Nouns.\\nRule 11. French compound nouns must be analyzed\\nin order to see whether the sign of the plural should or\\nshould not be used, observing that, in the comipound,\\nonly nouns and adjectives may take the mark of the\\nplural; as,\\nGarde-fou, plural des garde-fous that is, rails to protect fools, hand-\\nrails.\\nGarde-suisse, plural des gardes-suisses that is, Siviss Guards.\\nAvant-coureur, plural des avant-coureurs that i^, fore-runners.\\nReveille-matin, plural des reveille-matin that is, clocks which aivaken\\none in the morning, alarm-clocks.\\nCoq-a-l ane, plural des coq-a-l ane that is, rambling discourses in which\\nthe speaker wanders from one subject to another quite different, du\\ncoq a I ane.\\nPied-a-terre, plural des pied-a-terre that is, places where one dwells,\\ntemporarily, where one has only one foot alighted.\\nCure-dents, plural des cure-dents; that is, an instrument for picking\\nthe teeth, a toothpick.\\nTete-a-tete, jDlural des t\u00c2\u00abte-artete that is, an interview between two\\npersons, /ace to face.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "THE ADJECTIVE.\\nCollective Nouns.\\nEuLE 12. General collective nouns (that is, repre-\\nsenting the whole of the persons or things mentioned, as\\nTarmee, la f amille, le parlement, le peuple) are preceded by\\nle or la, and require their verb, adjective^ and pronoun to\\nbe put in the singular as,\\nThe people have been conquered^ Le peuple a ete vaincu.\\nThe croivd of spectators applauded, La foule des spectateurs applaudit.\\nKuLE 13. Partitive collective nouns (such as une\\nfoule, un certain nombre, une infinite, une douzaine, etc.),\\nwhen they are preceded by un or une, require their verb,\\nadjective, and pronoun to agree in gender and number\\nwith the noun following de as,\\nA croiod of children followed him, Une foule d enfants le suivaient.\\nTHE ADJECTIVE.\\nThe Agreement of Adjectives.\\nEuLE 14. A predicate adjective or participle modify-\\ning two or more nouns of different genders is put in the\\nmasculine plural as,\\nMy father and mother are old, Mon pere et ma mere sont ages.\\nExceptions. In the two following cases a;n adjective\\nplaced after two or more nouns agrees with the last\\n(1) When the nouns are synonymous as,\\nAn astonishing valor and bra- Un courage, une bravoure eton-\\nvery, nante.\\n(2) When the nouns are united by the conjunction\\nou as,\\nAn astonishing courage or pru- Un courage ou une prudence eton-\\ndence, nante.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "THE ADJECTIVE. 7\\nEuLE 15. Adjectives used adverbially, that is, modi-\\nfying a verb, are invariable as,\\nHow sweet these flowers smell Que ces fleurs sentent bon\\nShe sings false, Elle chante faux.\\nThese paintings cost dear, Ces peintures coutent cher.\\nThe Place of Adjectives.\\nMost adjectives may be placed either before or after\\ntheir nouns; but some are subject to certain rules, which,\\nthough not absolute, are of great assistance.\\nEuLE 16. (1) The following adjectives, used singly,\\ngenerally precede the noun\\njoli, pretty. petit, little. mechant, luicJced.\\nbeau, ,/fne. jeune, young. triste, sad.\\nbrave, brave. vieux, old. vilain, ugly.\\ngrand, gi^eat, big. ancien, ancient, premier, first.\\ngros, large, stout. bon, good. dernier, last.\\nmauvais, bad.\\n(2) When the noun is followed by a preposition, the\\nadjective always precedes it; as,\\nThe splendid speech of that orator. Le magnifique discours de cet ora-\\nteur.\\n(3) The adjective generally comes first when it has\\nfewer syllables than the noun as,\\nUne fausse modestie. Une basse intrigue.\\nUn juste chatiment. Une haute montagne.\\nEuLE 17. The following are usually placed after the\\nnoun:\\n(1) Adjectives of color, form, taste, and nationality.\\n(2) Participles used adjectively.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "8 THE ADJECTIVE.\\n(3) Two or more adjectives qualifying the same noun.\\n(4) An adjective having more syllables than its noun.^\\nThe red coats^ Les habits rouges.\\nA round tables Une table ronde.\\nA hitter orange, Une orange amere.\\nAn English poem, Un poeme anglais.\\nAn accomplished man, Un homme accompli.\\nAn industrious and prudent lad, Un gargon laborieux et sage.\\nThe Government of Adjectives.\\nEuLE 18. The prepositions, of, from, by, ivith, follow-\\ning an adjective or a participle, are generally translated\\nby de without the article as,\\nHe is a young man endoioed loith C est un jeune homme doue de\\ngreat qualities, grandes qualites.\\nBut if the noun is taken in a restricted or limited\\nsense, the article must be used with de as,\\nHe is a young man endoioed loith C est un jeune homme doue des\\nthe qualities requisite for such qualites requises pour cette\\nan office, fonction.\\nEuLE 19. Adjectives and participles expressing want,\\nscarcity, plenty, capability, satisfaction, absence, separa-\\ntion, or desire, require the preposition de before their\\ncomplement; as,\\nFull of wit, Plein d^esprit.\\nProud of his coat, Fier de son habit.\\nEager for honors, A vide d honneurs.\\nlu addition to these few rules, observe that, when an adjective\\nis a mere ornament, which could be suppressed without altering the\\nmeaning of the sentence, it generally comes before the noun, as it\\nthus gives more energy to the expression as, un vil scelerat. If, on\\nthe contrary, the adjective is absolutely necessary to complete the\\nexpression and give it a clear meaning, it is placed after the noun as,\\nun homme vil.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "THE ADJECTIVE. 9\\nRule 20. Adjectives and participles expressing apt-\\nness, fitness, ease, readiness, usefulness, necessity, re-\\nsemblance, inclination, disposition, end, tendency, or\\nany habit, require the preposition a before their com-\\nplement; as,\\nFit for war, Propre a la guerre.\\nUseful to his country, Utile a son pays.\\nReady to go, Pret a partir.\\nInclined to idleness, Enclin a la paresse.\\nEuLE 21. If two adjectives qualifying the same noun\\nrequire different prepositions before their complements,\\neach adjective must have its separate complement; as,\\nHe is useful to and loved by his II est utile a sa famille et en est\\nfamily, cheri.\\nThis rule applies equally to verbs and prepositions. Thus, do\\nnot say, 11 aime et obeit a ses parents, but 11 aime ses parents\\net leur obeit, as aimer requires no preposition after it, while\\nobeir is always followed by a. Do not say, plaider centre ou en\\nfaveur de quelqu^un, but plaider contre quelqu un ou en sa\\nfaveur.\\nRule 22. An adjective following the impersonal il\\nest requires de before an infinitive as,\\nIt is glorious to die for one s conn- II est glorieux de mourir pour son\\ntry, pays.\\nThe Comparison of Adjectives.\\nEuLE 23. By after a comparative, in after a superla-\\ntive, and than before a numeral are translated by de as,\\nI am stronger by far than he, Je suis de beaucoup plus fort que\\nlui.\\nHe is the best man in the loorld, C est le meilleur homme du monde.\\nIt is more than three o clock, II est plus de trois heures.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "10 THE ADJECTIVE.\\nEuLE 24. Than before an affirmative indicative is\\ntranslated by que ne as^\\nShe is poorer than you thinks Elle est plus pauvre que vous ne\\npensez.\\nException. If the first clause of the sentence is neg-\\native or interrogative^ or if there is an adverb between\\nque and the verb, the ne is left out as,\\nOne cannot lose a kingdom more On ne peut perdre un royaume plus\\ngayly than you do, gaiement que vous le faites.\\nIs it worse weather than you were Est-ce qu il fait plus mauvais\\ntold? temps qu on vous le disait?\\nHe is better than when he loas in II se porte mieux que quand il etait\\nLondon, a Londres.\\nEuLE 25. Than before an infinitive is translated by\\nque de or qu a, according as the preceding verb requires\\nde or a as,\\nIt is easier to say it than to do it, II est plus facile de le dire que de\\nle faire.\\nHe is thinking more of playing Ilpenseplusajouerqu atravailler.\\nthan icorking,\\nRule 26. The before a comparative is not expressed\\nin French as,\\nThe Hcher a man is, the more cares Plus un homme est riche, plus 11 a\\nhe has, de soucis.\\nPossessive Adjectives.\\nRule 27. (1) When a possessive adjective (771?/, thy^,\\nhis, her, our, your, their) is used with a noun denoting a\\npart of the body, the noun being the direct object of\\na verb, the adjective is expressed in French by to me, to_\\nthee, to him, to her, to us, to you, or to them; as,\\nHe broke my finger, l\\\\ m a casse le doigt.\\nT//e dog vkis biting his leg, Le chien lui mordait la jambe.\\nHe loillpull out your teeth, l\\\\ vous arrachera les dents.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0020.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "THE ADJECTIVE. 11\\n(2) If the possessor is clearly shown, suppress the pro-\\nnoun to me, to thee, to him, to her, etc.; as,\\nHe lost his right leg in the battle, II a perdu la jambe droite dans la\\nbataille.\\n(3) With the three words, mal {pain), froid (cold), and\\nchaud {warm), use the A^erb avoir, and make the person\\nthe subject of the verb; as,\\nHer feet are sore, Elle a mal aux pieds.\\nMy hands are very cold, J ai bien froid aux mains.\\nIndefinite Adjectives.\\nB.ULE 28. (1) Quelque (^whatever, hoivever, some, a\\nfew), when followed by a noun, is spelt as one word, and\\nvaries whether qualified by an adjective or not; as,\\nWhatever faidts you have com- Quelques fautes que vous ayez\\nmitted, I forgive you, commises, je vous pardonne.\\n(2) Quelque, preceding a participle or an adverb, or\\nan adjective not followed by its noun, is an adverb, and\\nconsequently invariable as,\\nHoioever powerful they a^ e, Quelque puissants qu ils soient.\\n(3) Quelque, preceding a numeral, is an adverb, and\\ninvariable as,\\nWe fired about five or six thousand Nous avons tire quelque cinq ou\\nshots, six mille coups de canon.\\n(4) Quel que, preceding a verb, is spelt as two words\\n(quel, variable, and que) as,\\nWhatever be his inclinations, the Quels que soient ses penchants, le\\nwise man sw^nounts them, sage les surmonte.\\nBuy that house, in lohatever state Achetez cette maison quelle qu elle\\nit is, soit.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0021.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "12 THE ADJECTIVE.\\nRule 29. (1) Tout is an adjective, and consequently\\nvaries, when it means every, each, or all; as,\\nEvei^y woman, Toute femme.\\nAll men, Tous les hommes.\\n(2) Tout is an adverb, and consequently invariable,\\nwhen it means quite, entirely, however it tlien precedes\\nan adjective, a participle, a noun used as an adjective, or\\nan adverb as,\\nWe are quite exhausted, Nous sommes tout epuises.\\nThese floicers are quite as fresh as Ces fleurs sont tout aussi fraiches\\nyesterday, qu hier.\\nShe is entii^ely yours, Elle est tout a vous.\\nThis material is all loool, Cette etoffe est tout laine.\\nExcEPTio:^-. The adverb tout varies, for the sake of\\neuphony, when placed before a feminine adjective or\\nparticiple beginning with a consonant or an aspirate h;\\nno\\nShe is quite stunned, Elle est toute stupefaite.\\n(3) Tout, followed by au e, is invariable if it means\\nquite, but it varies if it means any as,\\nI have quite a different ambition, J ai une tout autre ambition.\\nJealousy misleads more than any La jalousie egare plus que toute\\nother passion, autre passion.\\n(4) Tout, placed before the name of a town, agrees with\\nthe word peuple understood, and is therefore masculine\\nas,\\nAll Rome is overwhelmed ivith Tout Rome est consteme.\\ngrief,\\nEuLE 30. Meme is used either as an adjective or an\\nadverb.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0022.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "THE ADJECTIVE. 13\\n(1) It is an adjective, and varies\\na. Before a noun; as,\\nAll nations are alike: the same Lespeuplesseressemblent partout:\\nviceSj the same virtues^ memes vices, memes vertus.\\nh. After a pronoun as,\\nEux-memes, elles-memes, ceux memes.\\nc. After a single noun as,\\nThe Greeks themselves are wearied Les Grecs memes sont las de lui.\\nof him,\\n(2) Mime is an adverb, and invariable\\na. When it means even; as,\\nHis remorse ivas evident even to Ses remords ont paru meme a nos\\nour eyes, yeux.\\nEvery citizen ought to obey the Tout citoyen doit obeir aux lois,\\nlaws, even when unjust, meme injustes.\\nh. When it means also, besides, which is the case when\\nit comes after two or more nouns as,\\nLes animaux. les plantes meme, etaient au nombre des divinites egyp-\\ntiennes.\\nNumerals.\\nEuLE 31. Vingt and cent are used in the plural when\\nthey are multiplied by another number; as,\\nQuatre-vingts. Trois cents.\\nExcEPTioxs. (1) If vingt and cent are followed by\\nanother number, they are not put in the plural as,\\nQuatre-vingt-huit soldats. Trois cent un.\\n(2) Vingt and cent, used for vingti^me, centi^me, are\\ninvariable as,\\nChapitre quatre-vingt. Page trois cent.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0023.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "14 THE PRONOUN.\\nIf cent is used for centaine, it is then a noun, and takes the\\nmark of the phiral millier, million, milliard, etc., are treated in\\nthe same way as,\\nTioo hundred lots of fagots, Deux cents de fagots.\\nThree hundred bundles of straw, Trois cents de paille.\\nEuLE 32. When a noun is preceded by a numeral, or\\nby an adverb of quantity, the preposition de is introduced\\nif a past participle follows as,\\nThere loerefive houses burnt, II y a eu cinq maisons de brulees.\\nThere were many men killed, II y a eu beaucoup d hommes de\\ntues.\\nEuLE 33. Premier is the only ordinal number used\\nfor a date it is also used to designate the first of a line\\nof princes beyond the first, the cardinal numbers must\\nbe used; as,\\nThe tenth of August, Le dix aout.\\nJanuary first, Le premier Janvier.\\nHenry first, Henri premier.\\nTHE PRONOUN.\\nPlace of Personal Pronouns.\\nEuLE 34. Personal pronouns in the objective case\\nmust be placed immediately before the verb in simple\\ntenses, and before the auxiliary in compound tenses.\\nThe pronouns must then be translated by\\nme, me, to me. nous, us, to us.\\nte, thee, to thee. vous, you, to you.\\nlui, to him, to her, to it. leur, to them,\\nle, him, it. les, them.\\nla, her, it. les, them.\\nAs,\\nsee him, Je le vois.\\nI have seen him, Je I ai vu.\\nI have not seen him, Je ne Pai pas vu.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0024.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "THE PRONOUN. 15\\nExceptions. The pronoun stands after the verb, and\\nis translated by\\nmoi, me. lui, him. nous, us. eux, them.\\ntoi, thee. elle, her. vous, you. elles, them.*\\n(1) When the pronoun is preceded by any preposition\\nbut to; as,\\nThe2/ came after us, lis sont venus apres nous.\\nGo with him, AUez avec lui.\\nObserve. The English preposition to does not come under\\nthis exception, as the French have retained from the Latin the\\nsimple words nous (nobis), vous (vobis)^ me {iiiihi), te (tibi), lui\\n(ei), to express the relation marked in English by the two words\\nto us, to you, to me, to thee, to him, etc.\\nHowever, a is used with the pronouns after the following\\nverbs\\naccourir a, marcher a, renoncer a,\\naller a, parvenir a, retoumer a,\\nen appeler a, penser a, revenir a,\\nboire a, tenir a, venir a,\\ncourir a, songer a, viser a,\\nfaire allusion a, prendre garde a, voler a,\\nfaire attention a, recourir a, etre a,\\nand all verbs in which avoir enters as, avoir recours a, avoir\\naffaire a, avoir egard a, etc.\\n(2) When the pronoun is preceded by a pronominal\\nverb; as,\\nYou may trust me, Vous pouvez^ous fier a moi.\\nThe following also should be learnt by heart and known per-\\nfectly\\nBefore the Verb. After the Verb.\\nme, myself.\\nte, thyself. rrio\\\\-mQmQ, myself, nous-memes, ourselves.\\nse, himself, herself, one s self, toi-meme, thyself vous-memes, yourselves.\\nnous, ourselves. Im-meme, himself, eux-memes, themselves.\\nvous, yourselves. Q\\\\\\\\Q-inQnie,herself.Q\\\\\\\\QS-mQmes, themselves.\\nse, themselves.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0025.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "16 THE PRONOUN.\\n(3) When several pronouns in the same case are the\\nobjects of the verb as,\\nspeak to you and to hhrL, Je parle a vous et a lui.\\nThey have invited you, me, and On a invite toi, moi, et nos amis.\\nour friends,\\n(4) When the verb is in the imperative mood without\\na negation;^ as,\\nGive me, donnez-moi. Give him, donnez-lui.\\nGive it to me, donnez-le-moi. Give it to him, donnez-le-lui.\\nPronouns used with the imperative mood without a negation\\nmust be translated as in Rule 38.\\nOrder of Personal Pronouns when placed before the Verb.\\nRule 35. When two personal pronouns are to be\\nplaced before the verb, they stand in the following\\norder\\nMe le, it to me. Nous le, it to us.\\nMe les, them to me. Nous les, them to us.\\nTe le, it to thee. Vous le, it to you.\\nTe les, them to thee, Vous les, thein to you.\\nLe lui, it to him, to her. Le leur, it to them.\\nLes lui, them to him, to her. Les leur, them to them.\\nAs,\\nHe loill grant it to us, II nous Paccordera.\\nI had not asked it of (to) you, Je ne vous Pavais pas demande.\\nHe has not promised them to theyn, 11 ne les leur a pas promis.\\nObserve. (1) Him to me, him to thee, etc., are trans-\\nlated the same as it to me, it to thee, etc. If the pronoun\\nit has to be put in the feminine in French, it becomes la\\nas me la, te la, nous la, etc.\\nIf there are two imperatives united by et or ou, the pronoun may-\\nbe placed before the second, as in this line of Boileau Polissez-le sans\\ncesse et le repolissez.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0026.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "THE PRONOUN. 17\\n(2) When two pronouns have to be placed before the\\nverb, the pronoun representing a person stands first, if it\\nis of the first or second person (as, me, te, nous, vous);\\nand last, if it is of the third (as, lui, leur).=^\\nRule 36. When the adverb y {there) is used with the\\nabove pronouns, it comes after them; as,\\nI will carry them to you there, Je vous les y porterai.\\nEuLE 37. En (some, of it, of them) used with any pro-\\nnoun or with y comes after it as,\\nHe ivill give some to him, II lui en donnera.\\nI saw three there, J y en ai vu trois.\\nOrder of Personal Pronouns when placed after the Verb\\n(Imperative Mood).\\nEuLE 38. When the verb is in the imperative mood\\naffirmative, the personal pronouns are translated and dis-\\nposed as follows\\nGive it to me, Donnez-le-moi.\\nGive them to me, Donnez-les-moi.\\nGive it to us, Donnez-le-nous.\\nGive them to us, Donnez-les-nous.\\nGive it to him, to her, Donnez-le-lui.\\nGive them to him, *o her, Donnez-les-lui.\\nGive it to them, Donnez-le-leur.\\nGive them to them, Donnez-les-leur.\\nSend her to me. Envoy ez-la-moi, etc., etc.\\nIf the imperative is negative, the pronouns precede it in\\nthe form and order given in Eule 35 as,\\nDo not give it to me, Ne me le donnez pas.\\nIn the rare cases when we have to translate me to thee, to him, to\\nher, to you, to them, or thee to me, to him, to her, to us, to them, etc.,\\nwe place the direct object before the verb, and the indirect after as.\\nYou have not yet introduced us to them, Vous ne nous avez pas encore\\npresentes a eux.\\nc", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0027.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "18 THE PRONOUN.\\nEuLE 39. En used with any other pronoun follows\\nit:\\nGive some to me, Donnez-m en.\\nGive some to him, to her, Donnez-lui-en.\\nGive some to us, Donnez-nous-en.\\nGive some to them, Donnez-leur-en.\\ny\\nEuLE 40. The position of y is as follows\\nCarry me there, Portez-y-moi.\\nCarry him there, Portez-y-le.\\nCarry us there, Portez-nous-y.\\nCarry them there, Portez-y-les.\\nObserve. Y used with moi^ toi^ le, la, and les, pre-\\ncedes them by exception^ for the sake of euphony.\\nEn and Y.\\nEuLE 41. En is sometimes a pronoun, sometimes a\\npreposition (Eules 97 and 98). When a pronoun, it means\\nof him, of her, of it, of them, some, any, some of it, some of\\nthem, hence, thence, for that, etc. It is generally applied to\\nthings, but sometimes to persons also, in order to avoid the\\nrepetition of de lui, d elle, d eux, d elles, or a lui, etc. as,\\nHave they spoken of my misfor- A-t-onparledemonmalheur? Oui,\\ntune f Yes, they have, on en a parle.\\nWe expect nothing from it. Nous n en attendons rien.\\ncomplained of her yesterday, Je me suis plaint d elle hier, et je\\nand shall again to-day, m en plaindrai encore aujour-\\nd hui.\\nEuLE 42. When a numeral is not followed by the noun\\nto which it refers, the French generally put en before the\\nverb; as,\\nThe same rule applies to adverbs of quantity (combien, beaucoup,\\nassez, etc.), to nouns expressing a quantity (un quart, une moitie, une", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0028.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "THE PRONOUN. 19\\nHave yon any brothers? Avez-vous des freres?\\nYes, I have one, Oui, j en ai un.\\nSee, besides, Rules 37 and 39.\\nEuLE 43. Y is sometimes a pronoun, sometimes an ad-\\nverb. When a pronoun, it means to it, to them, in speaking\\nof tilings, but sometimes it is also applied to persons; as,\\nDo you trust that man Vous fiez-vous a cet homme\\nYes, I do, Oui, je m y fie.\\nWhen an adverb, y means in it, there, thither, here,\\nwhether expressed or understood in English; as,\\nIs your cousin in your room? She Votre cousine est-elle dans votre\\nivas, but now she is 710 longer, chambre? Elle y etait, mais\\nmaintenant elle n y est plus.\\nObserve. There (expressed or understood) is trans-\\nlated by la, vv^hen pointing to a |)lace, and by y, when\\nalluding to a place mentioned before; as,\\nDo you see that house Voyez-vous cette maison-la\\nI lived there three months, J y ai demeure trois mois.\\nSee, besides, Rules 36, 37, and 40.\\nThe Pronoun Soi.\\nEuLE 44. Soi may be (1) a pronoun representing\\na thing; (2) a personal pronoun used in an indefinite\\nsense (3) a personal pronoun used in a definite sense\\nto avoid an ambiguity as,\\nCrime brings remorse in its train, Le crime traine apres soi des re-\\nmolds.\\nEvery one for himself Chacun pour soi.\\nThisyoung nian,iohile obeying his Ce jeune homme, en obeissant a son\\nfather, is vjorking for himself, pere, travaille pour soi.\\ndouzaine, une vingtaine, etc.), and to the indefinite pronouns aucun and\\nquelques-uns, or quelques autres.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0029.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "20 THE PRONOUN.\\nThe Pronoun Le (so).\\nEuLE 45. The pronoun le, whicli is sometimes ren-\\ndered in English by so, but generally omitted, may relate:\\n(1) to a substantive; (2) to an adjective; or (3) even to\\na whole sentence.\\n(1) When it represents a substantive, or an adjective\\nused substantively, it agrees in gender and number; as,\\nAreyou Mr. Smith s friends? Yes, Etes-vous les amis de M.Smith?\\nwe are, Oui, nous les sommes.\\nAre you the sick ivoman they speak Etes-vous la malade dont ils par-\\nof? Yes, I am, lent? Oui, je la suis.\\n(2) When it represents an adjective, or a substantive\\nused adjectively, it is invariable; as,\\nJ.re you sick Yes, toe are, Etes-vous malades Oui, nous le\\nsommes.\\nAre you brothers? No, ive are Etes-vous freres? Non, nous ne\\nnot, le sommes pas.\\n(3) When it represents a whole sentence, it is invari-\\nable as,\\nDid your sister go to the ball yes- Mademoiselle votre sceur est elle\\nterday I do not know, allee au bal hier Je ne le sais\\npas.\\nPossessive Pronouns.\\nEuLE 46. Mme, thine, etc., after the verb to be, are\\ngenerally expressed by k moi, a toi, etc. otherwise they\\nare translated by le mien, les miens, le tien, les tiens, etc.\\nas,\\nThis hat is mine, Ce chapeau est a moi.\\nThese gloves are hers, Ces gants sont a elle.\\nWhere did you see mine Ou avez-vous vu les miens\\nEuLE 47. The English possessive pronouns are ex-\\npressed by mon, ma, mes, ton, ta, tes, etc., when used with\\no/ after a substantive; as,", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0030.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "THE PRONOUN. 21\\nA friend of yours^ Un de vos amis.\\nWhat do tjou say of that hat of Que dites-vous de mon chapeau?^\\nmine\\nDemonstrative Pronouns.\\nC esf, ce sont.\\nRule 48. C est or ce sont is used\\n(1) Before a substantive;^ as,\\nThey are joiners, Ce sont des menuisiers.\\nThis sentence may also be translated thus lis sont menuisiers\\nbut then menuisiers is used adjectively.\\n(2) Before a pronoun; as,\\nIt is I, C est moi.\\nIs it you Est-ce vous\\nIt is mine, C est a moi, or c est le mien.\\n(3) Before a superlative of things, and often before a\\nsuperlative of persons as,\\nThis is the best of my hats, C est le meilleur de mes chapeaux.\\nHe is the best lad in the luorld, C est le meilleur gargon du monde.\\n(4) When the impersonal verb it is is placed before\\nSometimes we jocosely say un mien ami, un tien cousin, une sienne\\nniece. This familiar expression, however, does not apply to notre,\\nvotre, leur. Mariette\\nV^hen c est or ce sont is used, put ce sont before a third person\\nplural only; in all other cases use c est.\\nBy a very rare exception, il, eile, ils, elles, are used instead of ce,\\nwhen emi)hasis is laid upon the pronouns he, she, it, they as,\\nAlthough adversity is an evil, it is Quoique I adversite soit un mal,\\noften a remedy against the vices elle est souvent un remede centre\\nof prosperity les vices de la prosperite.\\ns The pronoun that (and it standing for that) is also rendered by ce (or\\ncela) before 6tre and devoir, but by cela only before any other verb as,\\nThat is useless, C est inutile, or cela est inutile.\\nIf you go out for an hour, it ivill Si vous sortez une heure, cela vous\\ndo you good, fera du bien.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0031.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "22 THE PRONOUN.\\nan adjective not followed by the idea of the sentence;\\nas,\\nIt is impossible, C est impossible.\\nIt is true, C est vrai, or (by exception) il est\\nvrai.\\nBut should the idea follow the adjective^ c est cannot\\nbe used; as^\\nIt is glorious to die for one^s coun- II est glorieux de mourir pour son\\ntry, pays.\\n(5) When ce qui or ce que begins a sentence, c est or ce\\nsent generally begins the second clause; as,\\nWhat is of consequence to man, is Ce qui importe a I homme, c est de\\nto fulfil his duty, remplir ses devoirs.\\nWhat grieves him is your being Ce qui I afflige, c est que vous lui\\nangry with him., en voulez.\\n(6) Between two infinitives, c est is generally used for\\nIS y as,\\nTravelling on foot is travelling Voyager a pied, c est voyager\\nlike Thales, Plato, and Pythag- comme Thales, Platon et Pytha-\\noras, gore.\\nWhere there is a loill, there is a Vouloir, c est pouvoir.\\nway,\\nC^est and ce sont are often used to give more energy to the\\nstyle. Thus the sentence, L orgueil perdit una partie des anges,\\nis more strongly and elegantly expressed by c est I orgueil qui\\nperdit une partie des anges. C est is much like a finger pointing\\nto the principal word of the sentence.*\\nWe extract from Merlet s Dictionary of Difficulties a few sen-\\ntences illustrating the preceding observations:\\nYou walk to London to-morroio, C est vous qui allez domain a Lon-\\ndres.\\nYou walk to London to-morrow, C est d pied que vous allez demain\\na Londres.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0032.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "THE PRONOUN. 23\\nEuLE 49. (1) In asking a question to ascertain some-\\nthing, we generally use est-ce? est-ce ici? est-ce la? as,\\nDoes your brother say that? Est-ce votre frere qui dit cela?\\nDo you live here? Est-ce ici que vous demeurez\\nIs that lohat he told you? Est-ce la ce qu il vous a dit\\n(2) To express astonishment, use est-ce que as,\\nDo you pretend that I am unioell? Est-ce que vous pretendez que je\\nsuis malade\\nHas he not yet come hack from Est-ce qu il n est pas encore revenu\\nParis? de Paris?\\nEst-ce que stands for is it possible^ or is it a fact^ or is it true\\nthat, etc. Est-ce que vous pretendez que je suis malade means\\nIs it true that you pretend that I am unioell or You do not pre-\\ntend that I am unicell, do you All sentences having this last\\nform (that is, a negative proposition, followed by have If have\\nyou 9 do I? does he? do you? etc.) should thus be translated by\\nest-ce que without the negation\\nYou loon t come, loill you? Est-ce que vous viendrez\\nHe does not understand lohat I tell Est-ce qu il comprend ce que je\\nhim, does he lui dis\\nYou walk to London to-morrow C est d Lone/res que vous allez\\ndemain.\\nYou walk to London to-morrow, C est demain que vous allez a Lon-\\ndres.\\nThe same rule applies to th^ interrogative\\nDo you walk to London to-mor- Est-ce que vous allez demain a\\nrow Londres\\nDo you rcalk to London to-mor- Est-ce vous qui allez deinain a\\nroio Londres\\nDo you walk to London to-mor- Est-ce d pied que vous allez de-\\nrow main a Londres\\nDo you walk to London to-mor- Est-ce d Londres que vous allez\\nrow? demain?\\nDo you walk to London to-mor- Est-ce demain que vous allez a\\nrow Londres", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0033.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "24 THE PRONOUN.\\nThus est-ce que is used when one has either nearly, or altogether,\\nmade up his opinion on the subject in question, and only wants\\nthat opinion to be confirmed. Hence\\n(3) To call the testimony of another in support of our\\nown opinion, use n est-ce pas? or n est-ce pas que? as,\\nHook very pale, do I not? J ai I air bien pale, n est-ce pas?\\nor, N est-ce pas que j ai Pair bien\\npale?\\nN est-ce pas que stands for is it not true that^ etc. N est-ce\\npas que j ai Pair bien pale? means Is it not true that Hook very\\npale? When the form of a principal proposition, although affirma-\\ntive, implies thus an interrogative idea, and that idea is summed\\nup by the expressions, have I not? is it not? are you not? do 1\\nnot? and such like, they are all rendered by n est-ce pas que, as\\nin the preceding example, or by est-ce que with a negative verb\\nas,\\nI look very pale, do I not Est-ce que je n ai pas Pair malade?\\nYou icill come, loill you not N est-ce pas que vous viendrez or,\\nEst-ce que vous ne viendrez pas\\nRe understands what I say, does N est-ce pas qu il comprend ce que\\nhe not? je dis? or, Est-ce qu il ne com-\\nprend pas ce que je dis?\\nInterrogative and Relative Pronouns.\\nWHO, WHAT, WHICH.\\nEuLE 50. Who, used interrogatively, is very often ren-\\ndered by qui est-ce qui (wlien subject), and by qui est-ce\\nque (wlien object); as,\\nWho loill come with me Qui est-ce qui veut venir avec moi\\nWhom did I insult? Qui est-ce que j ai insulte?\\nWho was speaking to you just Qui est-ce qui vient de vous parler\\nnow\\nNote that qui est-ce qui and qui est-ce que apply only to\\npersons.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0034.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "THE PRONOUN. 25\\nRule 51. (1) The pronoun lohat^ used interrogatively,\\nis very often rendered by qu est-ce qui (when subject), and\\nby qu est-ce que (when object) as,\\nWhat has prevented him from com- Qu est-ce qui I a empeche de venir\\ning?\\nWhat do you 7nean? Qu est-ce que vous voulez dire?\\n(2) What J used interrogatively and as the object of a\\nverb, is translated also by que, with de before the follow-\\ning adjective, if there is one; as,\\nWhat is the news? Que dit-on de nouveau?\\n(3) If the verb following the interrogative loliat should\\nrequire the preposition a or de, idiat must be translated by\\nquoi with a or de before it as,\\nWhat are you thinkinc) of? A quoi pensez-vous?\\nWhat are you meddling loith De quoi vous melez-vous\\n(4) When subject, and placed before an adjective, ivhat\\nmay be translated by quoi with de before the adjective f\\nas,\\nWhat is more amiable than an in- Quoi de plus aimable qu un enfant\\ndustrious child? laborieux?\\nNote that qu est-ce qui, qu est-ce que, que, and quoi apply to\\nthings only.\\nEuLE 52. Which followed by of is translated by lequel,\\nlaquelle, lesquels, lesquelles as,\\nWhich of these hooks do you prefer? Lequel de ces livres preferez-vous\\nEuLE 53. Which, after a preposition, often means\\nivhere, and is translated by oti, d oti, par oti, etc. in other\\ncases, translate it by lequel, laquelle, etc. as,\\nObserye that in this sense what is an exclamation, rather than\\na pronoun.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0035.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "26 THE PRONOUN.\\nName the toivn in ivhich he luas Nommez la ville ou il est ne.\\nborn,\\nThat is the bridge along which ive Voila le pont par ou nous avons\\npasse.\\nDrunkenness is the most shame- L ivresse est Petat le plus honteux\\nful state into lohich a man can dans lequel un homme puisse\\nfall, tomber.\\nEuLE 54. Wliose, of ivJiom, of vjJiich, may be expressed\\nby dont for both genders and numbers, and is followed.\\nnot as in English by the thing possessed, but by the verb\\nand its subject; as,\\nThe gentleman lohose loife you Le monsieur dont vous venez de\\nhave just seen is very clever, voir la femme est tres-habile.\\nEuLE 55. The relative pronoun and the conjunction\\nthat, often understood in English, must always be expressed\\nin French as,\\nThe ivatch I have bought is good La montre que j ai achetee ne vaut\\nfor nothing, rien.\\nDo you think he loill come Pensez-vous qu*il vienne\\nEuLE 56. A relative pronoun must always be placed\\nimmediately after the noun to which it relates as,\\nI bought a book yesterddy, ivhich J ai achete hier un livre qui est\\nis very interesting, tres-interessant.\\nIndefinite Pronouns.\\nOn.\\nEuLE 57. The pronouns ive, you, they, one, and the\\nword people, used indefinitely, are translated by on, which\\nmust be repeated before each verb as,\\nWedo not alivays do what IV e ought On ne fait pas toujours ce qu*on\\nto do, doit faire.\\nThey say. On dit.\\nEuLE 58. The passive voice is considered in Erench\\nas rather heavy when a passive sentence can be turned", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0036.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "THE PRONOUN. 27\\ninto an active one, with on for subject, it must be done;\\nas,\\nSome hooks have been given them, On leur a donne des livres.\\nOn often becomes Ton for the sake of euphony after et, si, ou,\\nqui, que, except when followed by a word beginning with an I\\nas,\\nSi Ton me voit. Si on le voit.\\nSee, besides, for the translation of passive verbs, Rules 66 and 67.\\nPersonne.\\nEuLE 59. Personne, when an indefinite pronoun, is\\nused without article or adjective; it then means nobody\\nor anybody, and is masculine as,\\nThere is nobody but is vexed at itj II n y a personne qui n*en soil fache.\\nPersonne, when a substantive, is always accompanied\\nby an article or adjective it then means a person, and is\\nfeminine; as,\\nThere is not one person who is not II n y a pas une personne qui n en\\nvexed at it, soit fachee.\\nChacun.\\nEuLE 60. Chacun, preceded by a word in the plural,\\nrequires after it sometimes son, sa, ses, sometimes leur,\\nleurs.\\n(1) It requires son, sa^ ses, when it does not precede the\\ndirect object; as,\\nThey brought offerings into the lis ont apporte des offrandes au tem-\\ntemple, each according to his pie, chacun selon ses moyens.\\nmeans,\\n(2) It requires leur, leurs, when it pirecedes the direct\\nobject; as,\\nEach gave his advice, lis ont donne chacun leur avis.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0037.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "28 THE VERB.\\nUun r autre Uun et Pautre.\\nEuLE 61. L un Tautre (^one another) implies reciproc-\\nity and is different from Tun et Tautre (both). The\\nreciprocity, when there are more than two persons or two\\nthings, is expressed by les uns les autres as,\\nThe Hng and the emperor fear Le roi et Pempereur se craignent\\neach other, l un I autre.\\nBoth came to my house, L un et I autre vinrent chez moi.\\nThe soldiers excite each other, Les soldats s excitent les uns les\\nautres.\\nTHE VERB.\\nThe Agreement of Verbs having Several Subjects.\\nEuLE 62. If a Yerb has several nouns or pronouns\\nfor subjects, it is put in the plural, except in the three\\nfollowing cases, when it stands in the singular:\\n(1) When the subjects are synonymous and not united\\nby and (see Eule 14) as,\\nAt all ages the love of labor, a taste Dans tous les ages, Tamour du tra-\\nfor study, is a blessing, vail, le gout de I etude, est un\\nbien.\\n(2) When they are placed in climactic order; as,\\nA single 7uord, a pleasant smile, a Une seule parole, un sourire gra-\\nlook, is sufficient, cieux, un regard sufiit.\\n(3) When the last subject sums up the others; as,\\nRe7norse,fear, danger, nothing re- Remords, crainte, peril, rien ne m a\\nstrained me. retenu.\\nEuLE 63. When the different subjects of the same\\nverb are united by ou or ni, the verb is put in the plural,\\nif the action relates to all the subjects in the singular if\\nit refers to only one; as,\\nSee Rule 68.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0038.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "THE VERB. 29\\nLuck or rashness may have made Le bonheur ou la temerite ont pu\\nheroes, faire des heros.\\nHis ruin or his safety depends on Sa perte ou son salut depend de sa\\nhis answer, reponse.\\nNeither the sun nor death can be Le soleil ni la mort ne peuvent se\\nsteadily regained, regarder fixement.\\nNeither George nor Charles ivill Ni Georges ni Charles n aura le\\nget the prize, prix.\\nNote that: (1) If the subjects united by ou are of\\ndifferent persons, the verb is put in the plural, and agrees\\nwith the first person rather than the second, and the\\nsecond person rather than the third as,\\nYou or he will go to the country, Vousoului vousirezalacampagne.\\n(2) If the subjects are united by ni, and if one at least\\nis a pronoun, the resuming pronouns nous and vous cannot\\nbe used; as,\\nNi vous ni lui n irez a la campagne.\\nThe Place of the Subject.\\nEuLE 64. The subject is generally placed before the\\nverb.\\nExcEPTioxs. (1) When the verb is used as a paren-\\nthesis; as,\\nGo away, said he, Allez-vous-en, dit-il.\\n(2) When the verb is preceded by an interrogative word\\n(qui? que? oti? quand? comment? combien? etc.); as,\\nWhat are these children doing? Que font ces enfants?\\nWhere are these shepherds going Ou vont ces bergers\\nWhen tvill your father come back Quand reviendra M. votre pere\\n(3) In a subordinate sentence, beginning by que, dont,\\ncomma, ainsi que, lorsque, quand, or oti, or generally when", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0039.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "30 THE VERB.\\nthe subject cannot be placed before the verb without sus-\\npending the sense of the sentence too long; as,\\nHere is the picture of which my Voici le tableau dont vous a parle\\nmother has spoken to you, ma mere.\\nAll was done when your father Tout etait fini quand arriva votre\\narrived, pere.\\nWhat is the matter with your Qu*est-ce qu a votre maman\\nmamma 9\\nThis construction is necessary in the last example, as the verb a,\\na single letter, at the end of the sentence, would sound very badly\\nto a French ear.\\n(4) When the sentence begins with tel or ainsi as,\\nSuch was the way he set about it, Telle fut la maniere dont 11 s y prit.\\nThus ends the story, Ainsi finit I histoire.\\nEuLE 65. When the verb is preceded by aussi (there-\\nfore), encore (yet), peut-8tre (perhaps), a peine (scarcely),\\nen vain (vainly), au moins (at least), the subject, if a pro-\\nnoun, is placed after the verb as,\\nTherefore I don t believe you, Aussi ne vous crois-je pas.\\nScarcely had he arrived when he A peine fut-il arrive qu il tomba\\nfell ill, malade.\\nPassive Verbs.\\nEuLE 66. It has been said (Eule 58) thatthe passive\\nvoice is seldom used in French, and that, whenever it can\\nbe turned into the active form with the indefinite pronoun\\non for subject, it must be done.\\nIf the expression is not indefinite, turn the verb into\\nthe active voice, making the agent of the passive verb\\nthe subject of the active; as,\\nHe has been abandoned by his Ses amis Pont abandonne.\\nfriends,", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0040.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "THE VERB. 31\\nEuLE 67. The passive voice is also elegantly rendered\\nin French by the pronominal form, in speaking of inani-\\nmate objects; as,\\nThat lace is sold very cheap, Cette denteUe se vend a tres-bon\\nmarche.\\nPronominal Verbs.\\nEuLE 68. Pronominal verbs are those conjugated with\\ntwo pronouns of the same person je me, tu te, il se, nous\\nnous, vous vous, ils se.\\nThere are two kinds of pronominal verbs\\n(1) Eeflective verbs, that is, verbs expressing an action\\nreflected upon him who does it as,\\nThey are washing themselves^ lis se lavent.\\n(2) Eeciprocal verbs, that is, verbs expressing an action\\nreciprocated between two or more subjects;^ as,\\nThey flatter each other y lis se flattent Pun Pautre.\\nThey fought for an hour y Ils se sont battus pendant une\\nheure. t\\nWith reciprocal verbs we add I un Pautre, les uns les autres, etc.,\\nwhen we want to avoid an ambiguity. Es se flattent may mean either\\nthey flatter themselves, ov they flatter each other.\\nCompare the following constructions of reflective and reciprocal\\nverbs\\n(1) They huiH themselves, ils se blessent.\\n(2) They hurt themselves (with emphasis or contradistinction) ils\\nse blessent eux-memes.\\n(3) They hurt each other, ils se blessent Pun Pautre, or (if more\\nthan two) les uns les autres.\\nObserve also that, if a preposition precede each other or one another\\nin English, it must, in French, be placed between Pun and Pautre, or\\nles uns and les autres as. They have fought against each other, Hs se\\nsont battus Pun centre Pautre, not centre Pun Pautre. INIariette.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0041.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "32 THE VERB.\\nThe Past Tenses.\\nEuLE 69. To express the past tenses^ I spoke, I was\\nspeaking, I used to speak, I did speak, I have spokeii, the\\nFrench have three ways 1, the imperfect 2, the preterite\\nor past definite 3^ the preterite indefinite^ or compound\\ntense.\\n1. The Imperfect (ye parlais).\\nThe imperfect, which is also called the descriptive tense,\\nis used in only two cases\\n(1) To express a state or an action which was habitual;\\nas,\\nWhen Iivas young Hiked to play, Quand j^etais jeune, j aimaisa jouer.\\n(2) To express a state or an action going on at the same\\ntime with another action as,\\nIt ivas raining lohen Iioent out, II pleuvait quand je suis sorti.\\nNote that the use of the imperfect may be simply reduced to\\nthese two cases: (1) when the English tense may be turned into\\nused to (2) when it can be turned into the present participle with\\nwas^ thou ivast, he ivas^ etc.\\n2. The Preterite Definite (ye par/ai).\\nThe preterite definite can be used only to express an\\naction which took place in a time quite past, as last year,\\nlast month, last week, yesterday; as,\\nThe simplest way to apply this Rule is this when you have to\\ntranslate an English past tense into French, try first if it may be\\nchanged into used to, or into the present participle ^vitli I ivas, thou\\nwast, he ivas, etc. If either of these two changes may be made, use the\\nimperfect; if neither can be made, the imperfect cannot be used. It\\nthen remains to see whether the English past tense is part of a histori-\\ncal narration, or of a familiar conversation. In the first case, use the\\npreterite definite in the second, the preterite indefinite.\\nt The present is often used instead of the preterite to give more ani-\\nmation to a narrative. In this case, all the verbs in the sentence must", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0042.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "THE VERB. 33\\nI received a letter from my father Je regus hier une lettre de mon\\nyesterday, pere.\\nAt last the king died, Enfin le roi mourut.\\nBut, generally, the preterite definite, which is also called\\nthe historical tense, is replaced in familiar conversation\\nby the preterite indefinite.\\n3. The Preterite Indefinite (J ai parle).\\nThe preterite indefinite is nsed to express an action\\nwhich took place in a time either quite past or not yet\\nquite past, as last year or this year, last month or this\\nmonth, last week or this week, yesterday, this morning;\\nas,\\nJ ai regu une lettre de mon pere I annee derniere, le mois dernier, ce\\nmois-ci, hier, ce matin.\\nIt follows that, when the English past tense cannot\\nbe translated by the French imperfect, it must gener-\\nally be rendered in historical narration by the preterite\\ndefinite, in familiar conversation by the preterite indefi-\\nnite/^\\nbe put in the present as, On cherche Vatel on court a sa chambre; on\\nheurte on enfonce sa porte on le trouve noye dans son sang.\\nWhen reading an account of a man s life, the student will often\\nmeet with the preterite used to mention actions that must have been\\ndone frequently, and even habitually, and which, therefore, according\\nto the given rules, ought to b6 in the imperfect but, in such a case, he\\nwill perceive that the author does not intend, by so doing, to describe\\nor delineate these actions in particular, but that he merely enumerates\\nthem as being the result of habitual actions; as,\\nSocrate apprit a ses compatriotes a raisonner sur I immortalite de\\nTame il reussit a leur donner des idees sublimes d un Dieu crea-\\nteur de Tunivers.\\nApprit expresses an action that must have occurred several times\\nbut here this word, as well as reussit, is taken for the result of the\\ninstruction given by Socrates. Merlet.\\nD", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0043.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "34 THE VERB.\\nThe Future and the Conditional.\\nRule 70. The future and the conditional are never\\nused in French after si beginning a sentence or a clause\\nwe then use the present instead of the future, and the\\nimperfect instead of the conditional as,\\nIf you iDill come, I will tell it to Si vous venez, je vous le dirai.\\nyou,\\nIf you ivould come, I ivould tell Si vous veniez, je vous le dirais.\\nyou it,\\nBut if si, meaning whether, instead of beginning\\na sentence or clause, is introduced by a preceding\\nverb, the future or the conditional may then be used;\\nas,\\nI do not knoio whether he will come, Je ne sals s*il viendra.\\nI did not Tcnovj whether he ivould Je ne savais s*il viendrait.\\nco7ne,\\nEuLE 71. In sentences referring to future time we\\nfrequently use the present tense in English, but the future\\ntense must always be used in French as,\\nThe way to ascertain whether or not si is introduced by a preced-\\ning verb, is to try to put it in the beginning of the sentence by means of\\nan inversion. If it can be put in the beginning, then the future and the\\nconditional cannot be used after it. I loill tell you it, if you ivill come\\nmay be turned into If you loill come, I ivill tell you it Je vous le dirai\\nsi vous venez, or si vous venez, je vous le dirai. But if the inversion\\ncannot take place, then si is introduced by a preceding verb. Je ne\\nsais s il viendra cannot be turned into s il viendra je ne sais pas. An-\\nother way to express this rule\\nIf si introduces a substantive clause, use the future and conditional\\nbut if it introduces an adverbial clause, use the present or imperfect.\\nThis rule and the preceding one may be expressed in one the future\\nmust always be expressed in French when the idea of futurity is implied,\\nexcept after si beginning a sentence or a clause of a sentence-", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0044.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "THE VERB. 35\\n^6^ S0071 as it is dark, lue shall go Aussitot qu il fera nuit, nous sor-\\noutf tirons.\\nShall I go with you? As you like, Sortirai-je avec vous? Comme il\\nvous plaira.\\nRule 72. Instead of the future, the Erench often use\\nthe verb aller, when the action is to be done immediately\\nas,\\nshall go out (immediately) Je vais sortir.\\nEuLE 73. When tvill and ivoidd may be changed into\\nto be ivilling or to ivish, translate them by vouloir; when\\nshould may be changed into ought, translate it by devoir,\\nusing the present if the duty is absolute, and the condi-\\ntional if there is some condition expressed or understood\\nwhen may, might, and could are not preceded by anything\\nrequiring the subjunctive, translate them by pouvoir; as,\\nHe loould not come with me, II n a pas voulu venir avec moi.\\nChildren should obey their par- Les enfants doivent obeir a leurs\\nents, parents.\\nTell him he may come ivith us, Dites-lui qu il peut venir avec nous.\\nThe Subjunctive.\\nRule 74. Impersonal verbs, and verbs used imperson-\\nally, require the subjunctive mood in dependent clauses\\nas,\\nIt is proper for him to come, II convient qu il vienne.\\nIt is right that that should he done, II est juste que cela se fasse.\\nIt may he that you are right, II se peut que vous ayez raison.\\nExceptions. A few impersonal verbs expressing cer-\\ntainty or probability, such as il y a, il resulte, il est certain,\\nil parait, il est vrai, il est probable (and also il semble ac-\\ncompanied by a pronoun), are followed by the indicative.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0045.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "36 THE VERB.\\nEuLE 75. Verbs used negatively or interrogatively\\nand implying uncertainty are followed by the subjunc-\\ntive; as,\\nI do not believe he loill come, Je ne crois pas qu il vienne.\\nDo you believe he will come 9 Croyez-vous qu il vienne\\nYou don t believe she is coining, Vous ne croyez pas qu elle vienne.\\nException. The interrogative verb does not require\\nthe subjunctive when the speaker has no doubt of the\\nfact mentioned in the question; as,\\nDo you know tho.t your father is Savez-vous que votre pere est ma-\\numvell lade\\nDo you forget that Theseus is my Oubliez-vous que Thesee est mon\\nfather 9 pere\\nThe subjunctive is not used after est-ce que n^est-ce pas que\\nqui est-ce qui? qui est-ce que? qu est-ce qui? qu*est-ce que?\\nnor, generally, after the verbs savoir, faire savoir, dire, apprendre,\\ninformer, and such like, used interrogatively.\\nEuLE 76. Verbs expressing doubt^ will^ wish^ order^\\nfear, complaint^ joy, sorrow, surprise, or any emotion of\\nthe mind,^ are followed by the subjunctive; as,\\nI icish him to come, Je desire qu il vienne.\\nHe ivill have you do your duty, II veut que vous fassiez votre\\ndevoir.\\nI want you to do it, Je veux que vous le fassiez.\\nNote that the six verbs, craindre, avoir peur, trembler,\\napprehender, prendre garde, and empecher, being followed\\nby que, require ne before the subjunctive if the verb be\\nExcept only esperer. Croire and penser do not express an emotion\\nand require the indicative, unless used interrogatively or negatively.\\nThe same with se douter (not douter), s attendre, s imaginer, presumer,\\netCc", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0046.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "THE VERB. 37\\naflfirmative when negative or interrogative, ne is sup-\\npressed j as,\\nam afraid he loill do it, J ai peur qu il ne le fasse.\\nI do not fear that he loill scold me, Je ne crains pas qu il me gronde.\\nEuLE 77. The subjunctive is required after a relative\\npronoun or the adverb o% preceded by le seul. I lmique,\\nle premier, le dernier, pas uii, aucun, nul, personne, rien, peu,\\ngu^re, or after a superlative as,\\nWisdom is the only thing the pos- La sagesse est la seule chose dont\\nsession of ichlch is certain, la possession soit certaine.\\nThere are few men who knoiv hoiv II y a peu d hommes qui sachent\\nto hear ad.versity, supporter I adversite.\\nShe is the happiest woman I know C est la plus heureuse femme que\\nje connaisse.\\nBut should the second verb be introduced into the\\nsentence by a genitive plural, the indicative should be\\nused, as there would not be then au}^ doubt implied; as,\\nThe Paradise Lost is thebestbound Le Paradis Perdu est le mieux\\nof the books that I have, relie des livres que j ai.\\nEuLE 78. When a relative pronoun preceded by its\\nantecedent is placed between two verbs, the second verb\\nis put in the subjunctive as,\\nI advise you to marry a iconyj.n Je vous conseille d epouser une\\nwho knows how to cook, femme qui sache f aire la cuisine.\\nBut if there is no uncertainty implied, the indicative\\nmust be used as,\\nI have married a icoman ivho J ai epouse une femme qui sait\\nknoios hoiv to cook, faire la cuisine.\\nAfter empecher, used negatively, ne may or may not be used.\\nACADEMIE.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0047.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "38\\nTHE VERB.\\nEuLE 79. The subjunctive is required after the follow-\\ning words: quelque que, quel que, quoi que, qui que; as,\\nHowever learned he may he, Quelque savant qu il soit.\\nQuel qu il soit.\\nWhatever it is,\\nWhatever you say,\\nWhoever you are, stop,\\nQuoi que vous disiez.\\nQui que tu sois, arrete.\\nEuLE 80. (1) The following conjunctions require the\\nsubjunctive:\\nafin que,\\n,pour que,\\navant que,\\nau cas que,\\nen cas que,\\nquoique,\\nbien que,\\nencore que,\\njusqu a ce que,\\nI in order that.\\nbefore.\\nI in case that.\\nalthough,\\nuntil.\\nI Xnotthat.\\nnon pas que, j\\nloin que, far from.\\npourvu que, provided.\\nsans que, ivithout.\\nsuppose que, suppose that.\\nsoit que, lohether.\\npour peu que, |.^__^^g^^^^.^^;^_\\nsi peu que, j\\n(2) The three following conjunctions require not only\\nthe subjunctive, but also ne before it\\na moins que, unless.\\nde crainte que, for fear.\\nde peur que, lest.\\n(3) The four conjunctions, de sorte que, en sorte que,\\ntenement que, de mani^re que, all meaning so that, in such\\na ivay as, sometimes take the indicative, and sometimes\\nthe subjunctive the indicative, when there is no uncer-\\ntainty implied the subjunctive, when there is as,\\nHe behaved in such a loay as to\\nmerit the esteem of all honest\\nmen,\\nBehave in such a loay as to merit\\nthe esteem of all honest people\\nn s*est conduit de telle maniere\\nqu il s est attire I estime de\\ntous les honnetes gens.\\nConduisez-vous de maniere que\\nvous vous attiriez I estime de\\ntous les honnetes gens.\\n(4) The conjunction que takes the subjunctive only\\nwhen it stands for a conjunction requiring the subjunc-\\ntive (Eule 101) or for si as,", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0048.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "THE VERB. 39\\nI will not set out until he comes, Je ne partirai pas qu il ne vienne.\\nIf he comes, and should I not he at S il vient, et que je ne sois pas a\\nhome, send for my brother, la maison, faites venir mon frere.\\n(5) The conjunction si does not require the subjunctive,\\nbut the subjunctive is used in the subordinate clause de-\\npending on si, if there is a doubt in the speaker s mind as\\nto the fact mentioned; as,\\nHad I knoivn that things loould Si j^avais su que les choses se pas-\\ntake such a turn, I ivould have sassent ainsi, j aurais pris mes\\ntakenimj measures accordingly mesures en consequence.\\nBut if there is no doubt as to the actuality of the thing\\nasserted, the indicative is used; as,\\nIf I had knoicn that it ivas you, Si j avais su que c etait vous, je\\nI would not have disturbed my- ne me serais pas derange.\\nself,\\n(6) The conjunction a condition que may be followed\\nby either the indicative or the subjunctive; as,\\nI give you this money, on condition Je vous donne cet argent, a condi-\\nthat you loill leave to-morrow, tion que vous partirez demain,\\nor que vous partiez demain.\\nUse of the Tenses of the Subjunctive.\\nEuLE 81. If the principal verb is in the present or\\nthe future indicative, the dependent verb must be put in\\nthe present subjunctive to express a present or future\\ntime; in the perfect, to express the past; as,\\nTe doute 1\\nTe do t rai I etudiez mamtenant, demam.\\nTe doute\\nJe douterai\\nExcEPTiox. If the subjunctive is followed by a con-\\nditional expression, the imperfect or the pluperfect must\\nbe used; as,", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0049.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "40 THE VERB.\\nI do not believe that he ivould come f Je ne crois pas qu il vint, si on ne\\nif he xmre not obliged, I y forgait.\\nI do not believe he would have come Je ne crois pas qu il fut venu, si\\nif he had not been obliged^ on ne I y avait force.\\nEuLE 82. If the principal verb is the past tense or\\nthe conditional^ the dependent verb must be put in the\\nimperfect subjunctive to express the present or the future,\\nin the pluperfect to express the past as,\\nJe doutais\\nJe doutai\\nJ ai doute\\nJ avais doute\\nJe douterais\\nJ aurais doute J\\nJe doutais\\nJe doutai\\nJ ai doute\\nJ avais doute\\nJe douterais\\nJ aurais doute\\nque vous etudiassiez aujourd hui, demain.\\nque vous eussiez etudie hier.\\nExcEPTiois-. If the action expressed by the subjunc-\\ntive is continuous, the present must be used; as,\\nGod has given us reason in order Dieu nous a donne la raison afin\\nthat ive may discern the good que nous discemions le bien\\nfrom the evil, d avec le mal.\\nGeneral Observation on the Use of the Subjunc-\\ntive Mood. When the subjunctive mood can be avoided\\nby putting the verb in the infinitive, as in the following\\ncases, it must be done, because the frequent use of the\\nsubjunctive makes the style heavy and diffuse:\\n(1) When two verbs have the same person for subject,\\nthe second may, and generally must, be put in the infini.\\ntive as,\\nI fear I shall arrive too late, Je crains d arriver trop tard.\\nwish I were m your place, Je voudrais bien etre a votre place.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0050.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "THE VERB. 41\\n(2) If the two verbs having the same person for subject\\nare united by a conjunction, this conjunction may often\\nbe changed into a preposition as,\\nCome to see me before youiorite to Venez me voir avant de lui ecrire.\\nhim,\\nEvery power isiveaJc unless united, Toute puissance est faible a moins\\nque d etre unie.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 La Fontaine.\\n(3) When it is clear who must or must not do a thing,\\nthe pronoun subject of must is not translated, and the\\nnext verb is put in the infinitive as,\\nWe must always speak the truths II faut toujours dire la verite.\\nYou must not break this glass, II ne faut pas casser ce verre.\\nThe Infinitive.\\nEuLE 83. All prepositions require the following verb\\nin the infinitive, except en, which requires the present\\nparticiple; as,\\nOf seeing, de voir. Without seeing, sans voir.\\nIn order to see, pour voir. While seeing, en voyant.\\nIn seeing, a voir.\\nEuLE 84. \u00e2\u0080\u0094When two verbs come together, the second\\nis put in the infinitive, unless the first is etre or avoir,\\nboth of which require the past participle as,\\nLet us know how to conquer or to Sachons vaincre ou sachons mourir.\\ndie,\\nEuLE 85. To get, or to Jiave, a thing done, meaning to\\ncause it to be done, is translated by faire, which requires\\nthe infinitive immediately after it as,\\nGet my linen ironed, Faites repasser mon linge.\\nam going to have a new dress Je vais me faire faire une robe\\nmade, neuve.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0051.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "42 THE PARTICIPLE.\\nThis very important rule applies to any expression\\nsignifying to cause; sucli as^\\nAsk the gentleman up stairs that\\nis to say, Cause the gentleman Faites monter monsieur.\\nto come up stairs,\\nTHE PARTICIPLE.\\nThe Present Participle.\\nEuLE 86. The present participle, which is essentially\\npart of the verb, must not be confounded with the verbal\\nadjective, which is an adjective derived from a verb (such\\nas, un animal rampant, ime m^re prevoyante, une passion\\ndominante).\\nThe present participle always expresses an action, and\\nis invariable as,\\nThese men, foreseeing the danger, Ces hommes, prevoyant le danger,\\nput themselves on their guard, se mirent sur leurs gardes.\\nThe verbal adjective always expresses a quality of the\\nnoun which it qualifies, a state, or a manner of being,\\nand agrees like other adjectives as,\\nThese far sighted men perceived Ces hommes prevoyants ont apergu\\nthe datiger, le danger.\\nEuLE 87. The present participle is seldom used in\\nFrench. When it can be avoided by changing the English\\nparticiple into a tense of the indicative with qui, or into\\na substantive, or by giving the sentence a different turn,\\nit must be done; as,\\nI hear your father calling you, J entends votre pere qui vous ap-\\npeUe.\\nYour father s being angry loith La colere de votre pere centre moi\\n?ne is the cause of my sadness, est la cause de ma tristesse.\\nMy scolding of you is of no use, II ne me sert de rien de vous gronder.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0052.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "THE PARTICIPLE. 43\\nThe Past Participle.\\nEuLE 88. The past participle, used without an auxil-\\niary verb, or with the auxiliary verb etre, agrees, like an\\nadjective, with the noun or pronoun to which it relates\\nas,\\nConcealed enmitrj is dangerous y Les inimities cachees sont dange-\\nreuses.\\nSelfish men are despised, Les egoistes sont meprises.\\nExcEPTiox. The past participles of pronominal verbs,\\nthough always conjugated with etre, do not come under\\nthis rule, but under the following one, as with them itre\\nhas the meaning of avoir.\\nEuLE 89. The past participle used with avoir agrees,\\nnot with its subject, but with its direct object, when this\\nobject is placed before it; as,\\nHere is the loatch I bought, Void la montre que j ai achetee.\\nThey have rejoiced at your happi- lis se sont rejouis de votre bonheur.\\nness,\\nThey have shoicn it to each other, II se la sont montree.\\nHoic many books have you read Combien de livres avez-vous lus\\nObserve. (1) Past participles of impersonal verbs,\\nor verbs used impersonally, are invariable; as,\\nThe heat lohlch we had, Les chaleurs qu il a fait.\\n(2) A past participle between two que is invariable;\\nas, 4\\nThe ansioer lohich I foresaio they La reponse que j avais prevu qu on\\nWould give you, vous ferait.\\nThe participles attendu, excepte, oui, passe, suppose, vu, non com-\\npris, y compris, are invariable when they precede the noun (avoir is\\nthen understood) but they vary when they come after (etre is then\\nunderstood) as, Je puis tout souffrir, excepte votre colere Je puis tout\\nsouffrir, votre colere exceptee.\\nThese observations are not exceptions. Their object is merely\\nto illustrate the most difficult cases.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0053.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "44 THE PARTICIPLE.\\n(3) The participle preceded by V is invariable, when r\\nrepresents a clause of a sentence, or that, or so; as,\\nThe affair is more important than Cette affaire est plus importante\\nI had thought^ que je ne I avais pense.\\nIn this sentence, r means it to he.\\n(4) A past participle having en for its apparent direct\\nobject is invariable; as,\\nI am fond of flowers Ihave gath- J aime beaucoup les fleurs; j en\\nered some, ai cueilli.\\n(5) The participles pu, d% voulu, are invariable when\\nan infinitive is understood after them as,\\nhave rendered him all the ser- Je lui ai rendu tous les services\\nvices that I could, que j ai pu (lui rendre)\\n(6) As intransitive verbs can have no direct object, their\\nparticiples used with avoir remain invariable as,\\nThe three leagues I walked this Les trois lieues que j ai fait ce\\nmorning, matin.\\nThe hours I have been running, Les heures que j ai couru.\\n(7) A past participle followed by an infinitive agrees\\nwhen the preceding pronoun is its direct object, but re-\\nmains invariable if its direct object is in the infinitive;\\nas,\\nPoor innocent women! I have Pauvres innocentes! Je les ai\\nseen them dying, vues mourir.\\nPoor innocent loomen I have Pauvres innocentes Je les ai vu\\nseen them cast into prison, jeter en prison.\\nAccording to the Academy, the participles coute and valu, used in\\ntheir proper meaning, are invariable, as a preposition is then under-\\nstood but they are variable when used figuratively. For example, we\\nshould write, without agreement Les mille francs que m a coute mon\\nvoyage les mille francs que ce cheval a valu. And with agreement\\nLes peines que cette affaire m a coutees les gratifications que votre\\nprotection m a values. Grammarians, however, differ on this point.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0054.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "THE PARTICIPLE. 45\\nAs a simple and convenient method of applying the\\nprinciple stated in (7), observe that a past participle\\nfollowed by an infinitive agrees whenever the infinitive\\ncan be turned iiito a present participle.\\n(8) An exception to this rule is the participle fait.\\nFollowed by an infinitive, it is always invariable; as,\\nHe has had her put to deaths II I a fait mourir.\\n(9) The past participle preceded by an adverb of quan-\\ntity always agrees with the complement of the adverb\\nas,\\nMany errors have slipped into this Beaucoup d erreurs se sont glis-\\nstory^ sees dans cette histoire.\\n(10) The past participle preceded by two nouns united\\nby de agrees with that noun to which it relates. If in-\\nstead of the first noun there is le peu de, the same rule\\napplies as,\\nThe great number of faults which Le grand nombre de fautes que\\nhave observed proceed from j ai remarque provient de votre\\nyour inattention, inapplication.\\nA great many mistakes have Une multitude de fautes se sont\\nslipped into your letter^ glissees dans votre lettre.\\nThe little attention that he has Le peu d attention qu il a montre\\ngiven shows that he is unwoi*thy fait voir qu il est indigne de\\nof your interest^ votre interet.\\n{Even) the little attention v hich Le peu d attention qu il a montree\\nhe has given loill be useful to lui servira.-\\nhim,\\nThe simplest way to ascertain whether le peu is the principal word\\nis to suppress it. If it can be suppressed without altering the whole\\nmeaning, then the noun following le peu is the XDrincipal word if it\\ncannot, then it is le peu itself.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0055.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "46 THE ADVEEB.\\nTHE ADVERB.\\nPlace of Adverbs.\\nEuLE 90. The simple adverb usually stands after the\\nsimple tense if the tense is compound, after the auxil-\\niary; as,\\nI am always thinfcing of them, Je pense toujours a eux.\\nWe have often spoken to him about Nous lui en avons souvent parle.\\nit,\\nNote that: (1) Bien, mal, mieux, jamais, and trop gen-\\nerally precede the infinitive as,\\nHe asks me to listen ivell, II me prie de bien ecouter.\\n(2) In French the adverb is never put between the\\nsubject and the verb, as it is in English as,\\nI often see him, Je le vols souvent.\\nEuLE 91. Adverbs compounded of several words are\\nplaced after the participle as,\\ndid it hastily, Je I ai fait a la hate.\\nNote that adverbs of order, and those which denote\\ntime in a determinate manner, are placed either before\\nor after the verb; as,\\nTo-day it is fine iveather perhaps Aujourd hui il fait beau il pleuvra\\nit will rain to-morroiv, peut-etre demain.\\nivant you to go and see the Je veux que d abord vous alliez\\nphysician first, after that, do voir le medecin, ensuite vous\\nas you choose, ferez ce que bon vous semblera.\\nHe came to me first, II vint d abord a moi, or, d abord\\nil vint a moi.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0056.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "THE ADVERB. 47\\nParticular Rules on /Ve.*\\nRule 92. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Ne is commonly used without pas or point\\n(1) With the verbs cesser, oser, pouvoir, and, savoir\\n(meaning pouvoir or followed by a conjunction) ;t as,\\nam alwaijs scolding you, Je ne cesse de vous gronder.\\nI dare not go there, Je n ose y aller.\\ncould not do it, Je ne saurais le faire.\\nI do not knoio if he icill come, Je ne sais s il viendra.\\n(2) Before a subjunctive used negatively, when the first\\nverb is followed by personne, nul, aucun, rien, nullement^\\njamais, gu^re, or peu; as,\\nI see nobody hut loves you, Jene vols personne qui ne vous aime\\nHe envies everything he sees, II ne voit rien qui ne lui fasse envie.\\nThere are few pleasures that are II y a peu de plaisirs qui ne soient\\nnot bought too dear, achetes trop cher.\\n(3) Before the verb of a dependent clause in a sentence\\ninterrogative in form but positive in meaning, or before\\nthe principal verb if it is preceded by qui; as,\\nIs there a man loho does not com- Y a-t-il un homme qui ne se plaigne\\nplain of his felloio-creatures P de ses semblables\\nHave you a friend ivho is not mine Avez-vous un ami qui ne soit aussi\\nalso le mien\\nWho has not heard all that Qui n a entendu dire tout cela\\nPas and point must of c6urse be suppressed when there is in the\\nsentence such a negative expression as aucun, nul, personne, guere, ja-\\nmais, nuUeihent, ni ni plus, rien, ne que (only), and also in such\\nsentences as the following\\nHe does not see at all, II ne voit goutte.\\nHe speaks not a loord, II ne dit mot.\\nI never saw him, Je ne I ai vu de ma vie.\\nI shall not speak of it to anybody, Je n en parlerai a ame qui vive, or\\na qui que ce soit.\\nt Also with bouger, in familiar style.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0057.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "48 THE ADVEEB.\\n(4) Before the subjunctive used affirmatively, when it\\nis required by a verb or a conjunction implying fear, or by\\nthe verbs empicher and prendre garde as,\\nWe fear he ivill comey Nous craignons qu il ne vienne.\\nFor fear he ivill come, De peur qu il ne vienne.\\n(5) After the verbs desesperer, douter, disconvenir, and\\niiier, used negatively and followed by que; as,\\nI have no doubt hut you are righty Je ne doute pas que vous n ayez\\nraison.\\n(6) After plus, moins, autre, and autrement, followed by\\nque, and placed before an indicative; as,\\nHe ivrites better than you think, II ecrit mieux que vous ne pensez.\\nBut if the first verb is negative or interrogative, or if\\nthere is an adverb between que and the verb, the ne is\\nleft out (see Eule 24).\\n(7) After a moins que {unless) used affirmatively as,\\nwill go to him unless you your- J irai le trouver, a moins que vous\\nself go y n y alliez vous-meme.\\n(8) After si used negatively, and meaning a moins que;\\nas,\\nI ivill go to Mm, if you yourself J irai le trouver si voUs n y allez\\ndo not go, vous-meme.\\n(9) After que beginning a sentence, and meaning pour-\\nquoi; as,\\nWhy do you not come ivith us 9 Que ne venez-vous avec nous\\nThis way of speaking is used only by way of implying a certain\\ndegree of reproach or regret.\\nSee Rule 76, second paragraph.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0058.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "THE PREPOSITION. 49\\n(10) After depuis que, il y a que, followed by a past\\ntense, with a negative meaning as,\\nHow have you been since I saw Comment vous etes-vous porte\\nyou depuis que je ne vous ai vu\\nIt is three months since I met him i II y a trois mois que je ne I ai\\nrencontre.\\nNote that if the verb is in the present, pas or point\\nmust be used; as,\\nNow that I do not see him, Depuis que je ne le vois pas.\\nWe have not spoken to each other II y a un an que nous ne nous par-\\nfor a year, Ions point.\\n(11) After the impersonal verbs il s en faut que, il s en\\nfaut beaucoup or de beaucoup que, peu s en faut que, il tient\\na moi, a lui, etc., and que, used negatively or interroga-\\ntively as,\\nLittle loould make me strike you, II ne tient a rien que je ne vous\\nfrappe.\\nHe almost named you, Peu s en est fallu qu il ne vous\\nnommat.\\n(12) See Eule 101 (2).\\nTHE PREPOSITION.\\nDe,\\nEule 93. (1) It has been said (Enle 32) that de is\\nused after numbers, before the following adjective or\\nparticiple; as,\\nOne man killed, Un homme de tue.\\n(2) It is also used between quelque chose, rien, quelqu un.\\npersonne, que (interrogative), quoi, quoi que ce soit, quoi\\nque ce ffit, and the following adjective or participle; as,\\nIs there anything new Y a-t-il quelque chose de nouveau\\nOn a withered trunk nothing good Sur un tronc desseche rien de bon\\ncan grow, ne peut naitre.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0059.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "60 THE PREPOSITION.\\nIs anybody ill in your house Y a-t-il quelqu un de malade chez\\nvous?\\nThere loas nobody ivounded, II n y a eu personne de blesse.\\nWhat is the neivs 9 Qu y a-t-il de nouveau\\nThe Translation of To.\\nEuLE 94. (1) The preposition to as the sign of an\\ninfinitive is translated by pour, when it means in order\\nto; as,\\n\u00c2\u00bbS7ie said so to please yoUj EUe I a dit pour vous faire plaisir.\\n(2) It is translated by de when the infinitive is the\\nsame as of or fiom with a participle as,\\nWe had a7i opportunity to see (i.e. Nous avons eu Poccasion de voir\\nof seeing) your uncle y votre oncle.\\n(3) It is translated by a when the infinitive is the\\nsame as in with a participle, and also when the active in-\\nfinitive may be changed into the passive infinitive as,\\nHe encouraged me to persevere, II m encouragea a perseverer.\\nA house to let, Une maison a louer.\\nThe advice is not to he despised, L avis n est pas a mepriser.\\nDepuis, Pendant, Pour (for).\\nEuLE 95. Depuis marks the beginning of a period of\\ntime; as,\\nFrom ten o clock till tioelve, Depuis dix heures jusqu a midi.\\nI have had this cold for eight days, Je suis enrhume depuis huit jours.\\nPendant marks the duration, and may often be under-\\nstood; as,\\nIt rained for tioo months, II plut pendant deux mois.\\nI v^orked {for) tioelve hours, J ai travaille douze heures.\\nPour denotes the end as,\\nam going away for six weeks, Je pars pour six semaines.\\nhave enough paper for three J ai du papier pour trois mois.\\nmonths.", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0060.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "THE PREPOSITION. 51\\nDans and En.\\nRule 96. Dans has a precise and determinate sense,\\nwhile en is vague and undeterminate. In other words, in\\nis expressed by dans before the article, the demonstrative\\nand possessive adjectives, and pronouns, and by en in the\\nother cases as,\\nIn the last loar^ Dans la derniere guerre.\\nIn time of loar, En temps de guerre.\\nIn this garden, Dans ce jardin.\\nI have confidence in you, J ai confiance en vous.\\nEuLE 97. When used to express time, dans marks the\\nepoch, and en the duration as,\\nHe icill arrive in three daijs {when II arrivera dans trois jours.\\nthree days have elapsed),\\nIt will take him three days to ar- II arrivera en trois jours.\\nrive, ^A^\\nX^ULE 98. /?i, placed before names of towns, is trans-\\nlated by a; as,\\nHe died in London, II est mort a Londres.\\nIn, placed before names of countries, is translated by\\nen;^ as,\\nIivas horn in France, Je suis ne en France.\\nHe lives in Italy, II demeure en Italie.\\n4\\nShould the name of a country be accompanied by an\\nadjective or any attribute, dans must be used; as,\\nI lived three years in North Amei J ai demeure trois ans dans\\nica, I Amerique du Nord.\\nBut if the name of the country is masculine or plural then au or\\naux is used as, etre or aller au Mexique, au Chili, aux Etats Unis. A la\\nis used before the names of a few islands as, a la Jamaique, a la Marti-\\nnique, a la Guadeloupe.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0061.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "52 THE CONJUNCTION.\\nFrom,\\nEuLE 99. From (a person s house) is translated by de\\nchez; as,\\nWe come from our uncle s, Nous venons de chez notre oncle.\\nFrom (a person) is translated by de la part de as,\\nGo from me to your mother Sf Allez de ma part chez madame\\nvotre mere.\\nRepetition of Prepositions.\\nEuLE 100. Prepositions are generally repeated before\\neach noun, unless the different nouns are synonymous\\nas,\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nThe same prejudices are to be On trouve les memes prejuges en\\nfound in Europe, Asia, Africa, Europe, en Asie, en Afrique, et\\na7id even in America, jusqu en Amerique.\\nNote that the prepositions a, de, and en are always\\nrepeated.\\nTHE CONJUNCTION.\\nQue.\\nEuLE 101. (1) Que is often used in place of the con-\\njunctions afin que, a moins que, avant que, aussitdt que,\\ncependant, comme, de orainte que, de peur que, depuis que,\\nd^s que, de ce que, jusqu a ce que, paroe que, quand, quoi-\\nque, sans que, soit que as,\\nCome {here) lohile I speak to you, Venez, que je vous parle.\\nNot a day passes but it rains. Pas un jour ne se passe qu il ne\\npleuve.\\n1 (2) Ne is required before the following verb when que\\nstands for a moins que, avant que, de peur que, de crainte", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0062.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "THE CONJUNCTION. 63\\nque, depuis que (or il y a que), sans que, jusqu i ce que;\\nas,\\nwill not set out till he arrives, Je ne partirai pas qu il n arrive.\\nObserve that this form of expression is to be used only when\\nthe first clause of the sentence is negative.\\nRule 102. Que is also used for lioiv, how much, hoiv\\nmany, and expresses wonder, irony, indignation. The\\nadjective following it must be translated without tr^s,\\nbien, or fort; as,\\nHoio (very) unhappy that woman Que cette femme a I air mal-\\nlooks heureux\\nThe noun, adjective, or adverb following hoiv, hoio\\nmuch, how many, is often put after the verb in French\\nas,\\nWhat poioer virtue has over the Que la vertu a de pouvoir sur les\\nmost ferocious minds ames les plus feroces\\nRule 103. When the conjunction and with a verb\\nfollows the verbs to go, to come, to run, the French omit\\nthe conjunction; as,\\nGo and tell him, Allez lui dire.\\nWill you come and take a walk Voulez-vous venir faire un tour\\nivith me avec moi\\nRun and fetch my spectacles, Courez me chercher mes lunettes.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0063.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "II. EXERCISES ON THE PRINCIPAL\\nRULES OF SYNTAX.\\n[Superior figures refer to the preceding rules.]\\n(Rules 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.)\\n1. La vertu, dit Platon, c est la ressemblance a Dieu\\npar la justice, la saintete et la sagesse, dans la mesure\\nde nos forces. 2. II faut tou jours agir avec franchise,\\nsi Ton veut etre sincerement heureux. 3. Sujets, amis,\\nparents, tout Pa trahi. 4. Quand j etais en pension,\\nj^avais deux francs cinquante centimes par semaine pour\\nmes menus plaisirs. 5. Combien se vendent^^ les cerises\\net les fraises dans ce pays 6. Les cerises se vendent\\ndix centimes le demi-kilo, et les fraises vingt centimes.\\n7. IS e m avez-YOus pas dit que M. votre pere est medecin\\n8. Non, monsieur, il est avocat, mais il a fait des etudes\\nde medecine. 9. Quelle triste matinee!\\n10. ^^Les hommes sont egaux; ce n est point la naissance,\\nC est la seule vertu qui fait leur difference.\\nVoltaire.\\n11. Patience et longueur de temps\\nPont plus que force ni que rage. La Fontaine.\\n54", "height": "4316", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0064.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 55\\n2.\\nprayer, priere (f.). to resolve, resoudre.\\nreproach, reproche (m.). contemporary contemporain.\\nto move, emouvoir. to earn, gagner.\\ncontentment, contentement (m.). cruelty, cruaute (f.).\\nriches, richesses (f.). in the sight of, aux yeux de.\\n1. The wise (man) prefers virtue to beauty. 2. His-\\ntory is the portrait of men and times. 3. Spanish is\\neasy, but German is difficult. 4. Neither prayers nor\\nreproaches could move him. 5. Contentment is better\\nthan {passe) riches. 6. In time of war the savages of\\nxlmerica are armed with^^ tomahawks. 7. When we\\narrived from Holland, we resolved to go to Ireland.\\n8. Louis the Eighteenth/ king of France, and George\\nthe Fourth of England were contemporaries. 9. He is\\na physician, and his brother a grocer. 10. It is almost\\nimpossible to hide envy, malice, cruelty, avarice, and\\nanger. 11. Glory, riches, genius, honors, are nothing\\nin the sight of God. 12. Centurions and soldiers, both\\nmurmured^- against the general s orders. 13. Poverty\\nis no crime. 14. Alexanders and Caesars are always\\nfatal to the world. 15. What a fine coat you have\\n16. In France, St. Xicholas day is the fete of the boys,\\nand St. Catherine s day that of girls. 17. The gentle-\\nman you see is a Dutchman. 18. The AtJialie of Eacine\\nis the masterpiece of the^French theatre.\\n3.\\n(Rules 7, 8.)\\n1. Je veux a la campagne du petit-lait, de bon potage.\\n2. J ai vu dans ce musee des bas-reliefs magnifiques.\\n3. Ce sont des gens de bien ce sont de braves, d excel-\\nlentes gens. 4. AUez-vous-en tons, je ne veux pas de", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0065.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "56 EXERCISES.\\nbruit chez moi. 5. Je ne vols dans sa conduite que de\\nces inegalites auxquelles les femmes les mieux nees sont\\nle plus sujettes. 6. Dans les traductions, il n est guere\\npossible de rendre un vers par un vers, lorsque cette\\nprecision est le plus desirable. 7. Les Francs, peuple\\nsauvage, ne vivaient que de legumes, de fruits, de racines\\net des animaux qu ils avaient pris a la chasse. 8. Les\\ngrands ont des plaisirs, le peuple a de la joie.\\n9. ^^C est de sang qu ils ont soif, c est du sang qu ils\\ndemandent. Delille.\\n10. II est guinde sans cesse, et dans tons ses propos\\nOn voit qu il se travaille a dire des bons mots.\\nMOLIERE.\\n11. ^^Entre nos ennemis\\nLes plus a craindre sont souvent les plus i^etits.\\nLa Fontaine.\\n4.\\nto dry up, dessecher. numerous, nombreux.\\nosti ich, antrache (f.).^ to itness, temoin.\\nto swalloio, avaler. praise, louange (f.), eloge (m.).\\nto he enough for (p.^) suffire a. foolishly, follement.\\nWe give below the shortest and most satisfactory rule yet given for\\nmastering the gender of French nouns. It is due to M. Albites,.formerly\\nteacher of French in Birmingham. Note that the rule does not apply\\nto nouns the gender of which is evident.\\nNouns having the following terminations are feminine\\nale, ole, ule\\nrre, lie, ie, or ie;\\nbe, ce, de;\\nse, te, te\\n(as, cathedrale, ecole, nature, faveur, terre,\\nbeaute, marche, maison). Nouns not having these terminations are\\nmasculine as, port, cheval, cafe, crime, village. There are, of course,\\nexceptions to the rule, but, according to M. Albites, it holds good in\\nninety-nine cases out of one hundred.\\np. iDerson; th. thing.\\nure,\\nere, eur\\nee,\\nue, ion;\\nfe,\\nne, pe\\nve.\\nhe, aison\\nterre,\\nconversation, clemence,", "height": "4323", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0066.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 57\\nchange, monnaie (f.). hoio it is, comment cela se fait.\\nto beg one s pardon, demander counsel, cqvlsq\\\\\\\\s {in.\\npardon a (p.)-\\n1. There are winds which pass over tlie country and\\ndry up plants. 2. He says^ he has no money, but don t\\nbelieve him. 3. Ostriches often swallow iron, copper,\\nstones, glass, and Avood. 4. Bread and water will be\\nenough for me. 5. In order to^^ write, one must have\\npaper and ink. 6. In order to write well, one must have\\ngood paper and good ink. 7. He who has numerous wit-\\nnesses of his death, dies with courage. 8. I have made\\nuse of the fine books you gave me. 9. There are praises\\nwhich blame, and reproaches that praise. 10. Do not give\\nher any money, she would go and^^^ spend it foolishly.\\n11. He has always good reasons to give us. 12. Did you\\nnot say that you had some people at your house to-night?\\n13. I hope you have some change 14. I beg your\\npardon, sir, I have none. 15. I don t know how it is,\\nI never have any change. 16. It is this thought that t\\ntorments her the most. 17. Do not give your friend the\\nmost agreeable counsel, but the most useful.\\n5.\\n(Rules 9, 10, 11, 12, 13.)\\n1. Cette jeune fille va tons les dimanches a la grand\\nmesse avec sa grand mere et ses deux grand peres.l\\nTranslate peo^^Ze by monde when it means company.\\nWhen yon have to translate the relative that or lohich, put qui if\\nthat or ichich is next the verb in English, and que if it is separated\\nfrom the verb by one or more words. Exception when ivhich is pre-\\nceded by a preposition, translate it according to Rule 53.\\ni AYith some feminine nouns in daily use, the e mute of grande is sup-\\npressed and an apostrophe is put instead. Grand is then invariable;\\nso we say, des grand rues, des grand messes, etc.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0067.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "58 EXERCISES.\\n2. Presque tons les tableaux de ce peintre sont des chefs-\\nd oeuvre. 3. Allez dans la prairie, et vous ponrrez\\nadmirer a la fois mille arcs-en-ciel peints snr chaque\\ngontte de rosee. 4. Les vers a sole sont si communs a\\nTonquin que la sole n y est pas plus cliere que le coton.\\n0. Allez an marclie an ble, vous y verrez rhomme au\\nmanteau noir qui demeure pres de la maison de campagne\\nde M. votre pere. 6. Ceux qui viennent interrompre des\\ntete-a-tete ennuyeux sont toujours les bienvenus. 7. Une\\ninfinite de jeunes gens se perdent parce qu ils frequentent\\nde mauvaises societes. 8. La plupart croient que le\\nbonheur est dans la ricliesse ils se troinpent. 9. Quel-\\nques sages ont cette opinion, le reste des homines est de\\nmon avis.\\n10. Le reste pour son Dieu montre un oubli fatal.\\nRacine.\\n11. La moitie des humains rit aux depens de Tautre.\\nDestouches.\\n12. Ciel quel pompeux amas d esclaves a genoux\\nEst aux pieds de ce roi qui les fait trembler tons\\nVoltaire.\\n6.\\nmco^le, marbre (m.) prefecture, ^^lef-lieu (m.)\\nmill, moulin (m.). de prefecture.\\nto he loest from, etre a I ouest de. mastei^piece chef-d ceuvre (m.)-\\nto defeat, battre, defaire. to rear, elever.\\ncrowd, foule (f.). raulherrrij bush, murier (m.).\\nto impede, retarder. veil, voile (m.)-\\nannexation, einnexion. Turkeij Tmqnie (f.).\\nSavoy, Savoie (f.). fig, figue (f.).\\n1. Has your servant washed the marble table 2. We\\nbought a coffee-mill yesterday, which goes very well.\\nThe verb is put in the plural after la plupart used without comple-\\nment, and in the singular after le reste, whatever be its complement.", "height": "4323", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0068.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 59\\n3. There are two water mills on that farm. 4. Have you\\nseen my silk gown and my gold watch? 5. The forest\\nof the Ardennes is west from the Luxemburg province.\\n6. The army of the infidels was entirely defeated. 7. The\\ncrowd of carriages impeded our march. 8. The annexa-\\ntion of Savoy and Nice has given France three new\\nprefectures. 9. Le Cicl and Athalie are dramatic master-\\npieces. 10. In warm countries silk-worms are reared on\\nmulberry bushes. 11. Most men recollect the services\\nthey render, better than those they receive. 12. Most\\npeople desire old age, and complain when they have\\nreached it. 13. The troop of soldiers of which they\\nhave spoken to you, has entered into the village and\\nplundered it. 14. Why has not your sister a velvet\\nbonnet? 15. She has bought a silk gown and a lace\\nveil. 16. The Clyde-built steam-boats are famous over\\nall the world. 17. The English import a great quantity\\nof Malta oranges and Turkey figs. 18. The family is in\\nthe country; they will not come back before the 10th of\\nnext month.\\n(Rules 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22.)\\n1. Sur le continent presque toutes les horloges pub-\\nliques sonnent les quarts et les demies. 2. La demie est-\\nelle sonnee? 3. Les montagnards qui ont en toutes\\nsaisons les jambes nues, marchent rarement nu-tete.^\\n4. Vous n en avez pris qu une demi-livre, mais moi j en\\nai achete une livre et demie. 5. Les Polonais ne trou-\\nvent pas Phuile bonne si^-^^^ elle ne sent fort. 6. Xeron\\nDemi and nu are variable when following the noun, and invari-\\nable when preceding it.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0069.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "60 EXERCISES.\\netait anssi odieux aiix senateurs et aux simples citoyens\\nqu il etait cruel en vers eux. 7. II est necessaire a Pliomme\\nde travailler et de prendre de Pexercice et du repos.\\n8. II est beau de nionrir pour la defense de son pays.\\n9. Vous avez deux fils et deux fiUes tres-spirituels et\\ntres-jolis.\\n10. ^-11 me semble deja que ces murs, que ces voutes^\\nSont prets a m accuser.^^\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Racine.\\n11. Le f er, le bandeau, la flamme est toute prete.^^\\nRacine.\\n12. Que d autres a ma place auraient pu rester court!\\nC. Delavigne.\\n8.\\nto shoiv, montrer, faire voir. ivholesome, sain.\\nFenelon, Fenelon. holly, honx (jn.).\\nby turns, tour a tour. edged, borde.\\nto astonish, etonner. spine, epine (f.).\\nloud, haut. deception, imposture (f.).\\nto stop, s arreter. guinea, guinee (f.).\\nmisconduct, mauvaise conduite, at once, tout de suite.\\n1. His father and mother are dead. 2. Fenelon has\\nshown by turns astonishing virtue or genius. 3. These\\ngirls speak too loud. 4. She stopped short. 5. That\\nflower smells bad. 6. A good king often loses, by the\\nmisconduct of his ministerSj the affection of his best\\nsubjects. 7. Have you never read any Freiicli poem\\n8. Bitter fruits are often the most wholesome. 9. The\\ngreen leaves of the holly are edged with spines. 10. An\\naffected simplicity is a delicate deception. 11. I like the\\nsimple and cordial manners of the Scotch. 12. I am\\nfatigued with running. 13. Voltaire was greedy of\\npraise, and insatiable of glory. 14. That is easy to say,\\nbut difficult to do. 15. For half a guinea, he walked\\nbarefooted for an hour and a half. 16. She is a good,", "height": "4323", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0070.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 61\\namiable, and virtuous woman. 17. It is necessary to go\\nthere at once. 18. He respects and obeys his uncle.\\n9.\\n(Rules 23, 24, 25, 26.)\\nIc Plus un honime a de vrai nierite, x^lus il Papplaudit\\ndans les autres. 2. Qu il ne Use pas plus, mais qu il lise\\nmieux qu il ne fait. 3. II assure qu il ferai^ bieii un\\nkilometre en cinq minutes, mais cela est bien plus facile\\na dire qu a faire. 4. Mon voyage m a coute beaucoup\\nplus cher que je ne m^ attendais. 5. Moins on pense,\\nplus on parle. 6. Vous etes plus grand que moi de toute\\nla tete. 7. Je voudrais bien savoir si elle se porte mieux\\nque quand elle etait en Hollande. 8. Etes-vous plus\\nsavant qu il Petait? 9. C est tout autre chose que je ne\\ncroyais. 10. Plus vous kii ferez de reproches, moins il\\ntravaillera le mieux est de ne lui rieii dire. 11. Ce que\\nvous me dites de mon frere me fait bien plaisir, il s est\\ncomporte beaucoup mieux que je ne Taurais cru.\\n12. Je vous entends ici mieux que vous ne pensez.\\nRacine.\\n10.\\nobliging, obligeant. care, souci (m.).\\nit is better (imp.), il vaut mieux. artless, naif.\\nhad rather^ j aimerais mieux.^ to endure, supporter.\\nto do a service, rendre service a. to get rid of, se defaire de.\\n1. He is older than you by three years, and taller by\\na whole head. 2. You are the most obliging man in\\nthe town. 3. He has gained this year more than a\\nthousand pounds. 4. It is better to suffer than to act\\nAlthough valoir mieux and aimer mieux require no preposition after\\nthem, yet, by exception, than following them is translated by que de\\nbefore an infinitive.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0071.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "62 EXERCISES.\\nunjustly. 5. I had rather die than do it. 6. That girl\\nspeaks better than she writes. 7. I am better than when\\nI was in France. 8. The more difficult a thing is, the\\nmore honorable it is. 9. Eussia is the greatest empire\\nin the world. 10. The poorer people are, the fewer cares\\nthey have. 11. His sister is the prettiest girl in the\\ntown. 12. France has more than five hundred thousand\\nsoldiers. 13. The more we read the fables of the good\\nand artless La Fontaine, the more we are convinced that\\nthey are the manual of a man of taste. 14. It is more\\ndifficult to endure misfortune than to get rid of it.\\n15. Fenelon said it was better to prevent evil than to be\\nobliged to punish it. 16. The more difficult a thing is,\\nthe more attention we^^ must give to it. 17. Since the\\ninvention of gunpowder, battles are less bloody than they\\nwere. 18. I have not seen him for more than two years.\\n11.\\n(Rules 27, 28, 29, 30.)\\n1. J^ai mal aux dents. 2. J y ai mal aussi. 3. Les\\nnegres ont la tete ronde, le nez epate et le front saillant.\\n4. Lorsque Charles XII regut le coup qui termina dans\\nun instant ses exploits et sa vie, il porta la main sur son\\nepee. 5. Je soaffre a mon genou. 6. Toute fiere qu elle\\nest, il lui a fallu boire Paffront. 7. Nous avons fait\\nprisonniers quelque mille hommes et sommes restes\\nmaitres du champ de bataille. 8. Quelle que soit votre\\nimpatience et quelque ennuyeuses que soient ces de-\\nmarches, il faut qu elles se fassent. 9. La valeur,\\nThe possessive mon, ton, son, etc., may be used when speaking of\\nan habitual pain", "height": "4323", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0072.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 63\\ntout lieroique qii elle est, ne suffit pas, a clit Massillon,\\npour faire cles heros. 10. On I a trouvee tout en\\npleurs.\\n11. Eome n est plus dans Eome, elle est toute ou je suis.\\nCORNEILLE.\\n12. Un tout petit enfant demande qu on Tassiste,\\nEn soufflant dans ses mains toutes rouges de froid.\\nA. GUIRAUD.\\n12.\\nball, boulet (m.). f^ j^^^^ J entendre dire.\\nto take of, -i importer. apprendre.\\nto shoot off, f the back, le dos.\\nto sprain, demettre. perishable, perissable.\\nwrist, poignet (m.). wet, mouille.\\ngout, goutte (f.). to boast, se vanter de.\\nto make mistakes, se tromper. to stand by, se tenir pres de.\\nto leave, quitter. ashes, cendres (f. pi.).\\nto split, fendre. shepherd, berger.\\n1. My brother broke his leg yesterday. 2. A cannon\\nball took off his arm. 3. She has sprained her wrist.\\n4. His gout has not left him. 5. Do not speak so loud,\\nyou split my head. 6. Your hands are always cold,\\nin summer as in winter. 7. Their hands were warm,\\nbut their feet w^ere cold. 8. Have you heard that she\\nhas lost her reason 9. My back is very sore to-day.\\n10. Whatever your fortune is, it is perishable. 11. My\\nsister is quite wet. 12. Her face is quite scorched.\\n13. However eminent your talents may be, do not boast\\nof them. 14. However prudently men act, they always\\nThe final e of quelque (when written in one word) is never elided\\nquelque autre, quelque aimable, quelque enfant. But, when it is\\ncombined with un, they form a single word, and are written quelqu un,\\nquelqu une, quelques-uns, quelques-unes. For the suppression of the\\nvowel e, see Note, page 57.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0073.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "64 EXERCISES.\\nrun the risk of making mistakes. 15. Whatever your\\nvirtues are, do not believe yourself better than others.\\n16. In the last engagement our general lost his right\\nleg. 17. My brother was wounded in his shoulder, and\\nI, who stood by him, had my arm taken off. 18. The\\nashes of the shepherd and of the king are alike.\\n13.\\n(Rules 31, 32, 33.)\\n1. Le froid fut tres-grand en 1789. 2. II y a en France\\n35,000,000 d^habitants. 3. L armee de Sesostris, com-\\nposee de 600,000 hommes de pied, de 24,000 chevaux et\\nde 27,000 chars, etait commandee par 1700 officiers choisis\\nparmi les compagnons de son enfance. 4. L homme ne\\nvit pas aujourd hui au-dela de 80 ans; il vivait autrefois\\nplus de 300 ans. 5. Les premiers Chretiens faisaient\\nenterrer avec eux le livre des Evangiles. 6. De quel\\ncote se trouve le numero 200 7. On fait par le chemin\\nde fer plus de trente milles par heure. 8. Vous ap-\\nprendrez cent lignes par coeur pour vendredi. 9. Napo-\\nleon, Chateaubriand et ]\\\\P de Stael naquirent en 1769.\\n10. Dans la bataille il y eut 600 hommes de tues et 3000\\nde blesses. 11. Les debris du colosse de Ehodes furent\\nvendus a un marchand juif qui en eut la charge de 200\\nchameaux. 12. L airain de ce colosse montait encore,\\n880 ans apres sa chute, a 720,000 livres ou a 7200 quintaux.\\n14.\\nLacedsemon, Lacedemone (f.). the Bastile, la Bastille.\\nAthens, Athenes (f.)- engineer, ingenieur.\\nto found, fonder. was born, naquit.\\nto declcu^e war against, declarer Troy, Txoie (f.)-\\nla guerre a. to intend, avoir I intention de\\nto he compared, a comparer. compter.", "height": "4323", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0074.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 65\\n1. You will receive three hundred and eighty francs\\nto-morrow.^ 2. There are twenty-five pupils in this\\nclass. 3. Lacedaemon was built one thousand five\\nhundred and sixteen years before Christ. 4. Athens\\nwas founded one thousand five hundred and eighty-two\\nyears before Christ. 5. In the year one thousand seven\\nhundred and fifty-five^ England declared war against\\nFrance. 6. Louis the Fourteenth was a great warrior\\nbut he was not to be compared to Francis the First nor\\nto Charles the Twelfth. 7. The Bastile was taken by\\nthe people on the fourteenth of Jul}^, seventeen hundred\\nand eighty-nine. 8. They arrived in Paris on the first\\nof June, and they left on the tenth. 9. There are ten\\nboxes sent, and three left. 10. Date your letter May\\nthe eleventh. 11. Marshal^ Vauban, the greatest\\nengineer who^ ever lived, was born in sixteen hun-\\ndred and three. 12. He fortified three hundred old\\ntowns. 13. He was present at one hundred and forty\\nengagements. 14. This rule is to be found on the\\nhundred and eightieth page. 15. It was about the year\\ntvfo thousand seven hundred and ninety-six of the crea-\\ntion that Troy was taken and destroyed by the Greeks.\\n16. I intend to go to Edinburgh on the first or the third\\nThe conjunction et is used in only six numbers: 21 (vingt-et-un),\\n31, 41, 51, 61, and 71.\\nNeither a nor one are expressed before mille and cent.\\nMille {thousand) is written mil in reckoning the years of the\\nChristian era.\\nThe hyphen is used to connect the different parts of a French\\nnumber only from 17 to 99.\\nThe word on used before days and dates is neve? translated in\\nFrench.\\nThe article le, la, les, is used in French before nouns of title or\\ndignity, when these are not used adjectively as, Le marechal Vauban,\\nle docteur J., etc.\\nF", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0075.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "66 EXERCISES.\\nof next month. 17. They were only three hundred and\\ntwenty, and in spite of their inferiority they attacked\\nand beat the enemy. 18. Have you begun your letter\\nThere are only three lines written.\\n15.\\n(Rule 34.)\\n1. Voyez que de beaux livres on m a donnes mais\\naussi j ai Men travaille pour les gagner. 2. Si seulement\\nelle me faisait voir la lettre que son frere lui a ecrite, je\\nsaurais ce qu il faut repondre. 3. Finissez donc, vous\\nlui faites mal. 4. lis sont trop fiers pour m ecrire apres\\nTaffront que je leur ai fait. 5. Je ne le regrette pas, ils\\nne m ont jamais fait que de la peine. 6. Si vous ne leur\\necrivez pas, ou si du moins vous ne passez pas chez eux,\\nils ne voudront plus vous voir. 7. Je suis force, Mon-\\nsieur, de m adresser a vous, puisque je ne puis avoir\\nrecours a elle. 8. Ne lui parlez jamais de moi, elle me\\ndeteste, et je le lui rends bien. 9. Quand on sent, dit\\nVauvenargues, qu on n a pas de quoi se faire estimer de\\nquelqu un, on est bien pres de le hair. 10. Je vous\\ndonnerai un conseil salutaire, et, pour recompense, je ne\\nvous demande que le secret.\\n11. ^^Dissipe tes douleurs,\\nEt ne me trouble pas par ces indignes pleurs.\\nBOILEAU.\\n12. Je vous Pai deja dit, aimez qu on vous censure;\\nMais ne vous rendez pas des qu unsot vous reprend.\\nBOILEAU.\\nDone is often used, especiaUy after an imperative, to give more\\nenergy to the expression, to mark some impatience, etc.", "height": "4323", "width": "2822", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0076.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 67\\n16.\\nthimble, de (m.)- to come and meet, venir au-devant de.\\nloorJc-box, boite a ouvrage (f to be quite dark,iaire tout afait nuit.\\nto leave it to, s en remettre a. to apply to (p.), s adresser a; avoir\\nto lay it to, s en prendre a. recours a.\\nto appeal to, en appeler a. to succeed {to be successful) reussir.\\nto trust (p.), se fier a. to inquire for, demander (p.).\\nto be out, etre sorti.\\n1. She gave me a silver thimble, and I gave her a\\nwork-box. 2. Do you not speak to him when yon meet\\nhim? 3. Ko, my mother has forbidden me to speak to\\nhim. 4. Your brother wrote to yon three months ago\\nhave yon not yet replied to him 5. Did yon think of\\nher when yon wrote to John? 6. Do not go with him\\nyon wonld arrive after ns. 7. That does not belong to\\nyon, it belongs to me. 8. He leaves it to me. 9. She\\nlays it to ns. 10. I was coming to yon when they\\nobliged me to go to her. 11. I appeal to them. 12. I\\nspeak to him, and not to them. 13. Yon have deceived\\nme, I shall not trnst yon any more. 14. Yon shonld^^\\ncome and meet ns before it is qnite dark. 15. If yon\\napply to him yon will not sncceed. 16. He inquired for\\nme, but he was told^^ that I was out. 17. I wonder if\\nshe will come to me when she sees me. 18. Yon are\\nhurting my leg.\\n17.\\n(Rule 35.)\\n1. Avez-vons qnelqnes verites a faire entendre anx\\nrois ne les lenr dites j)as vons epronveriez bientot les\\neffets de lenr courronx. 2. Elle ne vons Panrait pas ecri\u00c2\u00b1,\\n3^92(8) gi^g n avait crn vons etre ntile. 3. Ma soenr\\nanrait vonln qne je Ini pretasse les denx livres dont vons", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0077.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "68 EXERCISES.\\nm avez fait cadean. 4. Je ne les Ini clonnerai pas, car\\nelle ne me les rendrait jamais. 5. La derniere fois que\\nj ai eu le plaisir de vous voir, voiis avez promis de m aider\\nde vos conseils, ne vous le rappelez-vous pas 6. Je lui\\nenverrai ce paquet sans qu il ait besoin de me le demander.\\n7. Faites-moi le plaisir de dire a M votre mere que je\\ncompte aller lui presenter mes respects un de ces jours.\\n8. Veuillez m entendre, je vous en supplie ne me ren-\\nvoyez pas ainsi a lui il se fait un jeu de mes prieres.\\n9. Est-ce que vous n avez pas vu le livre que je lui ai\\nprete 10. Pardon, Monsieur, elle me I a fait voir liier\\nmatin. 11. Auriez-vous la bonte de me preter cet album\\njusqu a demain soir? j aurai soin de vous le renvoyer.\\n12. ^-Manger Therbe d autrui! quel crime abominable!\\nEien que la mort n etait capable\\nD expier son forfait. On le lui fit Men voir.\\nLa Fontaine.\\n18.\\nto bring (here), apporter. to have a fancy for, avoir du gout pour.\\nto confess, avouer. ivithout ceasing, sans cesse.\\n1. If you had asked it from me, I should have given it\\nto you with pleasure. 2. I shall not speak to him,, but I\\nshall write him a long letter. 3. Do not give it to her\\nkeep it for yourself. 4. They would hot show them to\\nus. 5. You must bring it to them. 6. They must not\\nsay so. 7. That box is very pretty; I don t think he\\nwill give it to us. 8. He intends to ask you (for) your\\nflowers give them to him. 9. Do not give them to him.\\n10. Keep them for me. 11. Believe me; confess your\\nfault to me. 12. Do not repeat that to him. 13. I\\nshould never have given it to her, if she had not asked", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0078.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 69\\nme for it. 14. Here is some good cloth which is not\\nvery dear I shall give it to yon, if yon will lend me three\\nhnndred and seventy francs. 15. Please lend me yonr\\npencil I shall retnrn it to yon to-morrow. 16. They have\\nbeen songht for everywhere, and have not been found.\\n17. I no longer have a fancy for these books put them\\nelsewhere. 18. I do not understand you; you do it^\\nundo it^ and do it again without ceasing.\\n19.\\n(Rules 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43.)\\n1. Fais-leur observer que rien ne contribue plus a\\nPeconomie et a la proprete que de tenir chaque chose a\\nAVhen faire is followed by an infinitive, it must be accompanied by\\nthe pronoun lui, leur, if the infinitive has a direct object as,\\nI caused him to drink a glass of loine, Je lui ai fait boire un verre de vin.\\nThey pi ocured employment for him, On lui fit obtenir un emploi.\\nBut if the infinitive has no direct object, put le, la, les, instead of lui,\\nleur; as,\\nThey made him consent to that On le fit consentir a cette de-\\nrequest, mande.\\nWhen, instead of a pronoun placed before faire, there is a noun\\nplaced after, put a in the cases which would require lui, leur, and no\\npreposition in the cases which would require le, la, les as,\\nI caused that man to drink^ a J ai fait boire un verre de vin a\\nglass of wine, cet homme.\\nI shall make that man consent to Je ferai consentir cet homme a\\nthat request, cette demande.\\nCet homme is, in the first case, indirect object of faire boire in the\\nsecond, direct object of faire consentir.\\nA is also used after some other French locutions which would require\\nthe accusative in English, such as ouir dire, entendre dire, voir faire,\\nvoir donner, etc. as,\\nI heard your brother say that you J ai entendu dire a votre frere que\\nivould come, vous viendriez.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0079.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "70 EXERCISES.\\nsa place. 2. N^accordez pas toute votre attention a cet\\nenfant partagez-la entre tons. 3. Nous aimons mieux\\nvoir ceux a qui nous faisons du bien que ceux qui nous\\nen font. 4. Ne craignez pas de multiplier vos bienfaits,\\ninais ne les reprochez jamais, si vous voulez en gouter le\\nfruit. 5. Vous decidez sans examen qu il a eu tort de\\ntenter cette entreprise et je crois, moi, qu il en retirera\\nhonneur et profit. 6. Je recois votre lettre, et je me\\nhate d y repondre. 7. Quant a la raison que vous\\nm^alleguez, je m y rends. 8. Je vous laisserai ce livre\\npour quinze francs; il m en a coiite vingt. 9. Je vous\\nrecommande encore ce jeune homme, et tachez de vous\\noccuper de lui plus activement que vous ne vous en etes\\noccupe jusqu a present. 10. Si vos amis commettent\\ndes fautes graves, reprochez-les-leur franchement.\\n11. ^^La fortune a son prix; Pimprudent en abuse,\\nL^hypocrite en medit, et I honnete homme en use.\\nDelille.\\n12. La, regardez-moi la durant cet entretien,\\nEt jusqu au moindre mot imprimez4e-vous bien.\\nMOLIERE.\\n20.\\nplate, assiette (f.). to devote, consacrer.\\nfor, (conj.), car. Jit for, propre a.\\nto keep away, s eloigner; se tenir to do loithout, se passer de.\\neloigne. to bring hack, ramener.\\nspirited, diXdLQnt. /rame, cadre (m.).\\nto go near, s approcher de. to bring {to take)y porter.\\n1. Bring me a clean plate, for this is dirty. 2. This\\nroad is very dangerous keep away from it. 3. You have\\ngot fine cloth give me some. 4. Buy some, if you wish\\nto have it. 5. That horse is too spirited, don t go nea,r it.\\n6. This science is very important, I shall devote all my", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0080.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 71\\ntime to it. 7. You know this man, do you not trust\\nhim 8. Yes, I do trust him. 9. He asked me (for)\\nmoney, but I shall not lend him any. 10. It is a mis-\\nfortune don t think of it any more. 11. He does not\\nlike his business; he is not fit for it. 12. AYhen a\\nman is dead, he is no longer thought of. 13. When\\nI have wine, I drink some. 14. When I have none, I\\neasily do without it. 15. If you go to Edinburgh, I go\\nthere also. 16. Go there, and do not forget to bring\\nback your brother. 17. This picture is good; put a\\nframe to it. 18. When^^ you are in the country, if you\\nha..ve need of money, I shall bring you some there.\\n21.\\n(Rules 44, 45, 46, 47.)\\n1. Chacun ne songe qu a soi. 2. Ceux qui sont amis\\nde tout le monde ne le sont de personne. 3. Pourquoi\\nles riches sont-ils si durs envers les pauvres C est qu ils\\nn ont pas peur de le devenir. 4. Le dieu lui repondit\\nLes tiens cesseront de regner quand un etranger entrera\\ndans ton ile pour y faire regner les lois. 5. C est un de\\nvos parents qui a recu la pension qu un de mes freres a\\nperdue I annee derniere. 6. II depend tou jours de soi\\nd agir honorablement. 7. Vous dites que ce jeune homme\\naime beaucoup son frere detrompez-A^ous, il n aime que\\nsoi. 8. Leur fille est morte a la campagne il y a deux\\nans, chez un de nos amis.\\n9. Qui ne songe qu a soi quand la fortune est bonne\\nDans le malheur n a point d amis. Florian.\\n10. J aime done sa victoire, et je le puis sans crime.\\nCORNEILLE.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0081.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "72 EXEHCISES.\\n11. ^^11 les prend pour des rois. Vous ne vous trompez pas;\\nlis le sont; dit Louis, sans en avoir le titre/ Voltaire.\\n12. ^^On peut tou jours trouver plus malheureux que soi.\\nLa Fontaine.\\n22.\\nto he angry at or loith (p.), etre to live together on good terms,\\nfiche contre en vouloir a. etre bien ensemble.\\npopulous, ^o^uIqmx. temper, caract ere (m.).\\n1. Why are you angry with him he loves you, he\\nhonors you, he respects you. 2. He beseeches and\\nconjures me to go and^^^ see him. 3. Are you the\\nmistress Yes, I am. 4. She is happy at least she\\nlooks so. 5. Friends, are you ready to go Yes, we\\nare. 6. And you, madam, are you ready No, I am\\nnot. 7. This town is more populous than she thinks.\\n8. This gentleman wishes me to go, and you don t.\\n9. Our friends are wealthy, but we are not you ought\\nto know it. 10. When one is sick, he is best at home.\\n11. This table is ours, and not yours. 12. I have found,\\nto-day, a handkerchief of yours among mine. 13. A\\nhandkerchief of mine, you say it is not mine, it is your\\nfriend s. 14. A sister of his is dead. 15. Is it your\\ntemper or hers that hinders you from living together on\\ngood terms 16. She went, a few days ago, to see a\\nchild of hers. 17. Your boots are clean, but his and\\nmine are not. 18. Where have they put those papers of\\nhers\\n23.\\n(Rule 48.)\\n1. Je ne puis vous rien promettre ce seront les cir-\\nconstances qui decideront. 2. Chez eux ces hommes\\nsont des despotes, a la cour ce sont des valets. 3. Platon", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0082.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 73\\ndisait de riiomme que c etait un animal a^^ deux jambes\\nsans plumes. 4. Bien loin d etre des demi-dieux, ce ne\\nsont pas meme des hommes. 5. C est se tromper gros-\\nsierement que de penser que les richesses nous rendent\\nheureux. 6. C est un bien aimable gaiQon que votre\\nfrere. 7. C est ce qui s appelle agir en ami. 8. C est\\nun tresor qu un ami. 9. Ce qui importe a tout homme,\\nc est de remplir ses devoirs sur la terre.\\n10. ^^Ce que je sais le mieux^ c est mon commencement.\\nRacine.\\n11. Le plaisir des bons coeurs, c est la reconnaissance.\\nLa Harpe.\\n12. La vie est un depot confie par le ciel\\nOser en disposer, c est etre criminel. Gresset.\\n24.\\ncarriage, voiture (f.). good fellow, un bon enfant, un\\nto stop the loay, fermer le passage. bon gargon.\\nto conquer {to take possession of), to meet vnth, rencontrer.\\nconquerir. to contribute, contribuer.\\nto conquer (to defeat), vaincre, to make a fool of se moquei de.\\nbattre.\\n1. It is the king s carriages which stop the way. 2. It\\nis not youj it is not we, that can judge them. 3. This\\nis the best book I ever read. 4. He is a very learned\\nman. 5. They are ver;^ respectable people. 6. Can one\\nbehave so? It is unworthy of a man. 7. It is (a)\\nshameful (thing) to betray* truth. 8. It is to them I\\nhave applied. 9. It is (a) glorious (thing) to conquer\\none s enemies. 10. To think much is to live. 11. They\\nare the best fellows I ever met with. 12. Is it your\\nAfter c est we put que de before an infinitive, and que before a\\nnoun.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0083.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "74 EXERCISES.\\nfriends that I am to see to-morrow 13. AVhat contrib-\\nutes most to liealth is temperance. 14. It is useless\\nto speak to her; she wilH^ not do it. 15. A name,\\nfamous too soou, is a very heavy burden. 16. What\\npleases me most is that you are coming to see me.\\n17. What grieves him most is that you make a fool of\\nhim. 18. Is it to him that they have given so much\\npraise\\n25.\\n(Rules 49, 50, 51.)\\n1. Qu est-ce qui vous empeche de venir avec nous\\n2. Est-ce que par hasard vous avez peur de rencontrer\\nvotre frere 3. Qu est-ce qu il vous a fait 1. A\\nquoi pensez-vous done 5. De qui vous moquez-vous\\n6. Est-ce que vous parlez serieusement 7. N est-ce\\npas que vous viendrez avec nous 8. II me semble que\\nvous etes bien poltron de quoi ou de qui avez-vous\\npeur 9. Est-ce que c est de moi, ou de votre soeur, ou\\nde votre ombre\\n10. ^-La source tombait du rocher,\\nGoutte a goutte, a la mer affreuse.\\nL Ocean, fatal au nocher,\\nLui dit Que me veux-tu, pleureuse\\n11. Je suis la tempete et Peffroi;\\nJe finis ou le ciel commence.\\nEst-ce que j ai besoin de toi,\\nPetite^ moi qui suis Pimmense\\n12. La source dit au gouffre amer\\nJe te donne^ sans bruit ni gloire,\\nCe qui te manque, o vaste mer,\\nUne goutte d eau qu on pent boire\\nVictor Hugo", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0084.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 75\\n26.\\nto care about, se soucier de. to hurt, faire mal a.\\nto knock, frapper. to frighten (p.), faire peur a.\\nto mean, vouloir dire. to complain ofy se plaindre de.\\n1. Who told you so 2. To whom are you speaking\\n3. Who will do that for me 4. Who cares about it\\n5. Who knocks? 6. Whom did I offend? 7. Who\\nhurt that child 8. Who is living there 9. What\\ndo you say 10. What is he going to do 11. What\\nprevented you from going? 12. What is the matter with\\nyour mamma 13. What does he mean 14. Should\\nsuch a thing happen,! what would you do 15. Whom\\nDifferent ways of translating lohat\\n(1) When placed before a noun, it is translated by quel, quelle, quels,\\nquelles as,\\nI don t know lohat hook you mean, Je ne sais de quel livre vous voulez\\nparler.\\nWhat hook do you mean De quel livre voulez-vous parler?\\n(2) When placed before a verb, used affirmatively or negatively (but\\nnot interrogatively) it is translated by ce qui or ce que by ce qui if\\nwhat is, in English, next the verb by ce que in every other case as,\\nWhat vexes me, is that he will not Ce qui me fache, c est qu il ne\\nstudy, veut pas etudier.\\nDo you hear lohat we say Entendez-vous ce que nous disons\\nThe same lohat is translated^by ce dont when followed by of, and by\\nce a quoi when followed by to as,\\nIt is what you may he sure of, C est ce dont vous pouvez etre sur.\\nWhat you trust to is very uncer- Ce a quoi vous vous fiez est tres-\\ntain, incertain.\\n(3) When placed before a verb used interrogatively, it is translated\\naccording to Rule 51.\\nTurn this sentence and all such into if if such a thing happened,\\nwhat would you do\\nHad he heen more prudent, S il avail ete plus prudent.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0085.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "76 EXERCISES.\\ndid you frighten 16. Does he not look nnwell 17. Do\\nyou not believe me? 18. What^ have I to complain of?\\n27.\\n(Rules 62, 53, 54, 55, 56.)\\nI. Par ou ^tes-vous venu, par Carlisle ou par New-\\ncastle? 2. Vous n avez^ si je ne me trompe, que deux\\npaires de souliers, une bonne et une mauvaise laquelle\\nmettrez-vous aujourd^hui 3. Si c est la Tami dont vous\\nvous vantiez tant, je ne vous en fais pas mon compliment.\\n4. II y a deux freres Matthieu, Tun gros et court, Fautre\\ngrand et mince duquel voulez-vous parler 5. Je parle\\nde celui dont la femme vient de mourir. 6. Pour les-\\nquelles de ces dames aviez-vous des lettres? 7. La\\nville d ou vous venez n^est pas en Ecosse, mais en Angle-\\nterre. 8. Je m arretai un pen pour voir d ou il venait.\\n9. Quand on est roi, on depend de tons ceux dont on\\na besoin pour se faire obeir,. 10. La bonne dont nous\\nvenons de nous defaire nous a vole plusieurs choses.\\nII. Arriere ceux dont la bouche\\nSouffle le froid et le chaud.^*\u00e2\u0080\u0094 La Fontaine.\\n12. Toi, dont le monde encore ignore le vrai nom,\\nEsprit mysterieuxj mortel, ange, ou demon,\\nQui que tu sois, Byron, bon ou fatal genie,\\nJ aime de tes concerts la sauvage harmonie.\\nLamartine.\\n28.\\nengraving, gravure (f.). to endeavor, s efforcer de.\\nto like best, preferer. task, tache (f.).\\nto travel, voyager. to set fire to, mettre le feu a.\\nWith the verbs servir and se plaindre, que is often used instead of\\na quoi and de quoi; as. Que sert voire mauvaise humeur?", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0086.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 77\\n1. Which of these engravings do you like best 2. To\\nwhich of these gentlemen did you speak? 3. With\\nwhich of these ladies did you travel 4. Here are two\\nhats which will you put on 5. Here is the street in\\nwhich I was born. 6. That is the road by which we\\ncame. 7. What does your mother say 8. Which\\nway do you pass to go to school 9. Our friend has\\ntaken some pencils which has he taken 10. The lady\\nyou speak of is dead. 11. Do you think he will come\\n12. The wife of the gentleman of whom you have just\\nspoken is very clever.^ 13. Endeavor to finish the task\\nthat you have begun. 14. He is engaged in writing\\nthe history of which you saw the beginning. 15. Of\\nwhich of these two men are you afraid 16. In what\\nhave I offended you 17. This is the way through\\nwhich I passed. 18. To which house did he set fire\\n29.\\n(Rules 57, 58, 59, 60, 61.)\\n1. On m a dit ce matin que Gustave et son frere ont ea\\nchacun leur maison pillee par des voleurs. 2. L\\\\in et\\nI autre avaient^ dit-on de Pargent cache: ce sont, sans\\ndoute, ces deux tresors que les voleurs auront flaires.\\n3. Que fera-t-on de tousr ces prisonniers qu on a faits a\\nI ennemi 4. Les gardera-t-on jusqu a la fin de la guerre,\\non les renverra-t-on dans leur pays en echange des notres\\n5. Que ne^^^^^ signe-t-on la paix tout de suite, au lieu de\\nse tuer ainsi les uns les autres 6. La guerre est la plus\\nBesides its usual meaning, the future often implies, in French,\\ndoubt and surmise. Had the preceding facts been certain, the usual\\npast tense would have been used. In English, the past is used in both\\ncases.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0087.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "78 EXEKCISES.\\ngrande calainite qui Liisse affliger rhumanite. 7. On\\nlie devrait j avoir recours que quand on a epuise tons\\nles autres moyens. 8. Chacun a sa maniere de voir.\\n9. Quand on est jeunes, riches et jolies comme vouSj\\nmesdames^ on n est point reduites^ a Partilice.\\n10. A votre age, ma fille^ on est bien curieuse.\\nMarmontel.\\n11. On doit considerer, pour son propre interet,\\nEt les temps ou Ton vit, et les lieux oii Ton est.\\nCORNEILLE.\\n12. Tout annonce d un Dieu Teternelle existence\\nOn ne pent le comprendre, on ne pent Tignorer.\\nVoltaire.\\n30.\\ncircumstance, circonstance (f.). in one s turn, a son tour.\\nwager, pari (m.)- to delight in, se plaire a.\\nshare, part (f.). to master, dompter.\\nto injure (p.), nuire a (p.) to he in ivant of, avoir besoin de.\\n1. You have been seen going outi I was told so.\\n2. Hide yourself, or you will be ordered to remain.\\n3. People don t like to be told their faults. 4. In every\\ncircumstance we should do our duty, whatever be the\\nresults. 5. It is said that he has lost his wager. 6. We\\ndo not always do what we ought to do. 7. They have\\neach given me his share. 8. Both are mad. 9. My\\nfamily has been injured by you.-^ 10. They like each\\nWhen on stands clearly as a definite pronoun for a woman or\\nseveral individuals, the adjective is put in the feminine or the plural,\\naccording to the case.\\nOn is used only in the nominative case, and can never be replaced\\nby a personal pronoun. The third sentence must, therefore, be turned\\ninto We do not like that one should tell us our faults.\\nVerbs requiring a can never be used in the passive all such verbs\\nmust absolutely be turned into the active voice.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0088.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 79\\nother. 11. Tliey all spoke, each m her turn. 12. Indus-\\ntrious scholars are liked, and people delight in praising\\nthem. 13. People say so, and it is thought that the\\nnews is true. 14. They praise, blame, threaten, caress\\nhim, but, whatever they may do, they cannot master\\nhim. 15. Do you knoAV if the letters have been received\\nwhich were expected 16. We learn more easily what\\nwe understand, than what we do not understand. 17. Do\\nyou know what is said of you 18. We are often in\\nwant of experience, however old we may be.\\n31.\\n(Rules 62, 63, 64, 65.)\\n1. Les sciences, les arts et les lettres sont pour Phomme\\ndes elements de bonheurc 2. La vivacite on la langueur\\ndes yeux fait un des principaux caracteres de la physi-\\nonomie. 3. C est dans cette vaste plaine que s^est livree\\nla bataille ici campaient nos troupes la s elevaient les\\ntentes de Tennemi. 4. II ne me reste que deux francs\\nencore n en suis-je pas bien sur. 5. Aussi ne ferai-je plus\\nde depenses inutiles. 6. Tout le monde, noble, bourgeois,\\nartisan, laboureur, y devient soldat. 7. S il n^est pas fort\\nriche, du moins a-t-il de quoi vivre. 8. Dut-il oublier\\ntout ce que j ai fait pour lui, je ne regretterai jamais de\\nlui avoir ete utile. 9. Une epee nue, qui ne tenait qu a\\nun fil, fut suspendue sur la tete de Damocles, durant le\\nmagnifique banquet que lui donna Denys le Tyran.\\n10. Le vers le mieux rempli, la plus noble pensee\\nNe pent plaire a Pesprit quand Poreille est blessee.\\nBOILEAU.\\n11. Ou ton sang on le mien lavera cette injure.\\nVoltaire.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0089.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "80 EXERCISES.\\n12. Le ciel eblouissant, ce dome lumineux,\\nLaisse echapper vers moi, dn centre de ses feux,\\nUn rayon precurseur de la gloire supreme.\\nCOLARDEAU.\\n32.\\nlook, regard (m.). it is all over, tout est fini.\\nsubject, sujet (m.). relations, parents (m.).\\nfate, sort (m.). to require, exiger.\\nTio^c? tenez to determine, vouloii.\\n1. The gentleness, the kindness of the great Henry has\\nbeen celebrated by^ a thousand praises. 2. A threat; a\\nprayer, a look is enough. 3. Great, rich, small, and poor,\\nnone can escape death. 4. Subjects, friends, relations, all\\n(tout) betrayed him. 5. We had scarcely set out when he\\nwas killed. 6. Perhaps you were wrong not to answer\\nhis letter. 7. Neither your fate nor mine is worth\\nenvying. 8. What is the matter with your brother?\\n9. Perhaps he will come to-morrow. 10. Hold, here is\\nthe money which your father has given me. 11. I have\\nvisited the field where the battle of Waterloo was fought\\n(se livrer). 12. When your father arrived, all was over.\\n13. (Either) you or your brother will come. 14. Your\\ninterest, your honor, God, each requires this sacrifice.\\n15. Time, wealth, life, everything belongs to one s\\ncountry. 16. You had scarcely gone out when she\\narrived. 17. Thus his fate determined it. 18. Perhaps\\nI shall send you to Paris.\\nPassive verbs require de or par before the noun or pronoun which\\nfoUows them de when the verb expresses an action in which the body\\nis not concerned, and par when the verb ex^^resses an action of the\\nbody, or in which both the body and mind are concerned as,\\nShe is liked by everybody, Elle est aimee de tout le monde.\\nTlie Prussians were often beaten Les Prussiens ont ete souvent\\nby the French, battus par les Frangais.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0090.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 81\\n33.\\n(Rules 66, 67, 68.)\\n1. Des que s ouvre l?o bouche du mechant, les noirceurs\\net les desorclres se repandent dans la societe. 2. Vous\\nne savez pas, ce me semble, la maiiiere dont cela se fait,\\nil faut vous J prendre autrement. 3. II y a longtemps\\nqu ils ne^^^^^^ se sont parle. 4. lis ne se voient plus\\ndepuis la mort de leur mere. 5. Ne vous flattez pas\\nd en etre quitte a si bon marche. 6. Vous etes toujours\\na vous flatter I un Tautre. 7. II n est, comme Pon dit,\\npire eau que celle qui dort. 8. En francais on ne met\\njamais le quantieme apres le mois, mais avant. 9. Dans\\nles billets la date se met generalement a la fin. 10. Dans\\nles lettres d affaires on la met toujours en tete.\\n11. Eends-moi chretienne et libre, a tout je me soumets.\\nVoltaire.\\n12. L un et I autre rival, s arretant au passage,\\nSe mesure des yeux, s observe, s envisage. Boileau.\\n34.\\nto gain a victory, remporter une boxer, boxeur.\\nvictoire gagner une bataille. to try a cause, juger un proces.\\nin presence of en -presence de.\\n1. The key will be found easily. 2. Several victories\\nwere gained by the French in the last war. 3. He\\nhas been punished by his father. 4. Health is main-\\ntained by temperance. 5. These young people have\\nwounded each other in our presence. 6, These boxers\\nhave punished each other severely. 7. They would have\\nkilled each other if the police had not shown themselves.\\nA noun following I un et I autre is always put in the singular.\\nG", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0091.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "82\\nEXERCISES.\\n8. Your friends arrived^ last night; they were well\\nreceived by everybody. 9. French is spoken here.\\n10. Butter sells very dear. 11. Everything is sold in\\nthis country. 12. Why do you not go there since you\\nwere told so? 13. The battle was fought at three\\no clock. 14. We have been cheated. 15. How is\\nThe following verbs are always conjugated with etre in their com-\\npound tenses\\naccourir, to run to.\\naller, to go.\\narriver, to arrive.\\nchoir, to fall.\\ndeceder, to die.\\ndechoir, to decay.\\nechoir, to fall due.\\nentrer, to come in.\\nmourir, to die.\\nnaitre, to he horn.\\npartir, to set out.\\nrentrer, to come in again.\\nretoumer, to return^ go hack,\\ntomber, to fall.\\nretomber, to relapse.\\nsortir, to go out.\\nvenir, to come.\\ndevenir, to hecome.\\nintervenir, to interpose.\\nparvenir, to attain.\\nprovenir, to proceed.\\nredevenir, to hecome again.\\nre venir, to come hack, return.\\nsurvenir, to hefall.\\nraster, to stay.\\nThe following verbs are sometimes conjugated with avoir, and\\nsometimes with etre, but in a different sense\\nWith avoir. With etre.\\nconvenir, to suit. to agree.\\ndemeurer, to remain no longer. to remain still.\\nexpirer, to die. to end.\\ndescendre, to take down. to come down.\\nmonter, to take up stairs. to go up staii^s.\\nLastly, some verbs take avoir or etre, according as they express an\\naction or a state. They are\\napparadtre, to appear.\\nchanger, to change.\\ncoucher, to put in hed, to lie.\\ncroitre, to increase.\\ndeborder, to overflow.\\ndecamper, to decamp.\\ndisparaitre, to disappear.\\nechapper, to escape.\\nembellir, to emhellish.\\nempirer, to make or to get loorse.\\ngrandir, to enlarge, to groiu.\\npasser, to pass, to cross.\\nrajeunir, to make or to groio young\\nagain.\\nvieillir, to make or to grow old.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0092.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 83\\nthat made 16. His cause will be tried to-morrow.\\n17. This wood will not burn. 18. That is sold very\\ncheap.\\n35.\\n(Rule 69.)\\n1. Dieu a dit, et les choses ont ete faites; il a com-\\nmande, et elles ont ete creees. 2. La force des exercises\\nauxquels on accoutumait les soldats romains^ les chemins\\nadmirables qu ils avaient construits, les mettaient en etat\\nde faire des marches longues et penibles. 3. Quand les\\nRomains avaient plusieurs ennemis sur les bras, ils accor-\\ndaient une treve au plus f aible, qui se croyait trop heureux\\nde I obtenir. 4. Turenne, dans le siecle le plus fecond\\nen grands hommes, n eut point de superieur et ne compta\\nqu un rival. 5. L empire qu Alexandre avait conquis ne\\ndura pas plus que sa vie, qui fut courte. 6. Les hommes,\\noubliant Tauteur de Punivers, adorerent le soleil qui les\\neclairait et la lune qui presidait a la nuit. 7. Napoleon\\netait petit, mais ses yeux lancaient des eclairs. 8. Lors-\\nqu il parlait, tous I ecoutaient avec respect. 9. Aussitot\\nqu il fut consul, il partit pour Dijon il rassembla, il\\norganisa Tarmee il marcha contre les Autrichiens et les\\nvainquit a Marengo. 10. Mon pere me fit jurer sur les\\nautels que je serais jusqu a la mort ennemi des Eomains;\\nje le jurai, je Pai accompli.\\n11. Graces a mon amour, je me suis Men servie\\nDu pouvoir qu Amur at me donna sur sa vie.\\nRacine.\\n12. La Mollesse, a ces mots, sent sa langue glacee,\\nEt, lasse de parler, succombant sous Peffort,\\nSoupire, etend les bras, ferme Foeil et s endort.\\nBOILEAU.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0093.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "84 EXERCISES.\\n36.\\nto hid, charger, dire. to pass, se passer.\\nto give one s love, faire ses com- to hear, carry, porter.\\npliments. drunkenness, ivresse.\\nto undergo, subir. politician, politique.\\nchange, changement (m.). to inculcate morality, former les\\n^row6/e, peine (f.)- bonnes moeurs.\\nto free one s self with difficulty, to take (p.) to {a place), emmenei,\\nse tirer difficilement. mener.\\n1. I have seen your mother to-day she told me to give\\nyou her love. 2. Europe has undergone great changes\\nsince the Norman conquest. 3. I received a letter this\\nmorning. 4. They wept the whole morning. 5. Has\\nnot your brother been playing with Henry to-day\\n6. Have you begun your exercise 7. No, sir; we have\\nnot begun yet. 8. Nobody has begun. 9. She freed her-\\nself with great difficulty from the danger. 10. We left\\nGlasgow in the beginning of this week. 11. I made this\\nyear a large profit on the grain that I bought last year.\\n12. The day has passed without rain. 13. Anacharsis\\nused to say that the vine bears three kinds of fruit\\ndrunkenness, sensuality, and repentance. 14. Philip,\\nthe^ father of Alexander the Great, was the greatest\\npolitician of his time. 15. He said, people amuse chil-\\ndren with playthings, and men with oaths. 16. I was\\nat dinner when you entered my house. 17. All that\\nSocrates said, all that he did, tended to inculcate morality.\\n18. I was going to see you when I met your brother,\\nwho took me to the country,\\nLast year, last month, last week, are translated by Tannee demiere,\\nle mois dernier, la semaine derniere. But the adjective dernier is placed\\nbefore the noun, when the last of a number of years, months, or weeks\\nis meant as, la demiere annee de sa vie, le dernier mois de Pannee, la\\ndemiere semaine des vacances.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0094.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 85\\n37.\\n(Rule 69.)\\n1. Ce fut sur la fin d une nuit du mois de septembre\\nque je sortis du souterrain avec les voleurs. 2. J etais\\narine comme eux, et je montais un assez bon cheval qu on\\navait pris an meme gentilliomme dont je portals les\\nhabits. 3. II y avait si longtemps que je vivais dans les\\ntenebres que le jour naissant ne man qua pas de m eblouir;\\nmais pen a peu nies yeux s accoutumerent a le souffrir.\\n4. Xous attendions que la fortune nous offrit quelque\\nbon coup a faire, quand nous apercumes un religieux\\nmonte sur une mauvaise mule. 5. Dans un cafe on\\nparlait d un vers obscur d Horace. 6. Un jeune offlcier\\nfit remarquer qu un point d interrogation mis a la fin\\nrendrait le vers tres-clair. 7. Pope, petit, contrefait et\\nvexe, lui dit Mais savez-vous, Monsieur, ce que c est\\nqu un point d interrogation 8. Oui, Monsieur, c est une\\npetite chose crochue qui fait une question.\\n9. Mes enfants, dans ce village,\\nSuivi de rois, il passa\\nVoila bien longtemps de qa\\nJe venais d entrer en menage.\\n10. A pied, montant le coteau\\nOu pour v6ir je m etais mise,\\n11 avait petit chapeau\\nAvec redingote grise.\\n11. Pres de lui je me troublai\\nII me dit Bon jour, ma chere,\\nBonjour, ma chere.\\nII vous a parle, grand^mere,\\nII vous a parle Beranger.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0095.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "86 EXERCISES.\\n38.\\nit loas custotnary with Frederick, to give notice to, avertir (p.).\\nFrederic avait coutume (de) to cautioji, prevenir.\\nto appear, paraitre. at the same time, en meme temps.\\nviz., a savoir. accordingly, en consequence.\\nto ask (p.) questions, faire des the next day, le lendemain.\\nquestions a. plainly, clairement.\\nto happen, arriver. to cry {to exclaim), s*ecrier.\\nto enlist, s engager. to he bereft of one s senses, avoir\\nthe German language, I allemand. perdu la tete.\\nIt was customary with Frederick the Great, whenever\\na new soldier appeared in his guards, to ask him three\\nquestions, viz., How old are you How long have\\nyou been in my service Are you satisfied with your\\npay and treatment It happened that a young soldier,\\nborn in France, who had served in his (own) country,\\ndesired to enlist in the Prussian service. His figure\\ncaused him to be accepted immediately; but he was\\ntotally ignorant of the German language, and his captain\\ngiving him notice that the king would question him in\\nthat tongue the first time he saw him, cautioned him\\nat the same time to learn by heart the three answers\\nthat he was to make to the king. Accordingly, he learnt\\nthem by the next day and as soon as he appeared in\\nthe ranks, Frederick came up to interrogate him; but\\nhe happened to begin with the second question, and\\nasked him, How long have you been in my service\\nTwenty-one years, answered the soldier. The king,\\nstruck with his youth, which plainly indicated that\\nhe had not borne a musket so long as that, said to\\nhim much astonished, How old are you One\\nyear, an t please your majesty (n en deplaise ct Voire\\nMajeste). Frederick, more astonished still, cried, ^^You\\nor I must certainly be bereft of our senses The", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0096.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 87\\nsoldier, who took this for the third question, replied\\nfirmly (avec aplomb), Both, an t please your majesty.\\n39.\\n(Rules 70, 71, 72, 73.)\\n1. Ecoutez, parlez, lisez, ecrivez francais le plus que\\nvous pourrez. 2. Demandez-lui s il serait venu avec nous\\ns il n avait eu rien a faire. 3. lis n auraient pas du\\naller au bal sans votre permission c est fort mal a eux.\\n4. Comment! j aurais^ travaille toute ma vie pour si\\npeu 5. Dusse-je y perir, j irai. 6. Quand j aurai fini\\nles ecrits d Homere et de Virgile, et que je me serai bien\\npenetre de toutes leurs beautes, je me mettrai aux autres\\npoenies epiques. 7. Si vous allez a la campagne, j irai\\navec vous je ne veux plus vous quitter. 8. Si vous\\nvendiez ce piano, vous en auriez bien 300 francs. 9. S il\\nvenait a passer chez moi et que je n y fusse pas, mes gens\\nlui diraient ou nous sommes alles. 10. Je serais tres\\nhonore si vous m accordiez votre protection, et si vous\\npouviez m obtenir un emploi pres de vous. 11. Je vou-\\ndrais bien que M. votre frere put nous accompagner.\\n12. Aussitot qu il arrivera, veuillez me prevenir. 13. Dans\\nsa tragedie de Cinna, Corneille fait dire a Auguste,\\nempereur des Eomains, maitrisant I orage de sa colere:\\nJe suis maitre d^ moi comme de I univers\\nJe le suis je le veux\\n40.\\ntask, tache (f.), travail (m.)- to take (p.), conduire.\\nto take a walk, faire une prome- to do a service, rendre un service,\\nnade.\\nThe conditional, besides its usual import, often means surprise as,\\nCould you ever he guilty of that, Tu aurais fait cela, toi Merlet.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0097.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "88 EXERCISES.\\n1. Nobody knows if he will die to-day or to-morrow.\\n2. The soldiers will do their duty well, if they are well\\ncominanded. 3. I should be pleased if I saw you doing\\nyour duty. 4. When he has finished his task, he will\\ntake a walk. 5. As soon as you have done writing,\\nwe shall dine. 6. When you are ready, we shall begin.\\n7. Will you come with me As you like. 8. I shall\\nleave in a moment. 9. We should always do our duty.\\n10. Will you do your sister this service 11. I should\\ndo it if I could. 12. I shall take her there if she will\\ngo. 13. I should take her there if she would go.\\n14. You should write more than you do. 15. They are\\nnot willing to come. 16. Should I go there 17. He\\nshould have paid the debt.=^ 18. I shall return in one\\nmoment.\\n41.\\n(Rules 74, 75, 76.)\\n1. II veut qu apres avoir sejourne quelques mois en\\nSuisse, nous visitions ensemble tout le nord de Tltalie.\\n2. II semble, en vous lisant, que vous me parliez, que\\nvous me donniez de sages conseils. 3. C est une erreur\\nbien deplorable que les hommes aient attache des noms\\npompeux aux plus foUes entreprises. 4. II faudra qu ils\\nobeissent s ils ne veulent pas qu on les punisse. 5. Je\\nne doute pas qu avant deux annees cette ville n ait beau-\\ncoup etendu son commerce. 6. Croyez-vous qu ils aient\\nrcQu ma lettre 7. Quelque obstine qu on soit, il f aut\\nbien que, bon gre mal gre, on se rende a Fevidence.\\nWhen should, ought, could, and might are followed by a past\\nindefinite, they are translated by the conditional past of devoir, vouloir,\\nor pouvoir, and the English participle is put in the infinitive 11 aurait\\ndu payer la dette.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0098.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 89\\n8. Dieu exige que nous employions au soulagement de\\nnos semblables les richesses qu il nous a departies. 9. II\\nse plaint qu on Pait calomnie. 10. Ce magistrat se plaint\\nque vous avez meconnu son caractere.\\n11. Craignez, seigneur, craignez que le ciel rigoureux\\nKe vous haisse assez pour exaucer vos voeux\\nRacine.\\n12. Mais il me semble, Agnes, si ma memoire est bonne,\\nQue j avais defendu que vous vissiez personne.\\nMOLIERE.\\n42.\\ndevotion, devouement (m.). to deny, nier.\\n1. It is better that you should come with me. 2. It\\nseems that you have forgotten to write to her. 3. It\\nseems to me that this tower is round. 4. Will you go to\\nthe country this morning No, I am afraid it will rain.\\n5. I fear she will not come. 6. Is it possible that that\\nhas happened 7. I am astonished that you have not\\nseen him. 8. I have been walking in the Champs-\\nElysees this afternoon, and whom do you think I met as\\nI was coming back 9. Do you doubt that I am your\\nfriend, after so many proofs of devotion 10. We hope\\nhe will soon come back from America. 11. I am glad\\nthat you are so well. 12. I deny that that is true.\\n13. They are afraid that the general has not experience\\nenough. 14. You do not think he has won the prize.t\\nObserve that, in the 9th sentence, the subjunctive Is required after\\nse plaindre because there is some doubt implied upon the subject of the\\ncomplaint; while in the 10th, as there is no doubt whatever in the\\nmagistrate s mind, the indicative is used.\\nt This sentence may be translated in two different ways (1) If I\\nsimply recapitulate or repeat, for argument s sake, my interlocutor s", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0099.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "90 EXERCISES.\\n15. Take care lest he should see you here. 16. Do you\\nforget that I am older than you 17. Do you wish me\\nto come to your house to-night 18. The law of God\\norders us to love our enemies.\\n43.\\n(Rules 77, 78, 79, 80.)\\n1. II n y a pas un homme qui n ait^^^^^ ses defauts; le\\nmeilleur est celui qui en a le moins. 2. Eome, sous\\nquelque gouvernement qu^elle ait ete, a ete heureuse dans\\nses entreprises. 3. L empereur Antonin est un des plus\\ngrands princes qui aient regne. 4. II n est metal si dur\\nque le feu n amoUisse. 6. On ne pent juger votre tra-\\nvail avant que vous Payez accompli. 6. Peut-on livrer\\ndes batailles contre une nation aguerrie qui se defend\\ncourageusement, sans qu il y ait de part et d autre du\\nsang repandu 7. Thales est le premier des Grecs qui\\nait enseigne que les ames sont immortelles. 8. Je ne\\nsache pas t un pays plus agreable que le votre. 9. Le\\nmeilleur usage que Ton puisse faire de son esprit, dit\\nFenelon, c est de s en defier.\\nopinion, without implying the least doubt about it, I shall. say, Vous ne\\ncroyez pas qu il a remporte le prix. (2) But if, on the contrary, I am\\nquestioning my interlocutor about his opinion, then I must use the\\nsubjunctive.\\nAfter verbs expressing wish or will, the following verb must always\\nbe put in the subjunctive, unless the subjects of both verbs are in the\\nsame person in which case the second is put in the infinitive as,\\nivish I toere rich, Je voudrais etre riche.\\nSee observation 1 of Rule 82.\\nWe say in the subjunctive, je ne sache pas, que je sache, for je ne\\nconnais pas, and this idiom gives the sentence an idea of doubt.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0100.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 91\\n10. II faut cles cliatiments doiit I univers fremisse.\\nRacine.\\n11. Un homme en vaut uii autre, a moins que, par malheur,\\nL uii d eux ii ait corrompu son esprit et son coenr.\\nDestouches.\\n12. Quel indigne plaisir pent avoir Pavarice\\nEt que sert d amasser a moins qu on ne jouisse?\\nBOURSAULT.\\n44.\\ndrunkenness, ivresse (f.). to soften, adoucir.\\nshmnefid, honteux. motive, motif (m.)-\\nto he proved, etre eprouve, etre a to marry (p.), epouser.\\nTepreuve.\\n1. You will not be esteemed unless you are modest.\\n2. Drunkenness is the most shameful state into which\\na man can fall. 3. One may say that the dog is the\\nonly animal whose fidelity is proved. 4. There is no\\ngrief that time does not soften. 5. We must leave\\nbefore it is night. 6. The merit of having done a good\\naction, is the only good that cannot be taken from us.\\n7. Whoever you meet, don t stop. 8. Whatever your\\nmotives may be, your conduct will be condemned.\\n9. Come here, that I may speak to you. 10. Although\\nadversity is an evil, it is often a remedy against the vices\\nof prosperity. 11. Go away, lest he should come.\\n12. He is the only man thaj: I can trust. 13. There\\nare few men who know where to look for true glory.\\n14. She will never marry a man who does not fear God.\\n15. She has married a man who fears God. 16. Look\\nfor a retreat in which you may be quiet. 17. The wise\\n(man) behaves in such a way that men cannot reproach\\nhim with anything. 18. Behave so that your parents\\nmay glory in having such a son.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0101.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "92 EXERCISES.\\n45.\\n(Rules 81, 82.)\\n1. Je n aurais pas cru qu il eut ete possible d apporter\\nun aussi prompt remede au mal. 2. Je n avais pas pense\\nqu il etit apporte si promptement tout ce que nous Tavions\\ncharge d aclieter. 3. Les magistrats craignaient que de\\nplus grands /desordres n arrivassent. 4. Qui de nous\\ncroyait quails eussent rempli aussi exactement leurs en-\\ngagements 5. Apres avoir travaille toute ma vie au\\nprofit des autres, il serait temps que je songeasse a moi\\net que je pourvusse aux besoins qui peuvent survenir un\\njour. 6. Nous nous soucierions pen qu ils se facbassent\\ncontre nous. 7. II faudrait qu il achevat aujourd bui son\\ntravail, afin que demain je le revisse et que tu pusses\\naussitot le transcrire. 8. A peine suis-je arrive que deja\\nil voudrait que je repartisse. 9. II suffirait que vous\\nparussiez un moment, pour qu aussitot chacun disparut.\\n10. Je ne crois pas que vous eussiez eu plus de patience\\nque moi. 11. Sparte etait sobre avant que Socrate eut\\nloue la sobriete.\\n12. J ai meme def endu par une expresse loi\\nQu on osat prononcer votre nom devant moi.\\nRacine.\\n46.\\nfellow-citizen, concitoyen. to he married, se marier.\\nto cut off, couper. to scatter, jeter, disperser.\\nSalamis, Salamine. to paij honors, rendre les honneurs.\\nLyciirgus, Lycurgue. to be enough, suffire.\\nto lie, coucher. to court, faire la cour a.\\nregulation, reglement. for the sake of, pour Tamour de.\\n1. I should like, my son, to have you learn your\\nlessons better, in order to please your teachers. 2. What", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0102.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 93\\nman would like to be reproached for a small fault?\\n3. It was necessary that I should go there. 4. Trajan\\nwished that his fellow-citizens should love him as a\\nfather. 5. Caligula wished that the Eoman people had\\nonly one head, in order to be able to cut it off with one\\nblow. 6. Solon, when dying, ordered that his bones\\nshould be taken to Salamis, that they should be burned,\\nand that their ashes should be scattered over the country.\\n7. The laws of Lycurgus ordered that children should\\nlie upon the bare ground. 8. They required them to be\\nbrought up in common, and that the sons of magistrates\\nshould be subjected to that regulation. 9. They* pre-\\nscribed also that women should be married without a\\ndowry. 10. Do you think I might speak tocher, if I\\nwent now 11. I did not think they would write to\\nyour sister. 12. I am afraid she will think that I\\nhave forgotten her. 13. I did not know that you had\\nstudied mathematics. 14. Caligula ordered that the\\nEomans should pay him divine honors. 15. Was it not\\nenough that you should send somebody there 16. It is\\na mortifying thing for a young lady that a man should\\ncourt her for the sake of her fortune. 17. He was the\\nonly man whom I could trust. 18. I would never havC\\nbelieved that you could have spoken so.\\n47.\\n(Rules 83, 84, 85.)\\n1. Eire haut est un ridicule et une sottise. 2. Celui\\nqui a tache de vivre de maniere a n avoir pas besoin de\\nsonger a la mort, la voit venir sans effroi. 3. Je suis\\nvraiment desole de ne pas pouvoir faire ce que vous me\\ndemandez. 4. Je voudrais ne pas savoir ecrire, disait", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0103.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "94 EXERCISES.\\nNeron^ force de signer un arret de mort. 5. La religion\\nnous apprend a respecter nos maitres, a souffrir nos\\negauxj a etre affables envers nos inferieurs, a aimer tons\\nles hommes comme nous-memes. 6. II fant rougir de\\ncomniettre des f antes et non de les avouer. 7. Vous\\navez tort de penser que vous pouvez faire trembler\\nI Europe aux premiers preparatifs de guerre. 8. J ai\\nfait parler hier a M. votre pere, mais il a fait la sourde\\noreille. 9. Mon aniitie ne vous est pas suspecte, et j ai\\nacquis assez d experience pour faire ecouter mes avis.\\n10. Qui pardonne aisement invite a Foffenser.\\nCORNEILLE.\\n11. Vouloir tromper le ciel^ c est folic a la terre.\\nLa Fontaine.\\n12. Dieu t a fait pour Taimer, et non pour le coniprendre.\\nVoltaire.\\n48.\\nto reflect, reflechir. to procure, faire avoir (th.).\\nto walk in, entrer. to procure for, faire avoir a (p.).\\nto inquire particularly into (th.) to send for, envoyer chercher,\\nexaminer (th.) de pres. faire venir.\\nclose by, tout pres.\\n1. Experience will prove to you the necessity of re-\\nflecting before you speak, and yet more before you write.\\n2. He wishes to see you before you go; please walk in.\\n3. I thought I should never see you again. 4. Do you\\nnot remember meeting him at the Louvre 5. A teacher\\nmust punish the child who dares to disobey him. 6. I\\nwant to inquire particularly into that affair, before tell-\\ning you what I think of it.^ 7. It is very difficult\\nPenser requires de after it when it means to have an opinion of, or,\\nin other words, when it has a direct object; it takes a when it means\\nto apply one s mind to.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0104.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "EXEKCISES. 95\\nto please everybody. 8. An old proverb says, ^^It is\\nbetter to give than to receive. 9. Do not trust him\\nhe wants to deceive you. 10. Here are some young\\nladies who delight in singing, playing, chatting, and\\nlaughing. 11. Show me that. 12. I shall procure that\\nsituation for you. 13. If you like, I shall send for the\\ndoctor. 14. Do you want to get your throat cut? 15. I\\nshall have three new gowns made next week. 16. He\\nhas had a new house built in London. 17. Where do\\nyou get your shoes made 18. I get them made at the\\nshoemaker s who lives close by. C\\n49.\\n(Rules 86, 87.)\\n1. EUe gravissait dans les tenebres, saisissant tour a\\ntour les branches et les racines qu elle rencontrait.\\n2. Toutes les planetes circulant autour du soleil parais-\\nsent avoir ete mises en mouvement par une impulsion\\ncommune. 3. Les trois voyageurs palissants voyaient\\na la clarte de la foudre passer le lion, le tigre, le lynx,\\nle leopard, tremblants comme eux. 4. Une humeur\\nplaisante n est pas celle des vieillards souffrants. 5. Nous\\navons eprouve une inexprimable joie en apercevant le\\nport que nous n esperions plus revoir. 6. lis ont eu la\\ntemerite de s engager sur cette mer mugissante. 7. Point\\nd importuns laquais epiant nos discours, comptant nos\\nmorceaux d un oeil avide et murmurant d un trop long\\ndiner. 8. II trouva les Macedoniens non seulement\\naguerris, mais encore triomphants. 9. C est une personne\\nd un naturel doux, ne grondant, ne contredisant, ne\\ndesobligeant jamais. 10. H y a des peuples qui vivent\\nerrants dans les deserts.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0105.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "96 EXERCISES.\\n11. Je peindrai les plaisirs en f oule renaissants,\\nLes oppresseurs du peuple a leur tour gemissants.\\nBOILEAU.\\n12. J^entends des cris de guerre an milien des nanf rages,\\nEt les sons de Pairain se melant anx orages.\\nLa Harpe.\\n50.\\nto cry out, crier. to banter^ raiUer.\\nio purpose, se proposer de. lohile (adv. foHowed by pres.\\npipe, pipe (f.) part.), tout en.\\ndisposition, caractere (m.).\\n1. I saw her arriving. 2. I hear somebody crying\\nout. 3. Early rising is very good for the health, 4. I\\npurpose going to London next week. 5. I remember it\\nwithout your telling me. 6. Those Avretches are trem-\\nbling with fear. 7. Lowing oxen and bleating sheep came\\nin crowds. 8. You will find them smoking their pipes.\\n9. I hear him rising every morning- at a quarter past\\nfive. 10. We have obtained peace by making great\\nsacrifices. 11. This woman is of a good disposition,\\nobliging every one whenever she can. 12. He tells him\\nthe truth, while bantering him. 13. I doubt his coming.\\n14. I am not afraid of his forgetting me. 15. I am\\nthinking of that poet s having finished so long a poem\\nin so short a time. 16. I see him playing in the street.\\n17. I saw him playing in the street. 18. You laugh at\\nmy not being able to speak Erench don t you\\n51.\\n(Rules 88, 89.)\\n1. lis ont ete exemptes des charges publiques, attendu\\nleurs infirmites. 2. Passe dix heures, je ne vous attends\\nTranslate as if it were in the act of smoking en train de fumer.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0106.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 97\\nplus. 3. Nous sommes trois, y compris votre soeur.\\n4. Vous avais-je accorde toute ma confiance pour la\\nvoir si inclignenient traliie 5. La justice est due aux\\npauvres aussi bien qu aux riches. 6. Le champ de\\nbataille etait couvert de morts et de mourants etendus\\nles uns sur les autres. 7. Les assieges n out rendu la\\nville qu apres avoir defendu longtemps contre une armee\\nenti^re leurs families^ leurs Mens et leur liberte. 8. Les\\nmeilleures harangues sont celles que le coeur a dictees.\\n9. II a eu tous les desagrements que nous avions pense.\\n10. Parmi cette foule de princes que Pabus du pouvoir\\na precipites du trone, plusieurs ont peri pour expier des\\ninjures personnelles dont ils s etaient rendus coupables\\nou qu ils avaient autorisees.\\n11. II balance dans Fair sa redoutable epee\\nFumante encor du sang dont il I avait trempee/\\nC. Delavigne.\\n12. soeurs, o pales soeurs! sur qui done priez-vous\\nQui de vous va mourir Qui de vous abandonne\\nUn vain reste de jours oublies et perdus\\nCar vous, filles de Dieu, vous ne les comptez plus.\\nA. DE MUSSET.\\n52.\\nto keep up, entretenir. felloic-citizens, concitoyens.\\nto separate {from each other), se injury, offense (f.).\\nseparer. ^o a^^pZ?/ (th.), appliquer.\\nfight, combat (m.) hlue-sto eking, i^mmQ savante, bas-\\nCassar, Cesar. bleu.\\nlike, ressemblant. loeak-minded people, esprits fai-\\nAristides, Aristide. bles.\\n1. How many praises have been given to Washing-\\nton 2. Spain is almost always torn by intestine wars,\\nThe e of encore may be elided in poetry.\\nH", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0107.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "98 EXERCISES.\\nkept up by ambition. 3. The armies having separated,\\nthe fight ceased. 4. We have read the books which you\\nhave lent us^ and we should have read them again, if\\nyou had not asked for them back so soon. 6. I do not\\ndoubt but j^ou will use all your efforts to^^ fulfil my\\nhopes of you. 6. How many^^^ provinces has Caesar\\nravaged 7. We have examined the portraits which the\\npainter has sent us we have not found that they re-\\nsemble your mother. 8. Aristides pardoned his fellow-\\ncitizens the injury w^hich he had received from them.\\n9. You do not always apply the rules which I have given\\nyou. 10. Where are the rewards you have promised\\nme 11. The letters which M de Sevigne has written\\nare admired by everybody. 12. The comedies which\\nMoliere has composed, the portraits which he has given\\nus of the miser and of the blue-stocking, have made him\\nmany enemies among weak-minded people.\\n53.\\n(Rules 88, 89.)\\n1. Les grands orateurs que j ai entendus parler m ont\\nrallie, un moment du moins, aux opinions que je leur ai\\nentendu soutenir tour a tour. 2. Pour etre sur de la\\nverite de ces choses, il faut les avoir vues s accomplir.\\n3. Vous avez aime votre prochain si vous lui avez rendu\\ntons les services que vous avez pu et que vous avez du.\\n4. Cette femme est plus instruite que je ne I aurais cru.\\n6. II est vrai que lui et moi nous nous sommes parle des\\nyeux. 6. La haine s est emparee de leurs ames quelles\\ndures choses ils se sont dites 7. Les honneurs que j ai\\nrcQus, c est mon talent qui me les a valus. 8. Combien\\nd erreurs n a-t-on pas signalees dans les travaux qu on", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0108.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 99\\nles avait charges de faire 9. Le pen de troupes qu il a\\nrassemblees ont tenii ferme dans leur poste. 10. Les\\nEusses ont fait, en quatre-vingts ans que les vues de\\nPierre ont ete suivies, plus de progres que nous n en\\navons fait en quatre siecles.\\n11. Que de soins m eut coutes cette tete cliarmante\\nRacine,\\n12. II est si beau, Penf ant, avec son doux sourire,\\nSa douce bonne foi, sa voix qui veut tout dire,\\nSes pleurs vite apaises\\nLaissant errer sa vue etonnee et ravie,\\nOffrant de toutes parts sa jeune ame a la vie\\nEt sa bouclie aux baisers! Victor Hugo.\\n54.\\ngood works {good actions) ^honnQS Bluebeard, Barbebleue.\\noeuvres. to make (p.) as/iamec?, faire honte\\nto help, servir, aider. a.\\nto make (before an adj.), rendre. to pass aioay, s ecouler.\\n1. The lessons that I have learned, the exercises that\\nI have written, the rewards that I have received, and the\\npunishments they^ have given me, have helped to make\\nme useful to society. 2. How many good works that\\ngreat man has done 3. How many unfortunate (people)\\nhe has relieved 4. ^he bells which we have heard\\nringing are those which we saw cast. 5. The swal-\\nlows which I have seen coming back have announced\\nto me the return of spring. 6. Gentlemen, where are\\nthe books that I saw you reading, the songs that I\\nheard you singing, the music books that I gave you\\nyesterday? 7. We made them laugh when we told\\nthem the story of Bluebeard. 8, These pupils have", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0109.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "100 EXERCISES.\\nmore books than I have given them. 9. Vauban has for-\\ntified more towns than others have destroyed. 10. The\\ntragedies of Crebillon are not so good as we had\\nthought. 11. The English have gained on land more\\nvictories than I had thought. 12. Do you remember\\nthe intense heat that there was in Belgium three years\\nago 13. The little affection which you have shown\\nme proves that you are no longer a friend of mine.\\n14. The little delicacy which you have evinced in this\\naffair should make you ashamed. 15. The few days\\nwhich I have spent in your house have soon passed away.\\n55.\\n(Rules 90, 91, 92.)\\n1 II marche, dort, mange et boit tout comme les\\nautreSj mais cela n empeche pas qu il ne soit fort malade,\\n2. Nous sommes plus riches que nous ne pensons. 3. II\\nne tient pas a moi que cela ne se fasse. 4. Pen s^en est\\nfallu qu il ne fut tue. 6. Peut-on nier que la sante ne\\nsoit preferable aux richesses 6. Je tremble que votre\\nfrere n arrive en ce moment. 7. On ne pent pas douter\\nque les poles ne soient converts d^une coupole de glace.\\n8. Vous avez bien peur que je ne change d avis.\\n9. Mais il ne tient qu a vous que son chagrin ne passe.\\nMOLIERE.\\n10. ^^Et que faire en un gite a moins que Ton ne songe?\\nLa Fontaine.\\n11. Deux medecins n ont pu lui donner le trepas\\nII ne mourra jamais Destouches.\\n12. ^i Taveugle hasard ni Paveugle matiere\\nN ont pu former mon ame, essence de lumiere.\\nLamartine.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0110.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 101\\n56.\\nto speak one s mind, dire sa fagon the fancies, les idees.\\nde penser. to take into one s head, se mettre\\nto come and fetch, venir prendre. dans la tete.\\n1. I understand Frencli pretty well, but I have not\\nyet studied it long enough to speak it fluently. 2. Did\\nyou not speak ill of me last night? 3. jSTo, I always\\nspeak well of you. 4. You should write your exercises\\nbetter. 5. We amused ourselves very well last night.\\n6. I do not dare to speak to him. 7. Take care lest he\\nsee yon. 8. I do not deny that this is true. 9. You\\nwill be scolded if you don t take care. 10. Why {que)\\ndo you not speak your mind to him 11. I will not\\ngo out if you do not come and fetch me. 12. I shall\\nnot go out unless you come and fetch me. 13. We\\nhave not seen him for a fortnight. 14. We despise\\nthose who speak differently from what they think.\\n15. Who does not know the fancies that she has taken\\ninto her head? 16. Take care lest that child should\\nfall. 17. It is I who prevent his coming.\\n57.\\n(Rules 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100.)\\n1. Y a-t-il rien de plus rare qu un demi-savant modeste?\\n2. Venez done voir la belle robe que ma mere s est ache-\\ntee; je n ai rien vu de si joli. 3. Je ne connais personne\\nde si aimable qu Auguste; tout le monde en raffole.\\n4. En tout temps la vertu s est fait estimer. 5. II y a\\ntrois mois que je vous ai ecrit pour vous avertir du\\ndanger que vous couriez. 6. Yenez passer deux ou trois\\nsemaines chez nous, vous ne vous en trouverez pas plus\\nmal. 7. Je finirai bien cela en quinze jours. 8. Alors,", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0111.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "102 EXERCISES.\\nsi vous commencez demain en huit, yous serez tout-a-fait\\nlibre dans trois semaines. 9. II y a ici qnelqn un de\\ntrop combien devons-nous etre 10. Nous devrions\\netre dix, mais Henri est parti pour six semaines.\\n11. Pendant ces jours^ durant ces tristes scenes,\\nQue faisiez-vous dans vos cloitres deserts. Gresset.\\n12. Voici trois medecins qui ne nous tronipent pas\\nGaite, doux exercice et modeste repas/\\n-DUMOUSTIER.\\n58.\\nto let see, faire voir. to be so kind as to, avoir la bonte,\\nto fall ill, tomber malade. I obligeance, de.\\nto allow, laisser.\\n1. I have bought something very pretty I shall let\\nyou see it to-night. 2. If you fall ill while trying to\\ncomplete that work in a month, you will not be the\\nricher for it. 3. She is going to write to you to beg a\\nfavor of you. 4. He will do anything to oblige you.\\n5. It is necessary to know the human heart to judge well\\nof others. 6. I forbid you to do that. 7. Would you\\nbe so kind as to help me 8. I think I had better allow\\nyou to do it yourself. 9. It has been raining for three\\ndays. 10. I study for ten hours every day. 11. He has\\nThe more or the less for it is translated in French by davantage,\\nplus, or moins, with en before the verb.\\nWhen one or two pronouns are to be placed before the verb, if\\nthere are two verbs, place them before the last, unless the first is faire\\nor laisser as,\\nS he icants to give it to you, EUe veut vous le donner.\\nShe will let you see them, EUe vous les fera voir.\\nHowever, in the best authors of the seventeenth century, the pro-\\nnoun or pronouns are generally placed before the first verb as,\\nSoleil, je te viens voir pour la demiere fois. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Racine.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0112.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 103\\nnot been able to get provisions for the winter. 12. Did\\nyou live in South America 13. Do you not find a\\ngreat charm in her society 14. It will take you two\\nor three sessions to learn French. 15. We shall arrive\\nin Paris in two days. 16. How long^ have you been\\nliving in Scotland 17. I do not live in Scotland, but\\nin England, at Bristol.\\n59.\\n(Rules 101, 102, 103.)\\n1. II en sera ainsi, que voiis le vouliez ou non. 2. Je\\nn aurai point de repos que je n aie la certitude de reussir.\\n3. Que d amis vous avez 4. Vous ne partirez point que\\nje ne le sache. 5. Attendez, que nous venions. 6. Je ne\\nsaurais voir d honnetes peres chagrines par leurs enfants\\nque cela ne m emeuve. 7. Je ne puis travailler qu aussi-\\ntot je ne sois malade. 8. Je ne leur donnai point de\\nrepos qu ils ne m eussent fait venir un fripier. 9. Per-\\nsonne, dit M de Sevigne, n apprit la mort de M. de\\nTurenne qu il ne crut Parmee taillee en pieces. 10. Allez\\nvite porter cette lettre et ce journal a la poste.\\nHow long is translated in three different ways\\n(1) By combien de temps with the compound tense (past indefinite)\\nto express a past action as,\\nHow long did you live in Finance? Combien de temps avez-vous de-\\nmeure en France\\n(2) By depuis quand with the present, if the action is still going on\\nas,\\nHow long have you been here 9 Depuis quand etes-vous ici?\\n(3) By combien de temps with the future to express a future tense\\nas,\\nHoio long will you stay there Combien de temps y resterez-vous?", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0113.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "104 EXERCISES.\\n11. Je ne vous quitte pointy\\nSeigneur, que mon amour n ait obtenu ce point.\\nCORNEILLE.\\n12. Que la terre est petite a qui la voit des cieux\\nDelille.\\n60.\\nto go a journey, faire un voyage. to teach, enseigner.\\nto favor, favoriser. to he engaged, etre occupe.\\nmorality, morale (f.). no matter, il n importe.\\n1. He never goes a journey but lie comes back with a\\ncold. 2. If you read history, and if you look for a\\nprince equally favored and persecuted by fortune, you\\nwill find him in the person of Henry lY., Emperor of\\nGermany. 3. He will not write to you until you come.\\n4. How much injustice that magistrate h?vS committed\\n5. How many prejudices the Eevolution has destroyed\\nin France 6. I hope you will come and tell me all that\\nyou know about it. 7. Eun and fetch my book. 8. How\\nfine and noble is the morality taught by Christ 9. It is\\nsix years since I have seen my country. 10. I arrived\\nthe day you left. 11. She never comes to our house\\nwithout bringing a plaything to my children. 12. If\\nyou don^t see me oftener, it is because I am very much\\nengaged. 13. Whether you write or not, it is no matter.\\n14. How very unhappy that woman looks 15. Go\\nand wash your hands. 16. Go and beg his pardon.\\nThe adjective used with avoir Pair agrees with I air, that is, is\\nmasculine, though speaking of a woman, when Pair refers to outward\\nappearance; but if Pair refers to a physical defect or quality, it is\\nbetter to use etre or some other equivalent expression, such as sembler,\\nparaitre as,\\nCette demoiselle a Pair d etre bossue, ces fruits me paraissent bons.\\nMerlet.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0114.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "PART SECOND.\\nI. EXERCISES ON IDIOMS.\\n61.\\n(Section 1\\n1. A Pentendre, c est tonjours moi qui ai tort. 2. Paites-\\nvous-y. 3. Je me soucie fort pen de vos affaires adressez-\\nvous a d autres. 4. Si voiis voulez savoir de qiioi il s agit,\\nne cominencez pas par me dire des injures. 5. Mettons-\\nnons an travail avec ardenr ne nons deconrageons pas\\nParis n a pas ete fait en nn jonr. 6. Je Ini ai dit d abord\\nque les bons comptes font les bons amis; sur ce, il s est\\nmis a m injnrier. 7. J ai tenn bon, et je Ini ai fait\\nrendre compte, jonr par jonr, de tont ce qn il a depense\\ndepnis nn mois. 8. jST est-ce pas qn il vons a tont avone\\nde son propre monvem6nt 9. Cette lettre n est pas\\nd elle, elle n est pas en etat d en faire nne pareille.\\n10. Soyez tranqnille, je snis fait a son badinage. 11. La\\npanvre fille Ces gens-la penvent bien la tonrmenter\\na lenr aise elle est bien trop liere ponr se plaindre.\\nSection numbers refer to the List of Idiomatic Words and Phrases,\\nbeginning on page 183.\\n105", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0115.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "106 EXERCISES.\\n62.\\n1. I hope you are going to set about work with fresh\\ncourage. 2. You inay find it rather difficult in the\\nbeginning, but you will get accustomed to it. 3. Can\\nhe not give an account of what has passed? 4. You\\nhad better not speak to him any more about that affair,\\nhe wdll not yield an inch. 6. It is to be hoped they\\nwill take our expenses into account. 6. Do not care\\nabout what they say. 7. He has abused the confidence\\nhis father had placed in him. 8. Why do they not\\naccustom themselves to our way of living? 9. I shall\\ncall him to account for this shameful behavior. 10. We\\nmust not abuse the mercies God sends us. 11. I shall\\nforgive you your fault, if you confess it of your own\\naccord. 12. Are you able to do this work well 13. He\\nis the most ignorant man in the town he does not\\nknow A from B. 14. Let us take her youth into account,\\nshe did it to the best of her ability. 15. As for you,\\nyou will easily accomplish what they have given you to\\ndo. 16. I had scarcely entered, when he launched into\\nabuse of me. 17. Is it thus you always abuse people\\n63.\\n(Section 2.)\\n1. Nous avons Phonneur, Monsieur, de vous accuser\\nreception de la lettre que vous avez bien voulu nous\\nadresser le 13 courant. 2. Ne lui faites pas part de\\nce qui s est passe, je vous prie; il sera toujours temps\\nqu il le sache. 3. La semaine derniere, nous avons joue\\nentre nous un Proverbe de Souvestre; c est moi qui\\nfaisais le papa, et ma S(jeur Louise qui faisait la maman.\\n4. Si vous faites connaissance avec lui, vous vous en", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0116.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 107\\nmordrez les doigts plus tard. 5. Laissez-iious done tran-\\nquilles avec cette lettre que de bruit vous faites pour\\nune misere 6. Celui qui ment fait le brave avee Dieu,\\net le poltron avec les liommes. 7. Allons faites voir\\nque vous avez du cffiur, et ne vous elf ray ez pas x^our si\\npeu de chose. 8. Si vous faites sa connaissance, il ne\\ncessera de vous emprunter de Pargent^ il est toujours\\nsans le sou. 9. Maintenant que le voici riche^ il ne me\\nsalue plus dans la rue il tranche du grand seigneur.\\n10. Si vous avez encore mal au doigt, n ecrivez pas^ niais\\npreparez bien votre lecon. 11. Je n en ferai ni une ni\\ndeux je le consignerai a ma porte. 12. Ca, ca change\\nla these, mais ne craignez-vous pas les suites de sa colere\\n64.\\n1. After acting so foolishly, you need not wonder that\\nyour head aches. 2. I shall acknowledge his letter, and\\nI hope by this means to get acquainted with him. 3. Go\\nto him, and act like a man. 4. Did she not impersonate\\nthat character beautifully o. I must not take advan-\\ntage of his absence to injure him. 6. He affects the\\nmanners of an aristocrat. 7. Do not be afraid of that\\ndog; he Avill not bite you. 8. I shall not have to\\nacquaint him with this melancholy fact. 9. What is the\\nuse of making so much ado about nothing? 10. He\\npretends to be deaf, but he hears all we are saying.\\n11. I am afraid we shall not reach our destination to-\\nnight. 12. My dear sir, if you don t take advantage of\\nthat opportunity, you will be acting contrary to reason.\\n13. That gold Avatch suits me very well, but I cannot\\nafford to buy it. 11. How was it that you did not get\\nacquainted with that gentleman 15. Do not look for", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0117.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "108 EXERCISES.\\nJules, he has gone in advance. 16. My teeth ache\\nso much that I have scarcely slept these three days.\\n17. He always made a great fuss for nothing. 18. He\\ncounterfeits lameness. 19. You ought to be able to\\nafford to buy it, after making so much money. 20. She\\nwas in the act of opening the window, when I accosted\\nher. 21. He took advantage of his uncle, and so gave\\nhis enemies an advantage over him. 22. His brother\\ncalled him to account for the way he spent his sister s\\nmoney. 23. Of her own accord she told us all that had\\npassed. 24. How do you account for the earthquakes\\nthat take place 25. He set about teaching, but did\\nnot succeed.\\n65.\\n(Section 3.)\\n1. Est-ce bien a cela qu il vise 2. C est d elle qu il\\ntient. 3. Bien certainement je Paurais fait, s il n avait\\ntenu qu a cela. 4. Laissez-nous done tranquilles, vous\\nne savez ce que vous dites. 5. Prenez garde, mon\\ncher; je crois que c est a votre position qu il en veut.\\n6. Est-ce que cela ne m est pas egal 7. Si je vous en\\nfais des reproches, c est a contre-coeur, croyez-le bien.\\n8. Pardon, Monsieur, je suis etranger, et je ne suis pas\\nbien sur du sens qu il me f aut attacher a vos expressions\\nque voulez-vous dire par ces paroles II en passera\\npar on vous voudrez 9. Je veux dire que vos condi-\\ntions seront les siennes, et qu il signera tout les yeux\\nfermes. 10. Vous avez beau dire et beau faire, je\\nn admettrai jamais qu on se conduise avec une telle\\nimpertinence. 11. Ce n est peut-etre pas une imperti-\\nnence reelle peut-etre a-t-il cru bien faire les coutumes\\ndifferent comme les langues, et il faut savoir passer", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0118.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 109\\nqiielque chose un eWanger. 12. Reconnaissez main-\\ntenant que vous etes un pea trop vif en convenez-vous\\nenlin\\n66.\\n1. Leave her alone; is she not of an age to know\\n(how) to behave herself 2. I cannot ask him to do it\\nagainst his will. 3. He was not able to tell what ailed\\nhim. 4. Did she not do it against her will 5. You\\nmust not always agree to whatever she proposes. 6. Let\\nme alone; I want to enjoy the fresh air. 7. I admit that\\nI was wrong what do you conclude from it 8. He\\ntakes after his father in that. 9. It must be done after\\nthe English fashion. 10. I never could agree with him\\non any subject. 11. Try to persuade him that I do it\\nagainst my will. 12. She takes after her mother in.\\nher taste for dress. 13. It is tiresome to walk the same\\nroad every day. 14. Do you admit that the thing took\\nplace as I say 15. What ails your father 16. Is\\nit not all one to me, whether he goes or remains\\n17. Is it to me that you allude 18. Come with us,\\nyou will see that the sea air will agree with you.\\n19. He must agree to whatever I propose. 20. Does he\\nnot take after his cousin 21. .The Queen allows him\\ntwo hundred a year. 22. They found no lodgings upon\\ntheir arrival, and were obliged to sleep in the open air.\\n23. He aimed at the consulship, but could not get it.\\n24. What ails your dog 25. Do as you like, it is all\\none to me.\\n67.\\n(Section 4.)\\n1. Vous auriez tort de lui en vouloir, elle n a jamais\\nsonge a vous nuire. 2. A qui vous etes-vous adresse", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0119.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "110 EXERCISES,\\nEst-ce a la maitresse de la maisoii? 3. Vous me\\nfaites honte avec vos coudes perces; allez changer de\\npaletot. 4. C est a eux que j aurai recours pour vous\\nfaire avoir cette place. 6. Yoyons, est-ce que cela ne\\nreviendra pas au merne au bout du compte 6. Ce n est\\nplus a vous qu il en veut, a ce qu il parait c est bien a\\nmoi. 7. J ai change d idee; je n irai que demain. 8. Je\\nne sache pas qu il m en veuille, mais, quand cela serait,\\n(ja m est parfaitement egal. 9. Avec ces gens-la il ne\\nfaut pas parler a mots converts, il faut aller droit au\\nbut. 10. II est tombe des nues quand je lui ai dit pour-\\nquoi M votre mere s etait mise en colere contre moi.\\n11. Eestez-en la, il est evident que cela le tracasse.\\n12. J^ai peur, mon cher Monsieur, que vous ne vous y\\nsoyez pris trop tard il y a toute apparence que la place\\nest prise.\\n68.\\n1. Are you not very angry with your brother 2. You\\nought to be ashamed of your laziness. 3. Did you not\\napply to your uncle for that 4. It amounts to the\\nsame thing. 5. He will alter his mind when he has\\nwell considered the thing. 6. You must not be angry\\nat his departure. 7. l^our remarks do not apply to this\\nsubject. 8. We ought to be more anxious about our\\nhealth than our wealth. 9. Does it not amount to the\\nsame thing 10. Do you approve of her coming to see\\nyou? 11. From what I see, you do not wish to do it.\\n12. Were you not always very anxious about your son\\nwhen he was at sea 13. Now, don t change your mind,\\nas you always do. 14. Amuse yourself to your heart s\\ncontent, after working so well. 15. How can you be\\nangry at such an innocent joke 16. If it is an annoy-", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0120.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. Ill\\nance to you, sir, I will let it alone. 17. He is very apt\\nto slander people. 18. It will amount to the same thing\\none hundred years hence. 19. As it apx-)ears, you have\\nmade up your mind. 20. He will apologize to you for\\nhis conduct, I answer for it. 21. Apply yourself to your\\nlessons, for there is every indication that you will have\\nto teach. 22. Try to settle that question amicably.\\n23. Don t you think it is rather a far-fetched argument\\n24. As I was going down town last evening, I met them\\nwalking arm in arm. 25. He anticipated his income,\\nso now he has not a cent.\\n69.\\n(Section 5.)\\n1. Vous avez beau prier et supplier tout cela ne\\nservira de rien. 2. S il s informe de moi, dites-lui que\\nje vais tout doucement. 3. Si nous Pinvitions a diner\\npour samedi, qu en pensez-vous 4. II n en revenait pas.\\n5. II avait si faim qu il a mange comme quatre. 6. Vou-\\nloir arranger une affaire comme celle-la, Monsieur, c est\\nvouloir prendre la lune avec les dents. 7. Veuillez me\\npreter la plus grand e attention, je vous prie ce que je\\nvais vous dire est de la plus haute importance. 8. A\\nquoi bon vous mettre a genoux devant lui toutes vos\\nsupplications ne vous^ serviront de rien. 9. Elle a eu la\\nbonte de s informer de moi rappelez-moi a son bon\\nsouvenir la premiere fois que vous la verrez. 10. De-\\ncidement ce monsieur s en fait trop accroire voyez done\\ncomme il se rengorge; il se croit le premier moutardier\\ndu pape. 11. Faites-la entrer au salon je suis a elle\\ndans une minute. 12. N etait il pas prevenu de ce mal-\\nheur avant mon arrivee", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0121.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "112 EXERCISES,\\n70.\\n1. If you are not mucli attached to your dog, you\\nwould do well to give it to me. 2. That servant is all\\nattention to her mistress. 3. Why did you not ask\\nhim to dinner? 4. He was perfectly astounded at the\\nintelligence. 5. He pays attention to all that is said\\nto him. 6. He never availed himself of the many\\nchances he had. 7. Such a thing happens once a^ year\\non an average. 8. Your evidence avails nothing in this\\ncase. 9. He attended to his business, and I to mine.\\n10. He was asked to dine with us, but refused. 11. I\\nam perfectly aware of that. 12. Why do you not pay\\nattention to the orders of your officers 13. He is\\nastounded at the results. 14. Ought I to ask her to\\ncome in for a few minutes 15. If you avail yourself\\nof all these chances, you must succeed. 16. It will\\navail you nothing to go there. 17. He should attend\\nmore to his business. 18. Have you asked after the\\nsick lady who has come to live beside us? 19. Not to be\\naware of so important a historical event as that betrays\\ngross ignorance. 20. How very awkward that young\\nman looks 21. If they call, ask them in. 22, Take\\ntwo from seven, five remain. 23. All his perseverance\\navailed nothing. 24. You must pay attention to what\\nis said to you. 25. Shut the window, that music dis-\\ntracts your attention. 26. To attend the class is not all\\nthat is necessary, you must also attend to your lessons.\\n71.\\n(Section 6.)\\n1. Elle a un oncle fort riche dont elle doit heriter.\\n2. Oil il n y a rien, dit un vieux proverbe, le roi perd", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0122.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 113\\nses droits. 3. C est lui qui vous a tenu lieu cle pere.\\n4. Trouvez-vous-y a sept lieures. 5. Comment pouvez-\\nvous vous bien porter vous ne faites que boire et manger\\ntoute la journee. 6. II en est d un secret comme d un\\ntresor; des qu une fois on sait ou il est^ on ne tarde pas\\na le decouvrir. 7. Le roi deniandait un jour a un lit-\\nterateur francais s il croyait en Dieu: Oui, Sire, j aime\\na croire/ repondit I ecrivain, ^^qu il y a un Etre au-dessus\\ndes rois. 8. Je me trouve lieureux chez moi j y vis\\nselon mes gouts, je ne depends de personne. 9. Mai\\nlui a pris de s attaquer a elle. 10. Si vous lui dites ca,\\nvous allez vous le mettre a dos. 11. J ai quitte Londres\\n.pour New York il y a de cela quel que s annees, mais\\nj avoue que j ai perdu au change. 12. Je suis a vous a\\nPinstant; je ne fais qu aller et venir.\\n72.\\n1. He is badly off for money now, his father has\\njust failed. 2. Take care that he is not left on your\\nhands. 3. It is too bad to treat him so disrespectfully.\\n4. I should have been bankrupt the week after if money\\nhad not come in. 5. Be that as it may, you were wrong\\nfrom the first. 6. Ought we not to be at the Exchange\\nan hour before the mail arrives 7. He was a father\\nto those poor childreii. 8. They are always talking\\nnonsense. 9. What is it to me whether he comes or\\nnot 10. You are always complaining is it not with\\nyou as with others 11. That precious friend of yours\\nis eating and drinking the whole day. 12. What is that\\nto me, provided he does it honestly 13. Do not be\\nafraid, I shall back you. 14. There are many people\\nin this world who never trouble themselves about the", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0123.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "114 EXERCISES.\\nmorrow. 15. You ought to write to him, he is badly off.\\n16. Now that you have matters in your own hands, you\\ncan make (your) fortune. 17. What can prevent our\\nbeing at the station in time 18. You are to be taken\\nthere at once. 19. It would be as well to let it alone\\nlet us go. 20. What is that to me, provided I get m.y\\nmoney 21= You are always slandering your brother.\\n22. There would be more apples if the boys had not\\nstolen so many. 23. Please wait for me, I shall be back\\npresently. 24. I bought all the house furniture, and she\\ngave me an old trunk with the contents in the bargain.\\n23. He was astounded to hear that you were still a\\nbachelor.\\n73.\\n(Section 7.)\\n1. J^espere que vous n allez pas vous mettre a travailler,\\nmalade comme vous etes 2. Vous feriez bien mieux de\\ngarder le lit. 3. Ne m en sachez pas mauvais gre, je\\nFai fait pour le mieux. 4. Ce n est pas a vous que j en\\nveux, c est a lui. 5. II vous sied bien de trouver a\\nredire a sa conduite 6. D avocat que vous etiez, ne\\nvous etes-vous j)as fait marchand de vin 7. Non, non,\\nje ne vous en veux pas pour ce que vous avez dit, c est\\ncontre votre soeur que j ai de la rancune. 8.. Eh bien!\\ntrouvez-vous cela difficile maintenant? vous voyez qu il\\nn y a que le premier pas qui coute. 9. II parait que\\nFaffaire s emmanche mal a en croire votre frere, mieux\\nvaudrait nous en tenir la. 10. Puisque j ai encore un\\nbout de temps, je porterai ma lettre a la poste, et je\\nverrai votre soeur en passant; ce sera faire d une pierre\\ndeux coups. 11. J ai beau faire, je ne puis pas lui\\nfourrer cela dans la tete.", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0124.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 116\\n74.\\n1. How can that be, if you don t know the way to set\\nabout it 2. Would it not be better to set out now\\n3. Why should she bear ill-will toward her sister?\\n4. From (a) surgeon he became (a) soldier. 5. I must\\nbeg of him to do it at once. 6. You should not begin\\nto work so late. 7. Would it not be better to set out\\nfor New York by the first mail packet 8. Between\\nthis and Wednesday we have plenty of time to think\\nover the matter. 9. Let us go in; I am benumbed with\\ncold. 10. How long were you confined to your bed with\\nthat illness 11. He confesses that he had a hand in\\nit it cannot be better. 12. Did you not beg of him to\\nsay nothing about it 13. Had she not better go away\\nbefore her brother arrives 14. In spite of the promises\\nwhich he had made, he began again worse than ever.\\n15. Between this and Sunday you will have to finish\\nthat task. 16. He bears ill-will toward no one. 17. May\\nI beg of you not to keep us waiting so long? 18. It\\nbecomes you indeed to speak so 19. He wishes to\\ngo let it be so he will soon repent. 20. Had we not\\nbetter walk over to your uncle s this evening 21. Your\\nbonnet becomes you very much. 22. Will you not bear\\nwitness to what took place 23. In that way, he killed\\ntwo birds with one stone. 24. She was much benefited\\nby her sea voyage. 25. That money ought to have been\\npaid three weeks ago, but better late than never.\\n75.\\n(Section 8.)\\n1. II doute que j en vienne a bout. 2. EUe partait d un\\neclat de rire an moment oii j ouvrais la porte. 3. Est-ce", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0125.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "116 EXERCISES.\\nla ce que voiis appelez bon ton 4. C est pcur vous\\nJeter de la poudre aux yeux qii il vous dit cela ue\\neroyez pas un mot de ce qu il vous conte. 5. Si c est\\ncomme cela que vous vous y prenez, vous n en viendrez\\njamais a bout. 6. Ce secret doit vous etre a charge ne\\npouvez-vous me le eonfier 7. On prit la ville sans coup\\nferir. 8. N est-ce pas chez vous que le feu a pris hier\\nsoir 9. Je ne me soucie pas plus de votre colere que\\nde Pan quarante est-ce que, par hasard, vous eroyez me\\nfaire peur avec votre grosse voix? 10. Par exemple\\na-t-on jamais vu pareille cliose 11. Ou etes-vous done\\nalle ce matin, mon petit bonhomme vous n etiez pas a\\nTecole, c est mon petit doigt qui me Ta dit. 12. II est\\nvenu me dire de but en blanc que je n etais pas bien\\neleve et qu^il allait cesser tout rapport avec moi.\\n76.\\n1. Does he hope to blind me by such paltry artifices\\n2. At what hour shall I boil the water for tea 3. You\\nsurely would not be so bold as to ask him (for) a gold\\nwatch. 4. Are you quite sure that the door was bolted\\nafter you returned last night o. I was not hound to\\nbelieve all his wonderful stories. 6. A fire broke out\\nthis morning in m}^ uncle s house. 7. He conquered a\\nlarge province without striking a blow. 8. The arrival\\nof that lady in the town always brings me good luckc\\n9. You shoukU^ not burst out laughing every time that\\ngentleman speaks. 10. The poor girl burst into tears\\nwhen she heard the sad news. 11. By the by, you\\nhave entirely forgotten to repay that money you bor-\\nrowed. 12. To enter the room, the thieves broke the\\ndoor open. 13. The best way to bring about what you", "height": "4323", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0126.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 117\\nwish would be to see the gentleman. 14. Could it not\\nbe brought about in any other way 15. You must\\nnot boil all the potatoes to-day. 16. It is three years\\nsince I began business, and I have succeeded pretty well.\\n17. That man brings ill-luck wherever he goes. 18. You\\nare not bound to show him all the letters you receive,\\n19. They^^ were not at all well-bred people. 20. You\\nhave brought bad luck to our family 21. What did she\\nburst into tears for 22. Is not your brother in a\\nboarding school in London 23. That turkey is too\\nlarge to be roasted you must boil it. 24. The new\\nbank was burned to the ground. 25. She is too shy to\\nspeak to you first, you will certainly have to break the\\nice yourself.\\n77.\\n(Section 9.)\\n1. Gardez-vous de vous lier avec lui; on a de graves\\nsoupcons sur son honneur. 2. On ne doit ni se moquer\\nni s inquieter des qu en dira-t-on. 3. Ce qu il y a de\\ncertain, c est que vous viendrez avec nous. 4. Je n en\\nsuis pas bien certain, c est selon. 5. Decidement, mon\\ncher, vous vous ecoutez trop hier vous n avez rien fait\\nde la journee, et aujourd hui vous etes reste couche\\njusqu a midi. 6. Prenez garde si vous n avez soin de\\nYos habits, vous serez gfonde. 7. Vous devez etre en\\nfonds maintenant il n y a que trois jours que vous avez\\nrecu votre mois. 8. Chacun, dit La Eochefoucault,\\ntrouve a redire en autrui ce qu on trouve a redire en lui.\\n9. C est bien dur pour lui d etre ainsi reduit a la mi sere\\nautrefois il etait fort bien dans ses affaires. 10. Tout\\nson mobilier est en vente si vous voulez Pacheter, vous\\nI aurez a bon compte. 11. Nous voici dans une vilaine", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0127.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "118 EXERCISES.\\npasse comment nous tirerons-nous de la 12. Ne vous\\noccupez pas de M. Louis c est a M Louis qu il faut\\nvous adresser; M. Louis est un zero.\\n78.\\n1. I went last night to see the mistress of that girl;\\nshe gave her a very good character. 2. I happened to\\narrive before he did and get the situation. 3. Take care\\nto do that exercise well. 4. You must take care what\\nyou do to that poor child. 5. When I get my salary, I\\nshall be in funds for a week or two. 6. I caught him\\nat it as I was passing. 7. As the case stands, you\\nmust leave to-night. 8. Perhaps I shall go with you\\nthat will depend on circumstances. 9. I don t care\\nwhat people say if my conscience approves my actions.\\n10. He was in good circumstances three years ago. 11. I\\nshall call on you before leaving town. 12. Ought he not\\nto take care what he does in such a difficult affair\\n13. He took good care not ^to irritate the poor man.\\n14. I care for my honor more than for my money. 15. I\\ncaused that poor man to drink a glass of wine. 16. Why\\ndo you change your dress so many times, a day?\\n17. Don t stand on ceremony with us consider yourself\\nat home. 18. I shall take care to inform him of that\\ncircumstance in my next letter. 19. I don t care\\nwhether you walk or ride. 20. ShoukU^ she not call\\non the lady to thank her 21. Will you take care to\\nthank him for me 22. I hope you don t waste your\\ntime in building castles in the air. 23. What did he\\ncavil at 24. I cannot but acknowledge that we were\\nboth wrong. 25. It is very easy to see that he would\\nlike to make a cat s paw of me.", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0128.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 119\\n79.\\n(Section 10.)\\n1. Yous lie vous en tirerez pas si facilement que vous\\nle pensez. 2. II est venii me trouver au moment oii je\\ndecaclietais votre lettre. 3. Apres tout^ est-ce que cela\\nne revient pas au meme 4. Fais ce que clois, advienne\\nque pourra. 5. Mon cher, je yous felicite vous en etes\\nquitte a bon marclie. 6. Ke vous etes-vous pas enrliumee\\nhier soir en sortant de cliez nous? 7. Laissez-moi mon\\npetit coin; voila trois ans que je I occupe; si vous vous\\ny mettiez, je ne serais pas a Taise de la soiree. 8. Je\\nvais taclier de lui faire conter tout ce qu il sait j en\\naurai le coeur net. 9. Comme il sait faire patte de\\nvelours I 10. S il ose me f rapper, je ne ferai ni une\\nni deux, je lui donnerai la monnaie de sa piece, et quel-\\nque chose par-dessus le marclie. 11. C est Ernest qui a\\nremporte tons les premiers prix il est beaucoup plus\\nfort que nioi dans toutes les branches; mais, en histoire\\net en geographic, je Tai serre de pres.\\n80.\\n1. You will not clap your hands so loudly when you\\nhear what your father says. 2. The weather has been\\nextremely cold all this month. 3. Will you come to tea\\nwith us on Monday evening 4. She colors up when\\nany one addresses her. 5. We did not get clear of the\\nbusiness so easily as you think. 6. AYill you come to\\nme to-night at half-past five 7. Come what may, I\\ndid my best to succeed. 8. I shall not clear the table\\ntill eveiT one has dined. 9. I have been so cold all\\nday that I think I am going to be ill. 10. Poor fellow\\nall his projects have come to nothing. 11. You did not", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0129.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "120 EXERCISES.\\ncome off with much, glory in that encounter. 12. Will\\nit not come to the same thing if I pay you before?\\n13. How comes it that you are always too late for your\\ndinner? 14. You were not so comfortable in your old\\nhouse as (you are) in this one. 15. I had such a cold\\nin my head it was impossible for me to sing. 16. I shall\\ncertainly catch cold if I am obliged to sit near this open\\nwindow. 17. Has not the weather been colder this year\\nthan it was last year 18. When do you intend to\\ncome to see me? 19. Come along; it is clearing up; we\\nshall have a fine walk. 20. How long have you had a\\ncold 21. We came to an understanding before parting.\\n22. Let him come to me to-morrow at twelve o clock.\\n23. I cannot get clear of that horrible confusion. 24. If\\nyou like^ we shall go and see him he lives close by.\\n25. How comes it that you sing (so) much better than\\nyou used to?\\n81.\\n(Section 11.)\\n1. Qu il s en fait accroire, cet imbecile 2. Je vous\\nferai incessamment connaitre un fait qu il vous importe\\nbeaucoup de savoir, 3. Auriez-vous, Monsieur,, la bonte\\nde coucher ceci par ecrit c est la coutume dans ce pays.\\n4. Ne vous derangez pas, je vous prie; je -m y rendrai\\nmoi-meme, a moins que Faffaire ne vous regarde person-\\nnellement. 5. Votre pendule est, ce me semble, en fort\\nmauvais etat; elle vient de sonner dix-huit ou vingt\\nheures. 6. N allez pas lui manquer de respect au moins,\\nc est lui qui fait ici la pluie et le beau temps. 7. Quand\\nvous voudrez, Monsieur, je suis a vos ordres. 8. Voyons,\\nmettez la main sur la conscience, et dites-moi f ranchement\\nsi vous pensez que la conduite que vous tenez vous fait", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0130.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 121\\nlionueiir. 9. Que pensez-YOus de mon cousin il n a pas\\nFair d avoir inveiite la poudre, n est-ce pas 10. II\\nperd facilement la carte lorsque ma femme lui a adresse\\nla parole, il est reste bouche beante. 11. Que je prenne\\ngarde a moi, dites-vous, de peur qu^on ne repete ce que\\nje dis cela m est Men egal, c est le moindre de mes\\nsoucis.\\n82.\\n1. I think he will not consent to do him even that\\nsmall service. 2. He is a very conceited young man.\\n3. As my honor was concerned it was necessary for me to\\nbe present. 4. Was not your brother the second in com-\\nmand in that engagement 5. You shall confine your-\\nself to that it would be dangerous to excite him more.\\n6. It is of consequence to me that you should come.\\n7. It was of consequence to do that at once. 8. ISTow,\\nsir, I am at your service; we shall go when you like.\\n9. Do not concern yourself about my affairs. 10. Would\\nit not be of consequence to your father to have the letter\\nearly? 11. If my life is at stake, that is of great con-\\nsequence. 12. You are not X3ursuing a (course of) con-\\nduct tliat will please your friends. 13. Why should I\\nnot confide in those that have been so kind to me?\\n14. Do not confine yourself to that. 15. Do you think\\nwe should confine ourselves to these orders 16. To\\ncomplete my misery, I lost my w^ay in the forest.\\n17. You are too conceited, my friend. 18. Why do you\\nconcern yourself so much about things that do not con-\\ncern you 19. If my honor is not concerned, I need\\nnot trouble myself about it. 20. Was he conscious of\\nwhat he was saying at the time 21. It is of consequence\\nto do well what we have to do. 22. I confided in his", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0131.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "122 EXERCISES.\\nhonor, and he has kept the secret. 23. The whole town\\nwas in a commotion on account of the elections. 24. A\\nlittle bird told me that you had all been compelled to\\nact together, in order to carry it through. 25. Did you\\nnotice how she tried to command a grave countenance\\n83.\\n(Section 12.)\\n1. Vous m avez defie de faire tomber la conversation\\nsur ce sujet-la: eh Men, ne m en suis-je pas tire avec\\nhonneur 2. En revenant, comme il faisait noir, il a\\npris un fosse plein d eau pour un beau sentier, et il est\\nalle se jeter dedans. 3. Comme vous etes de mauvaise\\nhumeur ce matin 4. Je n ai pas dormi de la nuit, je\\nn ai fait que tousser. 6. II faut bien pen de chose pour\\nle deconcert\u00e2\u0082\u00acr. 6. Voyons, ne me pressez pas tant,\\nlaissez-moi le temps de m orienter. 7. C est moi qui\\nferai les frais de son installation, coute que coute.\\n8. S il m obsede constamment de sa presence, nous aurons\\nmaille a partir ensemble. 9. C est un monsieur qui n a\\npas Tair d y toucher, mais il en faut un plus malin que\\nlui pour m attraper. 10. II faisait nuit noire quand\\nnous sommes arrives il n y avait pas un chat dans les\\nrues. 11. Si votre ami n avait pas la tete un pen felee^,\\nje lui donnerais du fil a retordre.\\n84.\\n1. You are constantly doing what you ought not (to\\ndo). 2. He turned the conversation to other subjects.\\n3. Don t tell such terrible stories again you make my\\nflesh creep. 4. You are so cross, it is impossible to live", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0132.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 123\\nwith you. 5. I dared liim to make sucli a speech.\\n6. Why is the letter dated the 20th of September?\\n7. It will not be dark for an hour yet. 8. I dare you\\nto approach me. 9. You cannot be in danger from that\\npoor little beast. 10. How long has he been paying his\\ncourt to that young lady 11. That is, of course, if you\\ncan afford it. 12. Don t speak of him to me Ave are at\\nswords points. 13. I shall turn the conversation to\\nanother subject immediately. 14. Keep yourself cool,\\nhere is your brother coming. 15. I daresay she will\\ncome, if her father is better. 16. You must not cough\\nin the middle of my speech. 17. I fell in the mud, and\\nwas covered wHth it up to the eyes. 18. They used to\\nlay all the travellers under contribution. 19. You are\\nin no danger from that slight cold. 20. Will you please\\nmake a clear copy of these notes. 21. I am completely\\nin the dark about their projects. 22. Few people are\\nconsistent with themselves. 23. We w^alked all day up\\nhill and dowm dale. 24. You will do well to consider\\nthe thing twice before you promise. 25. Here is a letter\\nsaying she cannot come, that caps the climax of our\\ndisappointment.\\n85.\\n(Section 13.)\\n1. II s est 6te le pain de la bouche pour vous donner\\nune bonne education. 2. Ce ne sont pas les titres, c est\\nle travail et la vertu qui decident du merite ceux-ci\\ndependent de nous, ceux-la dependent du hasard. 8. II\\nne depend pas de nous de n etre pas pauvres, mais\\nil depend de nous de faire respecter notre pauvrete.\\n4. Soyez tranquille; si Pon vous attaque, je suis la; je\\nprendrai fait et cause pour vous. 5. Auriez-vous la", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0133.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "124 EXERCISES.\\nbonte de lui remettre ce paquet en mains propres je\\nme defie de ses domestiques. 6. Vous ne savez pas\\nle prendre avec de la douceur et des caresses vous le\\nmeneriez au bout du monde. 7. Vous etes un de ceux\\nqui croient voir des etoiles en plein midi. 8. Hier on\\neut dit qu il etait a deux doigts de la mort, mais main-\\ntenant il n est pas si mal a beaucoup pres. 9. Criez plus\\nfort, elle est sourde comme un pot. 10. Nous buvions\\nsix ou huit verres d eau minerale par jour, et nous allions\\nprendre un bain de deux jours Tun. 11. II ne tient qu a\\nvous de venir avec nous le cheval est attele, nous partons\\ndans cinq minutes.\\n86.\\n1. The letter bearing the date of the 21st of January\\nnever reached me. 2. I promise to call on him some\\nday next week. 3. It will be broad daylight at five\\no clock in the morning. 4. It is impossible to say to\\nan hour when I return. 5. Can you tell me whose deal\\nit is 6. He was put to death in the most cruel way.\\n7. She will be (found) deficient in skill at the last trial.\\n8. Some people delight in scandal. 9. His letter was\\nnot delivered in time. 10. You cannot depend upon a\\nsingle word she says. 11. That depends upon circum-\\nstances. 12. He deprived himself of many pleasures in\\norder to give his children a good education. 13. My\\ndear friend, it is time for you to decide we are leaving.\\n14. Some day next week you will hear from me. 15. She\\nis an excellent servant, but you don t know how to deal\\nwith her. 16. Have you not deprived yourself of your\\nfortune to assist your relations 17. Your account\\nbearing the date of the 2d of November is wrong. 18. I\\nhope those manners will soon go out of date. 19. Some", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0134.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 125\\nevening next week we shall call on you. 20. It must\\nhave been broad daylight when they entered the house.\\n21. Could you not deliver the letter yourself? 22. I\\nknow to a day when he will arrive. 23. She is older\\nthan you; you should deal with her more politely.\\n24. We deemed it expedient tiD return as quickly as\\npossible. 25. When your sister was with us^ she was\\nthe delight of the whole household..\\n87.\\n(Section 14.)\\n1. J ai oublie de vous charger de lui faire mes compli-\\nments. 2. Quelle peine il a eue a s arracher a cette\\nmauvaise habitude 3. Quand vous lui ecrirez^ je vous\\nprie de vouloir bien me rappeler a son bon souvenir.\\n4. Si vous lui rendez ce petit service, vous verrez qu il\\nse mettra en quatre pour vous. 5. Vous m avez mis\\ndans de beaux draps avec les histoires que vous etes\\nalle lui conter. 6. Comment est-ce qu on se rebute\\ncomme cela pour la moindre chose? 7. Laissez la cette\\nbesogne vous etes trop distrait vous ne faites rien qui\\nvaille. 8. Cela ira bien quan4 je m y serai mis tout\\nde bon le tout est de m y mettre. 9. Tl n y a que le\\npremier pas qui coute. 10. Vous finirez cela en deux ou\\ntrois jours ne dirait-on pas que c est la mer a boire\\n11. Quand je la vois jouer ainsi a tort et a travers, sans\\nraisonner ce qu elle fait, cela me casse bras et jambes.\\n88.\\n1. You have had great difficulty in succeeding. 2. I\\nserved up dinner as soon as I was told. 3. Are not the\\nstreets dirty to-day Yes, very. 4. This dish invari-", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0135.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "126 EXERCISES.\\nably disagrees with me. 5. I was greatly disappointed\\nin that affair. 6. This box will do for the one I lost.\\n7. You should have (nothing) to do with that man.\\n8. Please convey my kind regards to your father. 9. I\\nthink my brother is to dine out to-day. 10. Does\\nnot this close atmosphere disagree with your health?\\n11. He would not hurt a fly. 12. How dirty it is some-\\ntimes in this quarter of the town! 13. This will do\\nfor a sail. 14. She has great difficulty in walking.\\n15. Give it to her, it makes no difference to me. 16. Do\\nyou not wish to send your kind regards to my brother\\n17. This fine weather should agree with your health.\\n18. Set about it at once; you will see that there will\\nbe no difficulty in the thing. 19. I cannot bring in the\\ndinner till your father comes. 20, Have you had any\\ndifficulty in procuring your brother a pension 21. He\\ndismounted and came to embrace us. 22. You may do\\nas you please, I have nothing to do with it. 23. He\\ndoes nothing but sigh all day long. 24. We had invited\\nthose friends of yours to dinner on Thanksgiving Day,\\nbut they disappointed us. 25. You must do just as you\\nplease.\\n89.\\n(Section 15.)\\n1. C est assez comme cela, n y touchez plus, c est tout ce\\nqu il faut. 2. Je vous defie d en faire autant. 3. Est-ce\\nbien la tout ce qu il faut ne vous trompez vous pas\\n4. Cette lettre m a longtemps tenu au coeur. 5. Je ne\\npouvais me faire a Tidee que c etait bien lui qui I avait\\necrite. 6. Faites en sorte de vous passer de sa societe\\ncela n en ira que mieux. 7. Je crois, ma cousine, que\\nvous avez ensorcele cette petite bete elle ne pent pas", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0136.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "EXEKCISES. 127\\nse passer de vous cinq minutes. 8. Vons qui faites\\nTentendu, je parie bien que vous n en sauriez faire autant\\nqu elle. 9. Si vous ne lui donnez pas un bon pourboire,\\nil vous mettra toute Faff aire sur le dos, vous pouvez j\\ncompter. 10. Si vous etes toujours la pres de moi,\\nbavardant, riant et faisant du tapage, il n y a pas moyen\\nd ecrire une ligne qui ait le sens commun. 11. Ou voulez-\\nvous en venir avec toutes vos hesitations et toutes vos\\nreticences\\n90.\\n1. That story has nothing to do with what we are saying.\\n2. I advise you not to drive him to extremities. 3. I can\\ndo without wine, if you give me pure water. 4. That\\nwill do say no more about it. 5. Will that do\\n6. He will bring upon himself a public rebuke. 7. The\\nweather has not been so dry for many a day. 8. Did\\nyou not drop your handkerchief in the street? 9. Is it not\\nyour duty to fight when your country calls you? 10. You\\nwill have to do without luxuries when you emigrate.\\n11. If I have done wrong in reproaching you, I am sorry\\nfor it. 12. I should be doing right to expel him from\\nthe school. 13. My leaving the town dwelt long upon\\nhis mind. 14. The cab drove over his leg. 15. I deem\\nit a duty to tell her what has happened. 16. I should\\nthink you are double my age. 17. I shall not dwell\\nupon your misbehavior towards me. 18. I must drop\\nthis bag at the next corner. 19. Will it be dry enough\\nto take a walk 20. What is to be done to prevent him\\nfrom coming 21. That will not do. 22. Our neigh-\\nbor s wife is dying. 23. Those questions are not for me\\nto decide. 24. Let us draw lots to decide who shall go\\nto the opera. 25. I dropped her acquaintance long ago.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0137.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "128 EXERCISES,\\n91.\\n(Section 16.)\\n1. N etiez-vous pas en train de lier conversation avec\\nelle lorsque je suis entre 2. Je vons ai adresse la\\nparole, mais vons avez fait la sourde oreille. 3. Enfin,\\ngrace a vous, me voici a meme de quitter nn pays on\\nj allais perir. 4. Interrogez-les tonjours; ne lacliez pas\\nprise ils finiront bien par Tavoner. 5. Faites done\\ncesser cet affreux piano, voila trois heures que j entends\\nle commencement du meme air. 6. Le mot qui t echappe\\nest ton maitre; celui que tu retiens est ton esclave.\\n7. Le chien et le chat, ennemis Puri de Tautre, finis sent\\npar vivre en bonne intelligence. 8. Pardon, Monsieur\\nc est assez, c est meme plus qu il ne faut. 9. Yous\\nen parlez bien a votre aise; il semble, avec vous, qu il\\nn^ ait qu a se baisser et a en prendre. 10. Je ne sais\\nce que j ai ce matin; je ne suis pas dans mon assiette.\\n11. II me semble que cette lettre, an lieu de vous lier les\\nmains, vous laisse les coudees franches. 12. II faudra\\nrepasser plus tard, monsieur n est pas visible.\\n92.\\n1. He turns a deaf ear to all that I say. 2. He is\\nengaged in putting an end to that quarrel. 3. His\\nfriends will enable him to pay his debts. 4, If you say\\nthat, you will make an enemy of my wife. 6. We have\\nenjoyed that drive very much. 6. Were they not en-\\ngaged in writing 7. Let us not enter into conversation\\nwith her. 8. Will they not envy him his success\\n9. What else is there to do 10. He must have been\\nvery hungry, for he ate very heartily. 11. I regretted\\nyour absence very much there was, indeed, enough to", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0138.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 129\\nlaugh at. 12. Make yourself comfortable, that seat is\\ngood enough for ine. 13. Should you consent to treat\\nhim on a footing of equality 14. Let us endeavor to\\ndo our task well.^ 15. If you stop your ears, I won t\\nspeak any more. 16. She used to enliven the evenings\\nwith songs. 17. Be easy he always enjoys himself well.\\n18. They will not be so enraged against him. 19. We\\nshall end by forgiving her. 20. Are you in good earnest\\nwhen you say that you give an entertainment to-night\\n21. She is a very able woman, one who is always equal\\nto any emergency. 22. He whispered in my ear that he\\nexpected to be married shortly. 23. Mary was very\\nmuch excited because you told her that she had not\\ndone an earthly thing all this last week. 24. He is still\\nengaged in writing that book, there seems to be no end\\nof it. 25. That child has a good ear for music.\\n93.\\n(Section 17.)\\n1. n etait temps que je vinsse a son secours, elle n en\\npouvait plus. 2. Elle pent se vanter de Pavoir echappe\\nbelle. 3. Vous croyez qu il se repentira; ne vous y\\nattendez pas; il vous poussera a bout comme tout le\\nmonde. 4. Allons, ne vous faites pas prier venez avec\\nnous c est votre oncle qui fait les frais de cette partie\\nde plaisir. 5. Celui qui passe dans la paresse la pre-\\nmiere partie de sa vie, ne doit pas s attendre a se reposer\\ndans la vieillesse. 6. Vous y regardez d un pen trop\\npres; avec vous il faut toujours mettre les points sur\\nles i. 7. Pendant Pete, lorsque les classes sont fermees,\\nlisez quelque bon livre franqais, et tachez de faire men-\\ntalement quelques phrases tons les jours cela vous", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0139.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "130 EXEECISES.\\ntiendra en lialeine. 8. Eepondre a une question par\\nline autre, c est repondre a Pecossaise; repondre sans\\nrien dire, c est repondre en Normand. 9. II a fait tons\\nses efforts pour vous etre agreable il f aut lui savoir gre\\nde sa bonne volonte. 10. Elle a ouvert de grands yeux\\nen revoyant Eugene, qu elle croyait mort depuis plusieurs\\nannees. 11. Ce qu il m a dit la est une defaite je suis\\nstir qu^il a touche I argent.\\n94.\\n1. I had a narrow escape last night. 2. You will be\\nexhausted like myself, if you go so far. 3. He hopes\\nthat I shall defray the expense of my journey. 4. Let\\nhim not expect that. 5. It will be very expensive.\\n6. They exhausted my patience at last. 7. You would\\nset greater value on that book if you were able to under-\\nstand it. 8. Your account is right, with that exception.\\n9. I was at considerable expense to procure him that\\npleasure. 10. You excite my compassion, but I cannot\\nhelp you; I am quite exhausted. 11. Do not set any\\nvalue on her favor she is capricious. 12. I expected\\nso. 13. He is a hypocrite whom you must expose.\\n14. He endeavors to catch the eye of everybody. 15. He\\nhoped you would be a witness for him in that unfortu-\\nnate circumstance. 16. The wickedness and cunning\\nof that lawyer are far beyond expression. 17. Never\\nask him here he is an eyesore to me. 18. My uncle\\nused to give me five francs a month for my petty ex-\\npenses. 19. Is it not he who defrayed the expenses of\\nyour education 20. Yes nobody has ever evinced\\nmore kindness and generosity. 21. I shall never be even\\nwith him. 22. It will be a very expensive education.", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0140.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 131\\n23. Her eyes were fairly starting out of her head with\\nsurprise. 24. You must take exception to her state-\\nments, she always runs from one extreme to the other.\\n25. It is very rude to eye people from head to foot.\\n95.\\n(Section 18.)\\n1. C est hier qu on a fait Pelection des officiers, et il\\nne tenait qu a moi d etre lieutenant. 2. Je ne Pai pas\\nvoulu pour ne pas avoir affaire au capitaine Martin, car\\nil y a trois ans nous nous sommes querelles a propos de\\nbottes. 3. II s en faut de beaucoup qu il soit aussi fier\\nque vous le pensez. 4. N allez pas donner dans ces\\nmodes-la; c est de Pextra^vagance toute pure. 5. II a\\nsu lui faire face. 6. C est vrai, ma chere niece, voila\\nde tres-belle dentelle, mais ce n est pas pour vos beaux\\nyeux. 7. II faut avoir du front pour oser se presenter\\ndans le monde apres un tel esclandre. 8. C est une\\nvraie poule mouillee que votre petit cousin il a peur de\\nson ombre. 9. C est pour la fete d hier que j avais\\ncommande cet habit reprenez-le c est de la moutarde\\napres diner. 10. II est ecrit qu on ne me laissera pas\\nune minute de repos. 11. Elle m a annonce cela a brule\\npourpoint.\\n96.\\n1. The soldiers faced the enemy bravely. 2. The\\ntroops fell into the ambuscade. 3= I am far from wish-\\ning that. 4. I must bid farewell to my sisters. 5. We\\nfailed in spite of our efforts. 6. The tiger feeds on\\nflesh. T. They felt almost offended at your remarks.\\n8. Would they really quarrel about such a trifle their", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0141.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "132 EXEKCISES.\\nfriends would be far from approving it. 9. Will that\\nwatch go too fast if I touch it 10. That dress is no\\nlonger in fashion. 11. Do you not feel reluctant to\\nspeak to him of all that 12. We would not fall into\\nthat snare so easily as you. 13. He quarrelled with his\\nfather about the lady to whom he had taken a fancy.\\n14. It will be your fault if you fail. 15. All this is\\nvery fair, but tell me the pretext of their quarrel.\\n16. She is in great fear of me. 17. Do not forget to go\\nand bid farewell to your cousin before you go. 18. My\\nwatch is too fast by five minutes. 19. For three months\\nwe were constantly on the lookout. 20. It was so dark\\nin church that we had to feel our way. 21. We were\\nso hungry that we fell upon everything we could find.\\n22. I was surprised to see them on such familiar terms.\\n23. We shall esteem it a favor if you will come and dine\\nwith us a week from to-day. 24. When will they lay\\nthe corner stone of the new city hall 25. Those flowers\\nare faded, throw them away.\\n97.\\n(Section 19.)\\n1. Ne vous attristez pas le temps va se remettre au\\nbeau; voyez, le vent emporte tons les nuages. 2. La\\npauvre fille a le coeur gros je lui ai dit que sa tante ne\\nviendrait pas la prendre cet apres-midi. 3. C est cette\\npetite affaire qui, tournant en insurrection, a mis le feu\\na toute FEurope. 4. On Tavait accuse de lachete, mais\\nil a bravement paye de sa personne dans cette bataille.\\n5. Ne me parlez pas d Honore c est un triste sire il est\\negoiste, faux et vaniteux. 6. Allez faire un petit tour\\nsur le bord de la mer, et vous verrez que votre migraine", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0142.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 133\\ns en trouvera mieux. 7. Depechez-vous de repondre a\\nsa question, ou il trouvera bien le moyen de yous laire\\nparler. 8. II s est precipite au fort de la melee, et s est\\nbattu corps a corps avec le general ennemi. 9. Est-ce\\nque vous m en voulez pour cela est-ce le calomnier\\nque de dire qu il n a pas invente la poudre 10. J^ai\\nvu passer votre frere dans son nouvel uniforme il avait\\nfort bonne mine, et j entendais dire autour de moi qu il\\netait beau comme un astre. 11. Si vous allez repeter\\ncette liistoire a tout bout de champ, vous vous en mordrez\\nles doigts, c est moi qui vous le predis.\\n98.\\n1. Henry is a good fellow, but his brother is a bad\\nfellow. 2. Come and take her for a walk, then go and\\nfetch the doctor. 3. When it is fine again, we shall\\ngo. 4. Do not set fire to that paper. 5. If you drink\\ntwo or three glasses of that water every morning, you\\nwill find yourself much the better for it. 6. Kow she\\nfeels sick at heart, because the money is lost. 7. Your\\nbrother always has his French lesson at his lingers\\nends. 8. Will he not go and bring me the book I spoke\\nof 9. Xo, he will take it amiss if you ask it again.\\n10. All those reproaches are unjust, I don t care a fig\\nfor them. 11. We fcfund it worth our while to sell\\nour land. 12. I fear they may set fire to the house.\\n13. Come and fetch me at half-past two. 14. What\\nwould you do if she suddenly felt sick 15. Be a good\\nfellow and write your exercise. 16. You should go and\\ntake a walk when the weather is so fine. 17. It has\\njust rained, but the weather has set in fine again. 18. Do\\nnot go she is better. 19. They wasted the western", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0143.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "134 EXERCISES.\\nprovinces by fire and sword. 20. Pray do not take it\\namiss if I do not go out with you I must not. 21. Shall\\nyou find it worth while to stand in line for an hour and\\na half 22. During the sermon you could have heard\\na pin drop. 23. Say what you will^ but you know that\\nyour hands are not fettered. 24. I had no money about\\nme, consequently there was no book to be had. 25. We\\nare very far from being ready to start.\\n99.\\n(Section 20.)\\n1. Si c est pour rire que vous Favez fait, je vous par-\\ndonne, mais que je ne vous y reprenne plus. 2. Tout ce\\nque je desire maintenant, c est qu il me fasse parvenir ce\\npaquet au moins une heure avant mon depart. 3. Je\\nm etonne que ses parents le laissent s etablir; il va\\nmanger toute sa fortune, il ne voit pas plus loin que son\\nnez. 4. Si vous persistez encore quelques semaines\\ndans vos bonnes resolutions, vous recueillerez les fruits\\nde votre perseverance. 5. Comment c est a ce pauvre\\ngarcon que vous en voulez, mais il se mettrait au feu\\npour vous 6. II faut pourtant que cela finisse; je vais\\naller trouver votre frere et le mettre au pied du mur.\\n7. Si vous lui laissez prendre tant de libertes, bientot il\\nvous manger a la laine sur le dos. 8. Le pauvre gargon\\nest malheureux, mais il fait contre fortune bon coeur.\\n9. Ce qu il y a de bon avec vous autres Anglais, c est\\nqu on a toujours son franc parler. 10. II gele a pierre\\nfendre depuis hier matin; je suis sur que la riviere est\\ndeja prise. 11. A Pavenir vous aurez soin de le payer\\nrubis sur Pongle; n oubliez pas que les bons comptes\\nfont les bons amis.", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0144.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 135\\n100.\\n1. He fired at liim at once. 2. Yes^ but the other\\nheld firm. 3. At first he expected to frighten hira.\\n4. I thought he was doing it for fun. 5. AYill you not\\nmake friends with us before leaving 6. If it is foggy\\nin the morning, we shall not go. 7. We are extremely\\nfond of music. 8. His laugh is forced. 9. I know you\\nare doing it for fun, but you are frightening her to death.\\n10. It is for fun they did it. 11. That hat does noj: fit\\nyou at all. 12. I liked that preacher from the very\\nfirst he is so free from affectation. 13. ISTever ridicule\\nold age or infirmity. 14. He was passionately fond of\\nhis children. 15. For all that he often frightened them,\\nand would never make friends with his daughter who\\nhad left his house. 16. Will you hold that ladder firm\\ntill I come down 17. Here is the small sum I owed\\nyou, now we are quits and friends. 18. Allow me to say\\nthis is not done like a friend, and that I am astonished\\nat your conduct. 19. I heard my father say, that the\\nreading of that book was forbidden by the Church.\\n20. He succeeds in everything because he always takes\\ntime by the forelock. 21. The library, the kitchen, and\\nthe dining-room are all on the same floor I wish it\\ncould be otherwise. 22. T shall never forget as long as\\nI live how he fretted alid fumed when he heard that his\\nbrother was trying to pass himself off for a marquis.\\n23. It will be better to say nothing about that. 24. The\\npoor woman missed her footing and fell the whole length\\nof the stairs. 25. I hope that in future you will try to\\nforget and forgive. 26. The tailor has just sent his\\nnew coat, and it fits like a glove, but it does not follow\\nthat he will be suited.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0145.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "136 EXERCISES.\\n101.\\n(Section 21.)\\n1. Cette robe que vous trouvez si chere, je vous la\\nferai avoir presque pour rien. 2. EUe s en est fort bien\\ntiree qu en pensez-vous 3. C est un liomme qui sait\\nvivre, on voit qu il a frequente le meilleur monde. 4. Le\\nmoyen de se defaire d\\\\in ennemi est d^en faire un ami.\\n6. II faudra que je me fasse faire deux ou trois paires\\nde chaussures avant de me mettre en voyage. 6. Eh\\nbien^ M. votre pere vous a bien gronde, n est-ce pas\\nvoila ce que c est que d etre paresseux. 7. J ai envie\\nde partir avec ce monsieur pour Paris il me promet\\nmonts et merveilles. 8. Oui, attendez-vous-y! 9. Que\\ndesirez-vous, demandait Alexandre a Diogene que vous\\nvous otiez de devant mon soleil, repondit le philosophe.\\n10. Cette litterature me semblait d abord triste, froide\\net monotone, mais maintenant j y prends gout. 11. Voici\\ndeja trois heures qui sonnent je vais etre en retard\\npour mon rendez-vous; adieu, je me sauve.\\n102.\\n1. He is quite a gentleman. 2. I shall get that place\\nfor you if we are not too late. 3. You will not gain\\nyour point at the very first. 4. Your brother set out\\nlast night for England, did he not I hope he will gain\\nhis object. 5. I got home rather late, and found the\\ndoor shut. 6. We get on slowly. He will never\\nmake his way in the world. 7. Yes, I am beginning\\nto get rich. 8. If you can get me that situation,\\nI will give you five hundred francs. 9. Get rid of that\\ndog he does nothing but bark the whole night. 10. Let", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0146.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 137\\nas go away it is getting late. 11. Of whom are you\\nmaking game 12. His coat got torn in the wood.\\n13. That novel gets more and more interesting. 14. Do\\nyon know your friend has got on very well 15. Get\\non if you always stop, we shall never arrive. 16. Your\\nhead is so large that you should order a hat for yourself.\\n17. Get a third class ticket for me, and get into the\\ntrain quickly, it will leave immediately. 18. She is\\ngetting melancholy. 19. The goods got damaged by\\nfire. 20. She gained her point by using the greatest\\nprudence. 21. I am happy to hear you got clear of\\nthat difficulty. 22. Do take pity on that wretched dog\\nand give him something to eat. 23. Something good\\nmust have happened, for you are as gay as a lark to-day.\\n24. It has been so cold here that the river is frozen\\nover. 25. We can almost see that plant grow from one\\nday to another.\\n103.\\n(Section 22.)\\n1. Otez-vous de la, s il vous plait; c est ma place.\\n2. Un Spartiate etait puni s il se livrait aux plaisirs de\\nla table. 3. Vous ne asuriez croire a combien de sup-\\npositions, d inventions, de calomnies et de mensonges ce\\nbrusque depart a donne lieu. 4. Est-ce que vous croyez\\nque je me tiens pour battu parce que vous me refusez\\nvotre appui 5. Quand on a de Pesprit, on se tire\\nd affaire. 6. S il continue a m impatienter de la sorte,\\nje lui donnerai du fil a retordre, qu il y compte 7. II\\nme semble que c est s arreter en beau chemin. 8. S il\\nose jamais vous reprocher la lettre que vous lui avez\\necrite, c est moi qui lui dirai son fait. 9. Les amis que", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0147.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "138 EXERCISES.\\nvous vous etes faits dans la prosperite ne vous serviront\\npas tons dans le malhenr. 10. II a vonln me dorer la\\npilnle, mais j ai compris TafEaire dii premier conp. 11. II\\nm est impossible de deviner je jette ma langne aux\\ncliiens. 12. Le professeur nous a tons tances d impor-\\ntance, ancun de nous n avait fini ses devoirs.\\n104.\\n1. My annt gives an evening party on Tlinrsday.\\n2. Did yon give him occasion to find fault with your\\nconduct 3. How stout you are getting 4. On her\\nreturn, her mamma gave her a long lecture. 5. Get out\\nof the way immediately. 6. He promised to give us an\\naccount of all that has passed. 7. Will you give us an\\naccount of your adventures in California? 8. I must\\ngive in my account once a^ month. 9. It is easier to\\nget into a scra^oe than to get out of it. 10. Do you give\\ncredit to all he tells you 11. Do not give him occasion\\nto give you a lecture. 12. His going away will give\\nrise to evil reports. 13. Since his death she has given\\nherself up to despair. 14. I shall give an evening party\\non my birthday. 15. The affair is getting more confused\\nevery day you had better give it up. 16. His farmers\\nused to give in their accounts twice a year. 17. Every\\nnight I gave her an account of what I had heard. 18. On\\nreceipt of the money, he will give himself up to every\\nkind of extravagance. 19. If you give up such a promis-\\ning affair, what will people think of you 20. By so\\ndoing you gave her the advantage over you. 21. Your\\nfather is most generous, he gives largely to all the needy.\\n22. We start on our journey the 16th of August, and we\\nreturn sometime in the winter. 23. You would hardly", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0148.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 139\\nbelieve the pleasure it gave me to see them all so well\\nand prosperous. 24. I was very near falling into the\\nriver. 25. People who are always finding fault with\\neverything are very tiresome.\\n105.\\n(Section 23.)\\n1. Ne vous fiez pas tant a ses belles manieres elle\\ns, est oubliee, I autre jour, jusqu a me reprocher les cinq\\nlivres que j ai voulu lui emprunter et qu elle ne m a pas\\npretees. 2. Xe viendrez-vous pas au-devant de moi\\nquand j irai vous voir 3. Elle avait deux milles a\\nfaire a pied tous les soirs et tous les matins. 4. Quand\\nil se laisse aller a la colere, il ne se possede plus, il est\\ncomme enrage. 5. Xous etions vingt-cinq ou trente, et\\nnous avons tous bu dans le meme verre. 6. Voyez\\ncomme les petites filles sont naturellement coquettes\\nvoila la troisieme f ois que cette enfant va se mirer depuis\\nun quart d heure. 7. Louis et Gustave sont comme les\\ndeux doigts de la main il n y a rien de tel qu un mal-\\nheur commun pour vous rendre amis intimes. 8. Com-\\nment a-t-il ose se presenter chez son pere, dites-vous\\nparce qu il salt que son pere ne pent se passer de lui.\\n9. Yous avez beau vous moquer de moi, j ai dit que\\nje lirais toute THist^ire de TEurope, et je ne m en\\ndedirai pas. 10. Je vols, mon cher Monsieur, que vous\\nvous abandonnez facilement a vos passions; cela vous\\nmenera loin. 11. Devinez qui s est approche de moi\\ndans le pare avec I intention evidente de me parler je\\nvous le donne en cent. 12. Vous pouvez vous her a ses\\npromesses, c est de Tor en barre. 13. Yous allez au\\ndevant de mon amie, c est tres aimable de votre part.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0149.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "140 EXERCISES.\\n106.\\n1. I was going on sure grounds when I said that.\\n2. Never give way to your passions. 3. She went a\\nmile of the way with me. 4. The}^ gave no credit to\\nhis assertions. 5. Go to your cousin and invite her to\\ncome here. 6. Don t ask him anything^ he is not worth\\na groat. 7. I was glad to hear of your safe arrival at\\nRotterdam. 8. While I was going up stairs I heard\\na knock at the door. 9. They go along without stopping\\nanywhere. 10. I used to go for my cousin every day.\\n11. Do you go so far as to say that to me, sir 12. I\\nshould go to my uncle s to-morrow if I were asked.\\n13. I shall go the whole ten miles with you. 14. We\\nwere falling short of provisions, when 8000 men came\\nto the rescue of the town. 15. Go down stairs and tell\\nthe cook I want her. 16. It would be of no ava,il;\\nhe would go on in the same way. 17. Since your\\nbrother played me that trick, I have owed him a grudge.\\n18. Will you go to your mother with a message from\\nme 19. You might go for a chair for me. 20. That\\nis just what he glories in. 21. I was always glad to\\nhear that she was coming to see us. 22. I went to meet\\nmy brother at the station. 23. Here is that precious\\nbonbon box which you had given up for lost some time\\nyou will learn not to grieve for trifles. 24. He used to\\nbe a fine cabinet maker, but now he is growing old.\\n25. It grieves me to tell you that she played truant.\\n107.\\n(Section 24.)\\n1. II a perdu sa place, il fait pitie a present, il vit an\\njour le jour. 2. Je n y suis pas encore, vous feriez", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0150.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 141\\nmieux de me le dire sans plus de delai. 3. Vous n y\\netes pas, vous en etes a cent lieues. 4. Ce n est pas a\\nmoi qu il faut vous plaindre de votre mesaventure^ je\\nn y suis pour rien. 5. J ai failli avoir le pied ecrase\\npar une roue de voiture il ne s en est j)^s fallu de\\nI epaisseur d un clieveu. 6. Je crois qu il est a Paris\\net que son oncle le mene un pen rondement. 7. II ne\\nfaut pas lui laisser prendre ce mauvais pli; corrigez-le\\na temps. 8. S ll venait avec moi, il m ennuierait de ses\\nsottes questions tout le long du chemin; je ne veux pas\\nde lui. 9. C est tres-facile jusqu a present, mais, quand\\nvous en viendrez aux verbes, vous m en direz des nou-\\nvelles c est la que je vous attends. 10. Si vous n etes\\npour rien dans cette mallieureuse affaire, je me fais fort\\nde vous faire avoir la place que vous sollicitez. 11. Sa\\nliberte ne tient plus qu a un fil si vous me donnez un\\ncoup de main, a nous deux nous obtiendrons sa grace\\navant un mois. 12. Voulez-vous bien vous taire avec\\ntoutes ces horribles histoires vous me faites dresser\\nles cheveux sur la tete.\\n108.\\n1. I am in the habit of writing two hours daily. 2. If\\nhe happens to know that you came with me, he will be\\nvery angry. 3. I was hardly able to believe what he\\nsaid. 4. They had difficulty in believing him. 5. You\\nhave guessed rightly; you have it now. 6. The best\\nthing we can do is to set out at once. 7. They had\\nbetter tell the truth. 8. Beware of these two swindlers,\\nthey go hand in hand. 9. You would have done better\\nto do without it. 10. I have it, I know how to manage\\nhim now. 11. How does it happen that you did not\\ngo to meet your mother 12. It hurts me to see you", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0151.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "142 EXERCISES.\\nsuffer so. 13. The best thing these gentlemen can do\\nis to be quiet. 14. The tears were in her eyes when she\\nshook hands with me. 15. I will have no hand in it,\\nI assure you. 16. He has too much on his hands at\\npresent. 17. Eorgive me. I meant no harm. 18. You\\ncould hardly be ready in time. 19. I shall have my\\nhair cut. 20. He has it he has found out the reason.\\n21. Unless he has it on good authority, he will not be-\\nlieve it. 22. What do think it will be best for me to\\ndo? 23. You ask if they are on friendly terms now;\\nI should say so, they are hand in glove. 24. When he\\nfound how he had been imposed upon by that swindler,\\nhe tore his hair with rage. 25. Ko, you have not guessed\\nright yet, you are very far from it.\\n109.\\n(Section 25.)\\n1. II faut battre le fer quand il est chaud. 2. Quelle\\nidee s est-elle mise en tete de partir ainsi a Timproviste\\n3. Courez apres lui, vous le rattraperez; il ne fait que\\nde partir. 4. La fatale nouvelle nous est arrivee comme\\nnous sortions de table. 5. Je lui en toucherai deux\\nmots ce soir. 6. Vous avez mis le doigt dessus; c est\\nbien la la cause de son eloignement pour lui. 7. EUe\\nme Ta fait entendre ce matin d\\\\uie maniere a ne pas m y\\ntromper. 8. Aussitot qu il a vu son pere, il a pris ses\\njambes a son cou. 9. II y a vraiment de quoi se facher\\nquand on voit une pareille lettre Qa n a ni queue ni\\ntete. 10. Que voulez-vous qu on y fasse s il veut\\nabsolument partir, laissez-le faire. 11. Un peu de pa-\\ntience, s il vous plait; il me semble que vous y allez bien\\na la legere.", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0152.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 143\\n110.\\n1. 1 think you have something to do with it. 2. With\\nwhom have you to do 3. He will have heard from\\nthem by this time. 4. Have you heard that the queen\\nis coming 5. Should we not be too warm there\\n6. If she takes it into her head to stay at home, we shall\\nbe very glad. 7. It would be very hot in this room if\\nthe windows were not open. 8. They had but just dined\\nwhen she came in. 9. We should have heard the news\\nby this time. 10. Had you not just called at their\\nhouse? 11. I have but just arrived from Paris. 12. AYill\\nyou give me a hint what I ought to do 13. They can-\\nnot come with us, they have company to-night. 14. They\\nhave heard it said that he is a bankrupt. 15. We have\\nnever heard it said. 16. We should be too hungry if\\nwe waited till ten o clock. 17. I had heard that said\\nby his enemies. 18. He hurt my arm with his cane.\\n19. And everybody spoke so highly of him I presume\\nthe family will try to hush up the affair. 20. I could\\nnot help saying: Heaven forbid that he should have\\ndesigns on your position 21. There was a very full\\nhouse at the concert last night. 22. I told her there\\nwas no hurry about finishing that dress, because it\\ngrieved me to see her look so ilL 23. Last Shrove Tues-\\nday he disguised himself as a minstrel, and had great\\nsuccess. 24. How cah we help it, if he takes it into\\nhis head to go 26. Did you enjoy the country last\\nsummer\\n111.\\n(Section 26.)\\n1. On vous a jete de la poudre aux yeux, et on vous a\\nfait accroire tout ce qu on a voulu. 2. Si vous tenez", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0153.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "144 EXERCISES.\\nabsolument a kii reprocher son inconduite, prenez bien\\ngarde de I offenser il a la tete pres du bonnet. 3. Je\\nvous ferai bien avoir cette affaire^ si vous j tenez. 4. lis\\ns en sont joliment donne; ils n ont fait qne jouer toute\\nla journee c etait a qui se ferait le plus de niches.\\n5. Vous ne pouvez pas vous faire une idee du monde qui\\nse pressait autour de ce charlatan, 6. Auriez-vous la\\nbonte dialler a vos heures perdues prendre quelques\\nrenseignements sur ce jeune. homme 7. C est une\\nguerre a coup d epingles qu on vous fait depuis trois ans.\\n8. Je vous accompagnerais bien volontiers a Paris^~ si\\nvous ne me trouviez pas de trop. 9. Le monsieur dont\\nvous parlez est fort a son aise. il vit de ses rentes.\\n10. Vous oubliez que c est a ma mere que vous etes\\nredevable de la position que vous occupez. 11. Pour\\npen que vous insistiez avec politesse, vous le mettrez\\ncertainement dans vos interets.\\n112.\\n1. He is not inclined to go there^ yet if he stays a\\nlittle while, that will please them. 2. I have no intention\\nof injuring him. 3. Do you not intend to return that\\nbook 4. If they had rema^ined but a little longer, they\\nwould have seen the review. 6. If she were -not so hard\\nof hearing as she is, they would not so easily impose on\\nher. 6. Do you believe I shall remain inactive all day\\n7. Do not fear to apply to him he will be indefatigable\\nin his efforts for you. 8. They have foolishly incurred\\nthat reproach. 9. I will thank you to make some\\ninquiries about her. 10. Let us inquire into that story.\\n11. We will introduce you to him, if you wish. 12. Is\\nit not he who attends to your interest Then I may", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0154.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 145\\nrely upon him. 13. You must not interrupt me so.\\n14. She improves in her studies^ but not in her manners\\nshe is very impudent. 15. It has been hard to find him\\nat home, he is in and out all day long. 16. If you feel\\nlike it, do come with us to that picnic. 17. Shall I\\nintrude if I ask to accompany you on that walk 18. I\\nhave known him for a long time, he always works like\\nthat, without intermission. 19. Everything is topsy-\\nturvy in this room, even the table cover is wrong side\\nout. 20. She plays on the harp only when she feels\\nlike it. 21. You will have to play cards every evening,\\nyou might as well be resigned to it. 22. It is time indeed\\nto begin, for I have a lot of things to do. 23. I live in\\nthe country and I enjoy it very much. 24. We had a\\nlovely time at your uncle s house we were treated like\\nprinces. 25. He called me a good-for-nothing fellow.\\n113.\\n(Section 27.)\\n1. Pardonnez-moi, Monsieur, je crois que vous ne vous\\nconnaissez guere en peinture. 2. Les domains avaient\\nun excellent proverbe Que le savetier s en tienne a\\nsa savate 3. Ayez bien soin de me faire dire le jour\\net Fheure de votre depart. 4. Vous pouvez y compter,\\nmais, de votre cote, ne me faites pas attendre. 5. EUe\\nn est pas si sotte que de partir a votre insu. 6. Je le\\nconnais de longue main; il veut toujours en faire a sa\\ntete, mais il s en mordra les pouces. 7. Continiiez\\nd ecrire; pendant ce temps je leur conterai la petite\\nhistoire que j ai gardee pour la bonne bouche. 8. Est-il\\nbien vrai qu il roule maintenant carrosse ce n est pas\\npour rire que vous dites cela 9. Je le reconnais a sa\\nL", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0155.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "146 EXERCISES.\\nvoix c est lui gardez votre sang-froid. 10. Seriez-vous\\nassez bon pour lui dire cela de ma part 11. II a,\\ndit-on, trois domestiques maintenant, et hier il avait a\\npeine de quoi vivre. 12. lis ne se feront pas faute de\\nprofiter de la bonne occasion qui se presente.\\n114.\\n1. Would you be so kind as to ring the bell to let him\\nknow that she is coming. 2. Are 3^ou not joking in\\nsaying that you are going to take a journey into Spain?\\n3. They know how to take a jest^ don t they? 4. Are\\nyou a judge of music 5. I know it thoroughly. 6. He\\nsays just as you (say). 7. Did you not tell me you\\nknew that gentleman? I know him by sight only.\\n8. l^hey have had the kindness to let me know their\\nplans in time. 9. We shall keep them waiting till we\\nare ready. 10. If your watch keeps time better than\\nmine, will you tell me what o clock it is 11. Did you\\ndo it without the knowledge of your father 12. She\\nknows better than you think. 13. Be kind to the\\norphans. 14. They will begin their journey to-morrow\\nmorning. 15. Keep to that, and don t lose your wits.\\n16. If any one understands the art of killing two birds\\nwith one stone, it is you. 17. Hurry up, and tell me\\nall about it, you are killing me by inches with your\\nhesitation. 18. John went back on his resolution in the\\nmost absurd way. 19. He spent the greater part of\\nhis money in no time at all, and for trifles. 20. We\\ngave the poor animal the finishing stroke, there was\\nnothing else to do. 21. We escaped under cover of the\\nnight. 22. I was out of all patience with the blustering\\nof that fire-eater. 23. He s a tremendous eater, although", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0156.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 147\\nhe s as thin as a rail. 24. Your maid is exceedingly\\nneat in her dress. 25. Do not keep me waiting, please.\\n115.\\n(Section 28.)\\n1. Jean, si Ton rit et si I on fait du bruit, c est a vous\\nque je m en prendrai. 2. J ai pense tomber. 3. Est-ce\\nla tout ce qu il vous reste, 3 fr. 35 cent 4. iSTous avons\\ntons failli perir dans le port. 5. Les deux freres sont\\njumeaux et se ressemblent comnie deux gouttes d eau.\\n6. Quant a elle, eile vivote comme elle pent elle a bien\\nde la peine a joindre les deux bouts ensemble. 7. Mourir\\npour mourir, il vaut mieux mourir en combattant qu en\\nf uyant. 8. Yous y reconnaissez-vous maintenant voyez-\\nvous ou vous etes Pas le moins du monde. 9. Passe\\npour cette fois, mais tachez qu on ne vous y revoie plus.\\n10. Je ne voudrais pas, pour tout au monde, preter a\\nrire a ces deux filles elles sont trop malignes. 11. Yous\\nriez jaune, M. I usurier je parie dix contre un qu on\\nYOUS a paye en monnaie de singe. 12. Je vous conseille\\nde garder une poire pour la soif et de n^y toucher qu^a\\nla derniere extremite.\\n116.\\n1. It was broad daylight this morning at five o clock.\\n2. AYell, he will leave you in the lurch. 3. The room\\nwas about twelve yards in length by eight in breadth.\\n4. I have only nine pounds left. 5. If you do not\\nsucceed, my dear sir, do not lay it to me. 6. He will\\nleave it to you, so do just as you please. 7. I think she\\nwill lay the cloth in the parlor. 8. They were like to\\nfall from the mast. 9. I shall only have six days left", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0157.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "148 EXERCISES.\\nto wait. 10. I was like to laugh in his face. 11. Let\\nmy papers alone you will put them in disorder. 12. It\\nwas not daylight when she let the dog out. 13. She\\nlaughed in the face of the people when they tried to\\nthrow the blame on her. 14. They have three horses left.\\n15. Do not speak to him leave him alone. 16. They\\nwere like to die of sea-sickness. 17. He reproached\\nme for having been laid up for a week. 18. Never\\nmind don t pay attention to what he says. 19. He\\nleft no stone unturned to gain his ends. 20. You must\\nacknowledge that he led a fast life. 21. Set that bird\\nfree^ please, even if Mary does not like it. 22. During\\nhis lifetime, he was only too inclined to resist his father.\\n23. Don t you consider that servant faithful 24. We\\nhad almost lost our wits, our imaginations were haunted\\nwith all sorts of misgivings. 25. He was sincere when\\nhe took the opposite stand under the late government.\\n117.\\n(Section 29.)\\n1. La paresse chemine si lentement que la pauvrete\\nne tarde pas a Tatteindre. 2. Que vous avez tarde a\\nvenir 3. Qu il a Pair bete 4. Si vous pouvez, Mon-\\nsieur, me preter un pen d argent, tant soit pen, je vous\\nen serai reconnaissant toute ma vie. 5. Je vous reconnais\\nbien la; toutes les fois que je vous vois, c est la meme\\nchanson. 6. Si le coeur vous en dit, nous irons passer\\nle reste de la journee a Versailles. 7. Attendez un\\nmoment que ie jette ce mot a la poste, et je suis a vous.\\n8. Au lieu de mettre mon argent sous clef, j ai prie la\\nmaitresse de Thotel de vouloir bien me le garder. 9. II\\ngagne sa vie selon toute apparence. 10. Je vous en", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0158.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 149\\nclemanderai an fur et a mesure que j en aurai besoin.\\n11. Vous me manquez de plus eu plus chaque jour.\\n118.\\n1. She looks sulky to-day. 2. Does your father look\\nas well as usual 3. They all look sickly. 4. I long\\nto see them all. 5. They are very long in coming.\\n6. Your brother listens to reason, but you do not. 7. I\\nshould like to know who told you that, f or it is not likely\\nthat they can come so soon. 8. We once lived close by.\\n9. You look as if you had a headache. 10. She looked\\nvery well when I saw her last. 11. He was longing to\\nsee his mother;, well she will not be long in coming.\\n12. It is not likely that it will be fine weather to-morrow,\\nit is so foggy to-day. 13. Will you listen to reason or\\nnot 14. He appears (to be a) rich (man). 15. How\\nlong will it be before you are ready 16. If you are\\nlong in going out, you will lose sight of her. 17. They\\nlook as if they were coming this way. 18. You must\\nhave missed your sister very much during that long\\nabsence. 19. This constant hubbub becomes unendurable\\nin the long run. 20. I almost missed the ten twenty\\ntrain to Boston. 21. Much good it would do you to try\\nand put a stop to it. 22. Truth is sometimes disagree-\\nable to hear. 23. I cannot tell you how much we missed\\nyou. 24. Most things have a comical side to them.\\n25. I am so tired of that everlasting song.\\n119.\\n(Section 30.)\\n1. Je crois que deux de vos fenetres donnent sur le\\npare vous devez avoir de la une fort belle vue. 2. Quelle", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0159.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "150 EXERCISES.\\nfete je me fais de vous avoir chez nous tout Tete 3. Je\\nne me fie pas beaucoup a cet Individ u, ne le perdez pas\\nde vue. 4. Tout a cou]p il n a plus, su que dire et est\\nrest-e bouche beante. 5. Allez faire un tour, vous n etes\\npas en veine. 6. Quelle fete nous nous faisions de la\\nvoir cet ete, et quel desappointement 7. Tons ces\\ngens-la se sont depuis longtemps perdus de reputation,\\nne remettez plus les pieds chez eux. 8. II la croit sotte,\\net moi je lui trouve un air fort eveille. 9. Vous en etes\\npour votre argent, et moi pour ma place. 10. Que veut-il\\ndone dire avec cette lettre je n y comprends plus rien\\nje m y perds. 11. Malgre mon guignon, je ne me tiens\\npas encore pour batta; allez toujours.\\n120.\\n1. She will look after the house and bring him good\\nluck. 2. If your parasol has not yet been returned,^^\\nyou may give it up for lost. 3. I shall look in on my\\nway to the station. 4. Has he not ruined his reputation\\n5. I knew that she was looking forward with pleasure\\nto our visit. 6, Don t lose sight of him I am afraid\\nhe will rob you. 7. He who is lucky at cards is unlucky\\nin marriage. 8. You lose your temper for nothing.\\n9. Be kind enough to look after my dog when I am\\naway. 10. Are you not looking forward with pleasure\\nto hearing soon from your father 11. I shall try to\\nfind a house which looks toward the hills. 12. When\\nhe meets me, he is at a loss what to say. 13. Don t look\\nany more for it; it is evidently lost. 14. When one\\nspeaks to him, he loses his self-possession. 15. The loss\\nI have sustained is not very considerable. 16. Now\\nthat his partner is dead, he is at a loss what to do.", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0160.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 151\\n17. He who looks for perfect happiness in this world,\\nis mistaken. 18. Look to that, if you please. 19. He\\nhad warned us that he wanted to go to the war, and he\\ndid go in good earnest. 20. Your mother always sees\\neverything in a favorable light. 21. Gently, gently,\\ndon t go so fast. 22. You had a narrow escape when\\nthat boat took lire. 23. He had promised never to\\ngamble, but he has begun again worse than ever. 24. You\\nshould not have given her the slip when you were invited\\nthere to dinner. 2o. I did not do it purposely. 26. We\\nare all looking forward to your visit with the greatest\\npleasure.\\n121.\\n(Section 31.)\\n1. On ne pourra se servir de cet ouvrage sans une\\ntable des matieres exacte et methodique. 2. Faites-lui\\nplace pres de vous, et reconciliez-vous tout de suite.\\n3. Si vous faites tant d^embarras, vous ne pourrez jamais\\ntirer parti de vos talents. 4. Le chagrin Pa rendu vieux\\navant la vieillesse. 5. N allez pas faire un coup de tete\\na Paris soyez bien sage et ecrivez-nous. 6. On les a\\nextermines les uns apres les autres ils y ont passe tons\\njusqu au dernier. 7. J enrage de penser que mon coquin\\nde neveu a encore fait des siennes. 8. Vous voyez que\\nmaintenant je parle Italien; je Testropie bien un pen,\\nmais cela va tout de meme. 9. C est un homme\\ncomme on n en voit guere il a fort habilement mene\\nsa barque par une mer tres-difficile. 10. II faut que\\nces gens-la aient perdu la tete comment ont-ils pu\\navancer de I argent a un homme qu ils ne connaissaient\\nni d Eve ni d Adarn 11. Qu ils s arrangent c est leur\\naffaire", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0161.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "152 EXERCISES.\\n122.\\n1. Make use of this towel to dry your face. 2. I have\\nmade up my mind to return home, and make up for my\\nfault by obeying my father in future. 3. They make it\\ntheir duty to listen to him always. 4. I cannot make\\nout what she means. 5. Guess what I have in my hand.\\n6. If you will not make use of this opportunity, the fault\\nwill be all your own. 7. If you will make room for me\\nbeside you, I will explain to you what I mean. 8. I\\nam told you have again done a crazy thing. 9. You\\nmust buy her a watch to make up for the one you\\nlost. 10. If she makes too much of him, she will spoil\\nhim. 11. I made her happy by saying that you were well.\\n12. We shall make up our minds after having seen the\\ngoods. 13. My child, you must try to make the best\\nof the education I have given you. 14. We shall manage\\nso that he vdll know nothing of it. 15. As soon as he\\nsaw you, he made off. 16. He has made it up with\\nhis brother after a long separation. 17. What a fuss\\nhe is making 18. They would not make way for that\\ncarriage. 19. All men are likely to make mistakes.\\n20. This man is very ill if he should be taken away, his\\nfamily would be ruined. 21. He has virtues and learn-\\ning, but he is deficient in politeness. 22. Your pretty\\nlittle manners will not fail to strike them. 23. He lacked\\nmoney because work failed. 24. Three of my best books\\nare missing. 25. I missed my footing and fell my whole\\nlength on the sidewalk.\\n123.\\n(Section 32.)\\n1. J^ai bien envie de partir avec lui, mais, si je le\\npropose, je suis presque certain d^essuyer un refus.", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0162.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 153\\n2. An milieu cle ce grand monde on yous allez vivre,\\nfaites bien attention a votre conduite^ car tout le monde\\naura les yeux sur vous. 3. Prenez garde de rien dire\\nqui nuise a vos amis. 4. Est-ce bien la ce que vous\\navez voulu dire? 5. Je n ai fait que dire un mot, et\\nelle s est mise a fondre en larmes. 6. Que ne lui dites-\\nvous votre facon de penser? vous verrez qu il vous en\\nsaura gre. 7. Nous nous etions dispute tres-vivement\\nla veille, et le lendemain il est venu me serrer la main\\ncomme si de rien n etait. 8. Cela n^etonne que vous\\nvous mesurez tout le monde a votre aune. 9. Je parti-\\nrais bien volontiers avec vous, si j avals Fesprit tran-\\nquille sur cette petite somme que je dois payer demain.\\n10. Qu a cela ne tienne, j aurai beaucoup de plaisir a vous\\navancer ce qu il vous faudra pour faire face a vos engage-\\nments. 11. Qu a-t-elle done pour etre si gale\\n124.\\n1. If he v/ere polite, lie would not have taken French\\nleave. 2. What^^ ails you? 3. What is the matter\\nin question? It is no business of yours, upon the\\nwhole. 4. As matters stand, I advise you as a friend\\nnot to meddle with it. 5. Mind you don t fall in going\\ndownstairs. 6. He changed his mind on that subject.\\n7. What do you mea^i? I mean that you are wrong\\nand that you do not know your own mind. 8. Pay no\\nattention to his demand. 9. At any rate, speak your\\nmind freely, but not before them they are deceitful.\\n10. Have you a mind to go for a walk 11. It is all\\none to me. 12. I do not know what was the matter with\\nhim. 13. He had a great mind to call for them, and\\nask what they meant. 14. I merely took it into my", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0163.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "154 EXERCISES.\\nhand to look at it it is not worth talking about. 15. Is\\nthat what you meant 16. I have a mind to go to hear\\nthat sermon. 17. I met her in the street as I was com-\\ning here. 18. You make my mouth water. 19. This\\ngentleman means better than you think. 20. You will\\nbear in mind to tell him that we reckon upon him for\\nthat affair. 21. Elizabeth bore malice toward Mary for\\ntwenty years. 22. Within the memory of man there\\nnever was such a strike. 23. You can never dispossess\\nme of the idea that she was deeply involved in that\\nmiserable affair. 24. He is as mad as a March hare;\\nin the middle of the winter he goes about bareheaded.\\n25. He was chopping wood with all his might.\\n125.\\n(Section 33.)\\n1. Auriez-vous la bonte de me dire le quantieme du\\nmois 2. Si nous sommes au 13^ c est apres-demain que je\\nvais toucher nion mois. 3. Oui, mais nous recevons un\\na-compte tons les mois. 4. II a pris cela pour de 1 argent\\ncomptant. 5. Tachez de tirer parti de Peducation que\\nvous avez rcQue. 6. Si vous vous deiiez toujours de vos\\nforces, vous n arriverez jamais a rien. 7. Je pense bien\\nqu^il voudra de Targent comptant, il ne pent pas faire\\ncredit. 8. Est-ce que vous prenez pour argent comptant\\ntoutes les nouvelles qu il fait courir 9. II fallait voir\\nces deux femmes se disputer, c etait impayable. 10. Ses\\nprom esses ne me touchent pas plus que ses menaces\\nautant en emporte le vent. 11. Je crois que monsieur\\naime a rire, et qu il veut, com me on dit vulgairement,\\nnous faire voir des etoiles en plein midi. 12. C est de\\nrigueur, et il n y a la aiicun mystere.", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0164.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 155\\n126.\\n1. Formerly you paid everything ready money, but\\nnow you are always short of money. 2. It is too much\\nto think that I shall do all your work. 3. Don t be\\nafraid; they will not mistake you for him, and if you\\nhope to deceive them, you are mistaken. 4. It is\\nrather too much to say that I interfere in your affairs.\\n5. I have just changed my mind it is too muddy to\\ngo out. 6. I have a mind to pay every one ready money.\\n7. Have you received the money which you expected?\\n8. Guess how much he was mistaken in his calcula-\\ntion. 9. He never mistrusts what he says, nor does he\\nthink that you have made a mistake. 10. It grieved\\nme to see that poor old man mourning for the death of\\nhis son. 11. During the whole ceremony I did nothing\\nbut dream about the news I had just received. 12. Can\\nyou tell me what day of the month it is 13. Do not\\nmistake rudeness for frankness. 14. Ought he not to\\nmake the most of his talents 15. We should get it for\\nmuch less. 16. Is it not too muddy to go there on foot\\n17. Put aside the question of money no more of it.\\n18. You say that you mistrust me, but I will pay you\\nready money. 19. Yes, by all means. 20. We will\\nmove into that old house next September. 21. The\\nindustry of man keeps pace with his wants. 22. La\\nFontaine has very truly said, ^^The reason of the\\nstrongest is always the best. 23. This child hardly\\nstirs, while her sister is always on the move. 24. Do,\\nplease, tell me all about that affair, in your leisure\\nmoments. 25. He changes his residence too often a\\nrolling stone gathers no moss. 26. People mistake me\\nfor my sister, yet she is fair, while I am dark.", "height": "4257", "width": "2697", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0165.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "156 EXERCISES.\\n127.\\n(Section 34.)\\n1. J ai beau lui refuser de I argent cliaqiie fois que\\nje lui ecris; il ne laisse pas de m^en demander tous les\\ndeux ou trois mois. 2. Ce n est pas sans peine, j en suis\\nstir/ qu il se Yoit force d avoir recours a vous. 3. II n a\\npas meme le necessaire. 4. A d autres ce n est pas\\na moi qu il en fera accroire. 5. Est-ce que ce n est\\npas une folic d en agir ainsi avec celui qui le no urrit\\n6. II est plus bete que mediant; quoiqu il se soit mal\\ncomporte a votre egard, ne laissez pas de lui envoyer\\nquel que argent. 7. II ne tient a rien que je ne lui en\\nenvoie moi-meme. 8. Qu est-ce que cela vous fait, dix\\nou douze livres de plus ou de moins vous etes un vrai\\nCresus. 9. Ce n est pas a moi qu il faut vous en prendre\\nsi votre cousine bat la campagne. 10. A la bonne heure\\nan moins voila une bonne lettre, cela coule de source.\\n11. Je vols tres souvent votre ami Henri, puisque nous\\ndemeurons porte a porte. 12. Tous les matins il sort\\na huit heures, tire a quatre e|)ingles.\\n128.\\n1. I nearly fell. 2. If you have the necessaries of\\nlife, do not complain, for you do not absolutely need\\nthe luxuries, and one may do without them. 3. She is\\nnot nearly so pretty as her sister. 4. Do you need\\nready money 5. I wish you all good night. 6. Would\\nit not be nonsense to take offence at his speech 7. Non-\\nsense he was endeavoring to enliven you by his gayety.\\n8. It was nothing to him; why should he have inter-\\nfered with the business 9. I was nearly dying of cold", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0166.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 167\\nand hunger. 10. Was she not under the necessity of\\nwriting to you about it 11. We sat up all night\\nplaying at whist, and went to bed at half-past five.\\n12. Although he does not like me, he nevertheless comes\\nnow and then to see me. 13. Don t vex yourself for\\nsuch a trifling loss it is a mere nothing. 14. You do\\nnothing but play and gossip in that corner. 15. Come\\nto me in case of need. 16. Do you not know me\\nWe are next door neighbors. 17. You hit the nail\\non the head, when you said that she led him by the\\nnose. 18. The front doors and windows were all nailed\\nup. 19. He may be good-natured, but he s narrow-\\nminded. 20. I like all fruit raw, that is, as it grows.\\n21. Without seeming to, he noted down every word that\\nwas spoken. 22. Notice that the whole discussion\\namounted to nothing. 23. He is a nice child, not nearly\\nso mischievous as you say. 24. You came in the nick\\nof time, for I have just come in from a nice walk.\\n25. There was such a hubbub in the street all night\\nlong, that I did not sleep a wink.\\n129.\\n(Section 35.)\\n1. Vous n avez que faire de vous plaindre; cela ne\\nvous avancera guere. 2. Xe prenez pas ce que je vous\\ndis la en mauvaise part. 3. II ne demandait pas mieux\\nque de venir avec nous, mais nous ne nous souciions\\nguere de sa compagnie. 4. Quel homme singulier que\\nM. votre cousin 5. Le voila qui se fait vieux mainte-\\nnant. 6. J espere que vous ne compter ez pas cela pour\\nune visite vous n avez fait qu entrer et sortir. 7. Elle\\nse plaint a tout bout de champ de la ^Dluie, du froid et", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0167.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "158 EXERCISES.\\nde la chaleur, comme si c etait de ma faute. 8. J ai\\nbeau lui faire observer que tout le monde en souffre\\ncomme elle; elle se croit persecutee et s obstine a se\\nregarder comme la plus malheureuse des femmes. 9. Je\\ncrois, mon cher ami, qu on vous a monte la tete autre-\\nment vous n attacheriez pas tant d importance a ces\\nbagatelles. 10. Soyez des notres le plus fort de I affaire\\nest fait nous reussirons d emblee. 11. Est-ce que son\\nair egare ne vous frappe pas? cela saute aux yeux de\\ntout le monde. 12. Encore un coup je le repete, il ne\\ntient qu a lui de reussir il ne Taura jamais plus belle.\\n130.\\n1. It occurs to me that you have missed the best\\nopportunity. 2. I shall have occasion to call for them\\nin the afternoon. 3. I lent them an odd volume of\\nWalter Scott I hope they will not take offence if I ask\\nit back. 4. It is all over with us we are losing right\\nand left, yet, in my opinion, we have no occasion to fear\\nthem. 5. Go away, you only annoy me. 6. We have\\nno objection to joining you there. 7. You have the\\nodds against you, but, if you triumph, what a glory for\\nyou 8. Will you give me the pleasure of dining with\\nme on Friday week 9. I need a pair of boots will\\nyou oblige me by lending me money to buy them?\\n10. If you require me, send for me. 11. He was an\\nodd sort of a man, a man of ten thousand he deprived\\nhimself of the necessaries of life, to give all his income\\nto the poor. 12. Do not give him occasion to laugh at\\nyou. 13. They had no occasion to go out without my\\npermission. 14. It seems to me that somebody has\\nover-excited you. 15. He was merelj^ speaking to her.", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0168.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 159\\n16. It was all over with. them. 17. Did you see two\\nodd gloves on the table 18. Speak to her openly,\\nyou must know that she had only your happiness at\\nheart. 19. Take courage, the most difficult part is over.\\n20. We are not obliged to grant your request. 21. Say\\non, that is no reason for being afraid to speak you know\\nthat money is no object to me. 22. How often he has\\nopposed your election 23. You will never have a better\\nopportunity seize it. 24. She will make a great fuss\\nwhen she finds the fire out and all her papers out of\\norder. 25. Why don t you pay her back in her own coin\\n131.\\n(Section 36.)\\n1. II n y a pas moyen de plaisanter avec lui, il prend\\ntout en mauvaise part. 2. Ce pauvre enfant etait en\\nhaillons il avait la tete et les pieds nus j en avals\\nvraiment pitie. 3. A la guerre comme a la guerre en\\nvoyage il n^ f aut pas regarder de si pres. 4. II n a pas\\neu Phonnetete de me faire part de son mariage. 5. II\\nne tient qu a vous de m en debarrasser pour tou jours\\ndites un mot, et tout est fait. 6. C est bien dommage\\nque vous n ayez pas affranchi votre lettre. 7. II y regarde\\nde si pres qu il vous en voudra longtemps. 8. Ce n est\\nque quand il m a fait toucher la chose au doigt et a Poeil\\nque je me suis rendu. 9. II semble que vous ayez pris\\na tache de Firriter vous voici maintenant dans de beaux\\ndraps. 10. Vous aurez beau dire et beau faire, c est a\\nvous que Ton fera payer les pots casses. 11. Je la\\ntrouve passable il y a a prendre et a laisser. 12. Cette\\ndame a les bras longs c est a elle, non a moi, qu il f aut\\nvous adresser.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0169.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "160 EXERCISES.\\n132.\\n1. Pack np immediately the train will soon leave,\\n2. Will slie take a part in the concert to-night 3. I\\nam going to pay a visit to my aunt. 4. Take pity on\\nher. 5. It is a pity that you are in such a hurry. 6. Be\\nso good as to invite her also. 7. If you are not going\\nto any party to-morrow, come and play a hand at whist\\nwith us. 8. We are a small party of friends, vvdll you\\nnot come with us 9. Beware of spoiling his books^\\nhe is particular about them. 10. They would have\\ntaken a part in it, if they had been invited. 11. There\\nwill be no possibility of packing up our luggage in time.\\n12. Will they be so polite as to call for us? 13. It\\nwould be a pity not to see such a famous man. 14. It\\nis your turn to play. 15. It was not my place to\\nspeak first. 16. It will be in his power to come soon.\\n17. He knows his rights, and is particular about\\nthem. 18. Was there no possibility of going to meet\\nthem 19. Was it not their place to yield to the orders\\nof their superiors 20. Be sure to come we shall be\\nonly a small party of friends. 21. You have got your-\\nself in a fine scrape, by refusing once more to yield\\nto persuasion. 22. Having had full power to draw\\nmoney, you ought to have paid your bills when due.\\n23. Believe it or not, as you please, but it is the plain\\ntruth. 24. They keep a coach and pair, and yet they\\nare said to be as poor as church mice.\\n133.\\n(Section 37\\n1. Ce n est pas la peine de vous caclier, je vous ai bien\\nvu ne f aites done pas Penf ant. 2. Vous voici en fort", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0170.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 161\\nbelle passe vous allez vous reiiclre a Paris, et il ne\\ntiendra qn a vous cle faire fortune. 3. II fait le bon\\napotre, mais ne vous y fiez pas. 4. Si vous le mettez\\nan fait du petit tour que nous lui preparons, nous ne\\nnous amuserons plus guere. 5. Que d affronts il lui faut\\nessuyer pour se conserver en place 6. Commencez par\\nmettre votre vanite de cote, et vous verrez que cela ne\\ncoutera pas si cher que vous le dites. 7. Veuillez sonner,\\nje vous x^rie. 8. Je crois que vous faites la petite bouche.\\n9. Aucun des faits qu elle avait mis en donte ne s est\\ntrouve vrai, apres examen. 10. C est un livre apres\\nlequel j ai longtemps soupire je Facheterai conte que\\ncoute. 11. Quand je lui demande le paiement de mon\\npetit compte, il me renvoie aux calendes grecques.\\n134.\\n1. Do not ask so many questions you annoy us. 2. He\\ncould not put up with her airs she pretended to be sick,\\nand he pretended not to observe it. 3. You may ]3ut\\noff your engagement, if you think proper. 4. If that\\nreport prove true, we are ruined. 5. Put him in mind\\nof his promise to pay you. 6. To what purpose? he\\nwill never do it. 7. Do not pretend to be surprised at\\nseeing them. 8. We should like to know what he will\\ndo with all the monejr he puts by. 9. That is nothing\\nto the purpose. 10. You pretend to be rich, and you\\nare not so. 11. The judge postponed his decision.\\n12. They will, as usual, put the cart before the horse.\\n13. I fear that story may prove too true. 14. You\\nmay tell him so, but it will be nothing to the purpose.\\n15. You must not question what he says. 16. I asked\\nif they would put aside a few books for us. 17, They", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0171.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "162 EXERCISES.\\nsaid yes, if I would put them in mind of it. 18. We\\nwill put lier up to your little tricks. 19. If you are\\nwilling to put up with his extravagance, it is all one to\\nme. 20. Can^t you prevail on him to prevent that mar-\\nriage. 21. Put on your hat it is too cold to stand bare-\\nheaded by the open window. 22. We have a good many\\napples left yet- do not buy any w^hile they are so extrav-\\nagantly dear. 23. Speak a few words to her concern-\\ning that affair; she is far from understanding it. 24. He\\nis still in the prime of life and proof against fatigue.\\n25. They did not fail to take advantage of the auction,\\nto buy a good deal of furniture cheap\\n135.\\n(Section 38.)\\n1. Par cette pluie je serais perce jusqu aux os avant\\nd etre a moitie chemin. 2. Ne vous en remettez pas a\\nun autre du soin de votre honneur: nul n y est plus\\ninteresse que vous. 3. Votre observation n a aucune\\nespece de rapport avec ce qu elle vient de dire. 4. Je\\nme mettrais en route, lors meme qu il pleuvrait des\\nhallebardes. 5. Au train dont vous y allez, mon bon\\nami, vous n en finirez jamais. 6. Eaison de plus pour\\nque vous me donniez un coup de main. 7. Si vous avez\\njamais compte sur lui pour vous rendre le plus leger\\nservice, vous pouvez rayer cela de vos tablettes. 8. Aidez-\\nmoi done un pen, le titre de cet ouvrage ne me revient\\npas. 9. Comment vous voulez que je lui ecrive de but\\nen blanc une lettre si impertinente vous allez un .pen\\nvite en besogne. 10. Nous ecrirons cette lettre a tete\\nreposee et nous attendrons jusqu a demain la nuit porte", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0172.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 1(33\\nconseil. 11. Ce petit gamin se fait toujours tirer Poreille\\nquand on lui commande quelque chose.\\n136.\\n1. I like rain better than sleet. 2. He lent his money\\nat the rate of four per cent. 3. You will never reach\\nthat position. 4. Hear reason for once, I beg you, or\\nwe shall refer it to an arbitrator. 5. Do they not reflect\\ncredit on their teachers 6. He is rejoiced at their\\nsuccess. 7. That story relates to what you told us this\\nmorning. 8. They rejoice at coming back to Scotland.\\n9. I think it is going to rain fast, but no matter; you\\nwill soon reach home. 10. If you are quick, you will see\\nthe queen pass. 11. They would rather lose their\\nmoney than follow his counsel. 12. What cause have\\nyou to be dissatisfied with her 13. I have reason to\\nbe pleased with them. 14. We reached the steamer\\nin a pouring rain. 15. Will not those children be quiet\\n16. If you refer it to me, I will give you a flat refusal.\\n17. Would you not rather have a situation in Paris than\\nin London? 18. He was walking rapidly, not like a\\nman just recovering from sickness. 19. I have every\\nreason to believe that he consented very reluctantly.\\n20. jSTone of us were resigned to that misadventure.\\n21. When I am embarrassed, my voice fails me; I can-\\nnot help it. 22. We are far from being pleased at the\\nturn of affairs. 23. It is interesting to see in what a\\nmasterly way he manages the whole court. 24. To the\\nbest of my recollection, it happened in the reign of\\nWilliam the Fourth. 25. Hasten home; we are going\\nto have a terrible storm, and we shall be drenched\\nthrough before we get half-way there.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0173.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "164 EXERCISES.\\n137.\\n(Section 39.)\\n1. II est alle, comme un fou, donner de la tete centre\\nson oncle qui entrait. 2. IST est-ce pas de vous qu^il\\ns agit? 3. II ne faut pas toujours se fier a I enseigne.\\n4. Parfois on est trahi par ceux sur lesquels on comptait\\nle plus. 5. II s agit maintenant de savoir qui de vous\\na tort je parie bien que c est Victor. 6. A quoi voulez-\\nvous que je me decide? je ne sais vraiment de quel bois\\nfaire fleche. 7. Ne vous mettez pas en peine de votre\\nfrere il va son petit bonhomme de chemin. 8. Si vous\\nne vous reposez une heure ou deux apres le diner vous\\nne ferez rien qui vaille. 9. Vous avez tout le temps de\\nfaire un tour dans le jardin, la bonne est en train de\\nfaire votre chambre. 10. Les oreilles me tintent, on\\ndoit parler de moi quelque part. 11. Je me suis mis\\nsur le pied de ne plus faire de visites.\\n138.\\n1. We will repair to-morrow to our lawyer s to inquire\\nas to the best way to get rid of Mm. 2. Do not reproach\\nhim with laziness, he has done his utmost. 3. The\\nquestion is, to know if they have a right to share in our\\nprofits. 4. How did you run your head against that\\nwall 5. I will not rely upon your assistance in future.\\n6. We shall remember your services, and also remind\\nthe government of them. 7. It was reported that the\\nExchange had taken fire last night. 8. I resolved to\\nstay here, but he resolved to repair to Naples. 9. You\\nrepeat continually the same thing. 10. One does not\\nknow on whom to rely. 11. We shall not roast those\\npheasants till he comes. 12. Glance over this book,", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0174.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 165\\nand tell me what you think of it. 13. He sold the goods\\nat retail to get rid of them more quickly. 14. Remember\\nme kindly to your grandmamma. 15. I have no relish\\nfor that sort of novels; they tire me. 16. The duke\\nrepaired to the plain, in order to review his troops.\\n17. You must not be under restraint with me. 18. A\\nreport was then spread, if I remember rightly, that the\\nking had resolved to dismiss his ministers. 19. They\\nwere just rising from dinner when I entered the room.\\n20. Eemove the cloth as soon as we leave the dinner\\ntable. 21. What decision did they come to concerning\\nyour sister 22. Eemember that all of us deserve more\\npity than contempt. 23. I brought all his books, good\\nand bad together, 24. When he once went so far as to\\nsit at the whist table, it was hard to make him leave\\nit. 25. It would not have taken half of that to make\\nher happy.\\n139.\\n(Section 40.)\\n1. C est hier seulement qu on me Pa fait dire, je ne\\npouvais gu^re venir plus tot. 2. Elle s est contentee de\\nme serrer la main et de me jeter un regard d adieu.\\n3. II etait tard quand ils ont mis a la voile. 4. On n y\\nvoit goutte pour lire son journal; garcon, allumez le gaz.\\n5. Envoyez-le done promener est-ce que vous allez\\nsacrifier vos interets aux siens 6. Je ne savais pas\\nqu il eut la conscience si large ni vous non plus, je\\nparie? 7. Sortez sans faire semblant de rien, et allez\\nfaire un bout de toilette; vous n etes vraiment pas pre-\\nsentable. 8. Avant d aller plus loin, voyons ou en sont\\nles affaires. 9. Je crois etre sur la voie j irai jusqu au\\nbout je veux en avoir le coeur net. 10. Le pauvre", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0175.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "166 EXERCISES.\\ngarcon s est mis en quatre pour vous faire plaisir, et\\nvoici que yous le recompensez par une longue kyrielle\\nde reproches; ce ii est pas bien. 11. Elle venait tous\\nles soirs faire sa partie de whist, et tous les soirs j allais\\nla reconduire chez elle.\\n140.\\n1. The fleet set sail on the 20th of July to demand\\nsatisfaction from the Chinese. 2. The admiral sent\\nword to the commissioners that he should take satisfac-\\ntion for the injuries done to our merchants. 3. They\\nwere forced to remain satisfied with that reply, but\\nthey were not convinced of the truth of that reason.\\n4. I can scarcely walk. 5. Send for the surgeon and\\nlet him see your foot. 6. Send word that I am here.\\n7. Beware of that grocery he will not scruple to cheat\\nyou. 8. You will scarcely get out of that scrape with-\\nout suffering great losses. 9. I was happy to hear that\\nyou had arrived safely. 10. Come with us, we shall\\nhave a sail till dinner time. 11. Sailors like to live by\\nthe sea-side. 12. You will see nothing at all there.\\n13. If she had more experience, she would be second\\nto none. 14. That telescope will show us the spots on\\nthe sun. 15. He will not be satisfied with such a small\\nsalary, and he will be quite right. 16. Go on, you are\\nupon the scent. 17. Sit down at the piano and give us\\na sample of your skill. 18. Some one cried ^^Eire!\\nand you ought to have seen the stampede. 19. What\\na scrawl! seriously, I cannot decipher it. 20. I have\\nstudied this paragraph a good deal, but I cannot under-\\nstand it. 21. That remark of his put me on the wrong\\ntrack. 22. That conundrum is too much for me I give\\nit up. 23. When I saw you laugh in your sleeve, I\\nII", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0176.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 167\\nknew I had made a blunder. 24. The road is very\\nsandy; you must walk the horse. 25. You must not\\ntake everything we say in such a literal way.\\n141.\\n(Section 41.)\\n1. II fait I entendu, et il ne sait ni A ni B. 2. Quand\\nil lui faudra se mettre au travail a six heures^ elle trou-\\nvera la chose un pen dure. 3. Gardez, je vous prie^ le\\nsilence sur ce detail elle ne voudrait plus partir. 4. lis\\nne reussiront jamais; voila deja deux fois que je les\\nremets sur pied. 5. Veuillez faire silence dans ce coin\\nvous etes toujours a bavarder. 6. Ceux qui disent ce\\nqu il faut taire, taisent ordinairement ce qu il faut dire.\\n7. Vous ne savez pas vous en servir, vous ne vous y\\nprenez pas Men, ce n est pas comme Qa. 8. Si vous\\ngardez le silence la-dessus, je vous en saurai gre toute\\nma vie. 9. Vous n avez qu a lui rappeler les services\\nque vous lui avez rendus c est le prendre par son endroit\\nsensible. 10. Qui n entend qu une cloche n entend qu un\\nson. 11. II ne sait plus depuis quelque temps, ni ou\\nse caser, ni a quel saint se vouer.\\n142.\\n1. That sofa will serve as a bed. 2. Don t be afraid\\nshe Avill not dare to show her face. 3. I hope you will\\nbe silent respecting his mistake. 4. You set yourself\\nup for a learned person, but you are not. 5. They\\nset up again the statue thrown down by the lightning.\\n6. We shall be sheltered here from the rain. 7. They\\nrefused to do him (a) service. 8. Are you not afraid of", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0177.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "168 EXERCISES.\\nbeing sea-sick 9. ISTot at all, I am a very good sailor.\\n10. Two days after sailing from Greenock, they were\\nshipwrecked on the coast of Ireland. 11. We were\\nsilent, not knowing what to say. 12. If they ask you\\nto sit down, don t do it. 13. I shall ask them to sit\\ndown till I am ready. 14. Are you really siding against\\nus? 15. That parasol serves also as an umbrella.\\n16. If he does not set about his lesson right off, it will\\nsoon be too late. 17. If you were in my shoes, you\\nwould not say that. 18. You don t know the way to\\nset about it. 19. He never takes the right side, when\\nit is possible to take the wrong. 20. If they should\\nhappen to know it, they would not be pleased. 21. My\\ncold in my head makes me feverish; I am shivering\\nwith cold. 22. Go and shake hands with her, to set her\\nat ease. 23. Thank you, I have never been fond of\\nwalking in other people s shoes. 24. I am sick and\\ntired of being shut in the house it has rained hard for\\na whole week now. 25. Do you sing at sight 26. To-\\nmorrow I will go shopping, and I will make a great show\\nof my skill.\\n143.\\n(Section 42.)\\n1. Cette horloge retarde d une demi-heure, depechons-\\nnous de partir. 2. Ah qa! qui de nous va porter la\\nparole 3. Mais il m a avoue qu il avait quelquefois\\nla tete pres du bonnet: c est toujours cela. 4. Si elle\\nvent arriver avant qu il tombe de la neige, elle n a pas de\\ntemps a perdre. 5. II n a pas d ordre, c est un panier\\nperce; il depense tout ce qu il gagne. 6. J ai connu\\nune vieille dame qui avait passe sa jeunesse aux Indes-\\nOrientales, et qui croyait qu elles faisaient partie d une", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0178.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 169\\nautre planete. 7. Figurez-vous qu elle m avait promis\\nde venir faire ma robe aujourd hui et qu elle m a fait\\nfaux bond. 8. II fallait au contraire lui remonter le\\ncourage, il est si facilement abattu. 9. J avais une dent\\ncontre lui. 10. Tirez le rideau la-dessus; je n aime pas\\na entendre parler de querelles entre mes amis. 11. No\\nvous inquietez pas, vous arriverez tant bien que mal;\\nvous avez encore de la marge.\\n144.\\n1. See bow thin that poor animal is he is nothing\\nbut skin and bone. 2. To s^Deak plainly, you have no\\nright to spend money. 3. You spend your time some-\\nhow or other, but quite uselessly. 4. If she falls into\\nthat snare, and spends her money extravagantly, her\\nmother will be sorry for it. 5. Has he fallen into the\\nsnare laid for him? 6. They will not sit down to table\\nbefore six o clock. 7. Will you not be too sleepy to\\nwrite that letter before going to bed 8. His watch is\\nnever too slow, and yet, somehow or other, he is alwa3^s\\nlate. 9. It is so cold that I rather think it will snow.\\n10. I should be very sorry for it, as I mean to go to the\\ncountry. 11. Sit closer, to make room for your new\\nfriend. 12. He always speaks for the rest. 13. I put\\nyour letter in the post in time for to-night s mail, so you\\nmay sleep soundly. 14. You said I was only pretending\\nto be sleepy, but I slept like a top the whole night.\\n15. He is far too stingy to sit for his picture, he is such\\na skinflint. 16. She la.ughed in her sleevC; I know, when\\nI made that slip. 17. He s a queer sort of a man; most\\nof the time he s out of a situation. 18. When he s all\\nsmiles and graces, beware, there is surely a snake in the", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0179.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "170 EXERCISES.\\ngrass. 19. Open all the windows the room is close.\\n20. Spare me from hearing her remarks I am acquainted\\nwith her style. 21. Sleep over it, to-morrow we will\\ndiscuss it again. 22. You bought that cheap; that is\\nwhat I call an excellent bargain. 23. Set the table for\\nten people I will help you a little. 24. Whether you\\ndo it or not, it all comes to the same thing. 25. She\\nwas not taken unawares the least bit in the world.\\n145.\\n(Section 43.)\\n1. II y a un defaut dans ce tableau, Qa saute aux yeux.\\n2. Ne badinez jamais avec Thonneur des autres. 3. Tenez-\\nYous-en la au moins, et ne changez pas d^idee a toute\\nheure du jour; vous etes une yraie girouette. 4. Mon\\ncher ami, voila quinze jours que nous ne yous avons yu,\\nYous dcYcnez rare comme les beaux jours. 5. II s est\\neYcille en sursaut et criant a tue-tete Au secours au\\nmeurtre on m assassine 6. II faut en linir avec\\ntoutes ces querelles. 7. N est-ce pas Yingt kilometres\\nqu il a fait ce matin tout d une haleine 8. II ne fait\\nque badiner; il n est pas homme a yous tenir tete.\\n9. Je me soucie de Yotre mauYaise humeur comme de\\nPan quarante. 10. Quand yous yous y mettez, yous n y\\nallez pas de main morte. 11. II ne faut pas aller par\\nquatre chemins, dites-lui franchement Yotre facon de\\npenser.\\n146.\\n1. Two friends of old standing do not stand on such\\nceremonies. 2. In his eyes, a laugh stands for an argu-\\nment. 3. The resemblance between you and your sister", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0180.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 171\\nis very striking. 4. Make her come upstairs secretly.\\n5. He stood by thein till the last hour. 6. Would you\\nmake a stranger of him who rendered you so many\\nservices 7. How can I cope with Mr. M he is\\nmuch stronger than I, and he will leave no stone un-\\nturned to succeed. 8. It is more than a month since\\nwe have seen him; he is becoming a great stranger.\\n9. I wish he would hold to his first engagements.\\n10. Eespect my old friend after me, he will be a father\\nto you. 11. Ask the lady upstairs. 12. Is not your\\nreputation at stake in this affair 13. The authorities\\ncame immediately to the spot. 14. He bantered me\\nabout my opinions, but I stood out against him. 15. I\\nam afraid you forgot to put a stamp on your letter.\\n16. Although I was born in a southern climate, I cannot\\nstand heat. 17. You should stand by what you said.\\n18. If you feel like it, will you walk three miles with\\nme 19. They told old women s stories the whole\\nevening. 20. He started out of his sleep at their\\narrival. 21. Do you intend to make a long stay in\\nScotland 22. Are you expecting a registered letter\\n23. I cannot stand this any longer, I must go and see\\nfor myself how she is. 24. The robbers went upstairs\\nby the private staircase, that is evident.\\n147.\\n(Section 44.)\\n1. Si je ne m y prends pas autrement, je n en viendrai\\njamais a bout. 2. L accident est arrive comme elle se\\nmettait a table. 3. Xe manquez pas de me rappeler a\\nson bon souvenir, dites-lui que je ne fais que penser a\\nelle. 4. Je parie qu il prendra tout cela pour de Pargent", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0181.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "172 EXERCISES.\\ncomptant. 5. On appelle science du monde le grand\\nart de reussir et de plaire. 6. Ces manieres d agir ne\\nme conviennent pas le moins du monde. 7. Que de\\nmauvais sang vous m avez fait faire quand nous etions\\na la campagne! quelle mauvaise tete vous aviez! 8. II\\na jure ses grands dieux que ce qu il venait de dire etait\\nla pure verite. 9. Monsieur, vous le prenez bien haut\\na qui croyez-vous avoir affaire 10. Nous allons faire\\nun petit voyage au bord de la mer: cela vous va-t-il?\\netes-vous des notres 11. Cela me va, j en suis. 12. II\\ny a dix a parier qu il vous donnera cinq ou six ans de\\nmoins que vous n^avez.\\n148.\\n1. Do not take it ill, if I scold you when you talk\\nnonsense. 2. George the Fourth succeeded his father.\\n3. If you are required to write all these letters, you have\\na heavy task before you. 4. She said she would be sure\\nto come to see me in London. 6. If you succeed in\\nconvincing him, be sure to let me know. 6. I will be\\nsure not to say one word about it to her. 7. Sit down\\nto table immediately, and don t wait for him. 8. To\\nbe sure, we shall see you with much pleasure. 9. That\\ntrial will be the talk of the whole country. 10. She\\ntakes an airing every morning before breakfast she likes\\ngetting lip early. 11. Good-by, we will talk it over\\nagain some day. 12. He will take her with him to\\nItaly I am quite sure of it. 13. Don t trouble yourself\\nabout that I ll take it upon myself. 14. Sure enough,\\nI turned the tables on her by taking literally what she\\nhad just said. 15. Take this letter to the post-office,\\nafter which you will take Amy to school. 16. His book\\ndid not succeed, while his brother s met with a great", "height": "4330", "width": "2853", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0182.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 173\\nsuccess. 17. If you take the first prize, I will take you\\nto the opera. 18. Suffice it to say that, with them, it\\nwas a deliberate system. 19. I would not take him to\\nbe more than eighteen, although he s a head taller than\\nhis father. 20. Are you very sure that she is trying to\\nsupplant you 21. The park swarmed with people, all\\ndressed up in their Sunday clothes. 22. The rich earth\\ngave everything in plenty, when the world was in its\\ninfancy. 23. California abounds in all sorts of fruits\\nand flowers. 24. Do learn how to take a joke and keep\\nyour temper with your brother. 25. She told me, with\\ntears in her eyes, that she knew her father to be the\\ntalk of the town.\\n149.\\n(Section 45.)\\n1. Pour le coup c est trop fort, maintenant on ne pent\\nplus dire sa facon de penser. 2. Un de ces jours vous\\nvous en mordrez les doigts. 3. A la longue^ on se fait\\na tout. 4. Du train dont Qa va, ma bourse sera bientot\\nplus legere. 5. II arrangera I affaire pour vous c est\\nce que vous avez de mieux a faire. 6. II n y a rien de\\nplus insupportable que ce monsieur, il se jette a la tete\\nde tout le monde. 7. Veuillez done passer chez elle ce\\nsoir, ne fut-ce qu un^ moment. 8. Ce n est pas grace a\\nelle que vous avez rcQu cette lettre elle a fait tout son\\npossible pour empecher qu on ne vous ecrive. 9. Votre\\nplus court parti est d aller vous-meme a Paris; partez.\\nce soir. 10. Puisqu il s entete, je ne lui laisserai pas\\ncet ouvrage, dusse-je y perdre cent francs 11. De fil\\nen aiguille, il en est venu a parler de Pepreuve que vous\\nvenez de subir.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0183.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "174 EXERCISES.\\n150.\\n1. He treats me always with great kindness. 2. Tell\\nhim to be sure to come in good time, because she is\\ngenerally late. 3. Distrust those who have a smooth\\ntongue. 4. He declared that it was no such thing.\\n5. Speak out your thoughts without any reserve, sir, in\\nthe proper time and place. 6. Till then, adieu, and tell\\nher that some time or other I shall answer his letter.\\n7. Do you think it proper to go out alone so late at\\nnight 8. They said that was just the thing for them.\\n9. We were so thirsty that we drank glass after glass of\\nlemonade. 10. If you gave him notice in time, he would\\ncome to the wedding. 11. You will repent some time\\nor other. 12. I should speak out my thoughts were I\\nin your place. 13. I should think so. 14. A thought\\nstrikes me, why not buy our return tickets at the same\\ntime. 15. In less than no time, those children had set\\nmy room topsy-turvy. 16. I beg of you to be indulgent,\\nas this is my first attempt. 17. As matters stand, I\\nmust speak, even if I should lose my position for it.\\n18. It s a little too much he expects us to translate such\\na book as that at sight. 19. His joking borders on\\nimpudence. 20. The train being late, I reached home\\ntoo late it was all over with her. 21. The best thing\\nI can do, is to send away all those broken chairs.\\n22. The savages fought our army as well as they could\\nthey fought to the death. 23. He has no one to thank\\nbut himself for his lack of success. 24. In these\\ndays of reviews and examinations, time does not hang\\nheavy on my hands. 25. You will regret it in the long\\nrun. 26. She told us that long story, in all its details,\\nthe last time we met her.", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0184.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 175\\n151.\\n(Section 46.)\\n1. Vous n etes pas, je Pespere, sans les moyens de\\nrepondre a cette attaque que vous avez si longtemps\\nprovoquee. 2. Maintenant, Mademoiselle, c est a vous a\\nparler, ne vous effrayez pas, vous y serez bientot faite.\\n3. J ai beau faire tout mon possible les expressions\\nm echappent, mes idees s^embrouillent, et je reste a court.\\n4. Vous en avez agi fort mal avec moi, avouez-le. Vous\\nvous entendiez a me faire enrager. 6. En toute chose\\nfais ce que tu dois, et, quelle que soit P opinion du vul-\\ngaire, ne t en inquiete pas. 6. Usez, n abusez pas, dit\\nle proverbe. 7. II est inconvenant de rire ainsi au nez\\ndes gens. 8. Je vous rembourserai Men entendu les\\nsommes que vous allez verser pour moi. 9. Tout a ete\\nfini en moins de rien, 10. II crie misere a tout bout de\\nchamp.\\n152.\\n1. Do not trouble yourself about him. 2. Would you\\ntake the trouble to write that to him 3. If there is\\nany unfairness, you will bring yourself into trouble.\\n4. She wishes to become a governess. 5. I used to be\\nvery uneasy about him when he was away. 6. She\\nwas quite unprovided with the materials necessary for\\nher work. 7. They understand how to manage him.\\n8. Will you undertake to let him know what has hap-\\npened 9. She used to be always in trouble about\\nsomething. 10. If I promise to use you well, will you\\ncome 11. Tired of the world, Charles V. turned monk.\\n12. I will turn him out of doors, if he refuses to obey\\nmy orders. 13. We shall be very uneasy about that", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0185.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "176 EXERCISES.\\naffair till it is settled. 14. Use this quill pen; it is\\nbetter than that one. 15. Do you understand how to\\ndo that 16. If I can get nothing else to do, I will\\nturn soldier. 17. Were I you, I would not trouble my-\\nself about it. 18. It was a sight to make the bravest\\nturn pale. 19. I would not trust her to pack my trunk,\\nif I were you. 20. She was taken unawares and said\\nwhatever came uppermost in her mind. 21. My youngest\\nsister and brother both played truant, in turn. 22. He\\nconsidered the question in another light. 23. He related\\nthe whole affair to me, in every particular. 24. They\\nspoke in such ambiguous terms, that, although I tried\\nhard, I could not understand what they meant. 25. He\\nused my bicycle without my knowledge, and now it is\\nnot fit to use.\\n153.\\n(Section 47.)\\n1. Vous avez beau faire, vous n en viendrez pas a bout.\\n2. Est-ce la le cas que vous faites de mes presents?\\n3. C est un garqon qui se fait trop valoir. 4. lis sont\\npartis tons les quatre en meme temps et out couru a qui\\nmieux mieux. 5. II avait bean se demander pourquoi\\nelle s en etait allee, il ne pouvait en deviner la raison.\\n6. J ai beau frotter, Qa ne veut pas s en aller. 7. Des\\ngros mots ils en sont bientot venus aux voies de fait.\\n8. A quoi bon vous ingenier a vous rendre malheureuse.\\n9. Quand vous verrez la chose de plus pres, vous serez\\nde mon avis. 10. Je sais parfaitement qu il ne regarde\\npas a Targent et qu il depense tout ce qu on lui donne.\\n11. Est-ce que, par hasard, vous voulez jouer au plus fin\\navec raoi, mon petit ami", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0186.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 177\\n154.\\n1. Do you vouch, for the truth of what you say now\\n2. It is in vain for me to ask her; she will not go.\\n3. I set great value on that ring it was a gift from my\\nmother. 4. They walked from Edinburgh, to Glasgow\\nin two days. 5. I will venture to say they did nothing\\nof the kind. 6. Let us wait upon your master as soon\\nas he comes to town. 7. G-o to his office and wait for\\nan answer. 8. That is just what he used to do when he\\nwas with me. 9. It is of no use to try to dissuade him,^\\nhe is so obstinate. 10. Was that the fine picture you\\nvalue so much 11. I am always best waited on in my\\nown house. 12. Will you not walk with me half-way\\n13. Take a walk with me you will enjoy it, the weather\\nis so fine. 14. He kept me waiting three hours. 15. I\\nalways walk to church, I never drive. 16. I can assure\\nyou he values your services highly. 17. Wait for the\\ncarriage, and we shall all take a drive. 18. Never lay\\na wager with that man he will cheat you. 19. It would\\nbe in vain for me to attempt to gain a prize, I am too\\nstupid. 20. Would it be of no use for you to try\\n21. He is utterly ruined b}^ the failure of the bank, is\\nhe not 22. I should like to know what this old gun\\ncan be good for. 23. She is very underhand, and\\nbehaved in the most ungrateful manner to those who\\nhad helped her. 24 All his promises are mere talk; no\\nheed must be given to what he says. 25. They vied\\nwith each other in their studies all through their college\\ncourse.\\nDo not use avoir beau in this sentence, as a clause containing avoir\\nbeau must always be followed by another, explaining or completing\\nthe first.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0187.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "178 EXERCISES.\\n155.\\n(Section 48.)\\n1. II manque trois feuillets a mon livre; comment\\nvais-je me tirer d affaire 2. Cette ombrelle ne vous\\nservira de rien dans cinq minutes elle sera en morceaux\\net vous serez trempe jusqu aux os. 3. Combien de kilo-\\nmetres Yous reste-t-il a f aire 4. II ne manque a ce\\npay sage qu une coUine et un ruisseau. 5. Moi je veux\\nle voir et lai parler. 6. Je viens de faire liuit milles a\\npied expres pour le voir, mais qui ne risque rien n a\\nrien. 7. La seule pensee que je pouvais d un mot\\ndetourner ce malheur, me met le desespoir dans Tame.\\n8. A premiere vue il n a pas Pair de manquer d intelli-\\ngence, mais vous verrez qu il est facile a desorienter.\\n9. Le pauvre garqon est malade depuis pres de trois ans;\\nil ne tient plus il n^a qu un souffle de vie. 10. Quelle\\nmouche vous pique, ils n y a pas de milieu vous dis-je,\\nil faudra que vous en passiez par ou je veux. 11. Nous\\nen sommes revenus il y a aujourd hui liuit jours, et nous\\ny retournerons d aujourd hui en huit. 12. En somme,\\nce voyage m a passablement plu.\\n156.\\n1. That young man is deficient in politeness he is a\\nperfect boor. 2. I wonder what he could possibly want\\nwith me. 3. You complain incessantly of the heat;\\nyou are always warm, even in the coldest weather.\\n4. Please speak to her yourself, I know your opinion\\ngoes a great way with her. 5. It is well for you that\\nyour father is wealthy. 6. She had all her own way,\\nand yet she was never pleased. 7. George asked me", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0188.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 179\\nwhat I wanted with such a large sum of money. 8. She\\nis so wasted away that she cannot walk even to church\\nwithout being tired. 9. Were I to put on my greatcoat,\\nI should be too warm. 10. I need not tell you that you\\nare welcome to all my books. 11. Shall I not be in\\nyour way if I come to-night when Henry is there\\n12. Ko we shall want you to play at whist. 13. I will\\nexplain their position to you this large stone is the\\nfort, as it were, and these are the enemy s troops.\\n14. For want of money, I had to refuse her what she\\nreally was in want of. 15. On my Avay back, about\\nhalf-way, I met Mary, and I was forcibly reminded of\\nthe proverb, Smooth waters run deep. 16. You ought\\nto know that, in this cold weather, a muslin dress is not\\nthe thing to wear. 17. On the whole, she did it the\\nright way what ails you that you find fault with it\\n18. Instead of wasting your time, you d better watch\\nthose workmen. 19. We have lost our way will you\\nplease put us in the right path 20. It is not worth\\nwhile to weep so bitterly for such a trifle. 21. We are\\nglad to see you; draw near the fire and dry yourself,\\nyou re wet through. 22. It is as well for you that you\\ndid not accept his invitation. 23. I ll tell you what,\\nthere is no other way, and we might as well submit\\ncheerfully. 24. The imperturbable coolness with which\\nyou answered, staggered me. 2o. It will be of no use to\\nsend for him, he will not stir from his house to-day.\\n157.\\n(Section 49.)\\n1. Le jeu n en vaut pas la chandelle. 2. Dieu sait\\ns il m en veut 3. Je voudrais bien savoir de combien", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0189.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "180 EXERCISES.\\nil est riche, ce faquin-la 4. Vous decidez sans examen\\nqu il a eu tort de tenter cette entreprise; et je crois, moi,\\nqu il en retirera honneur et profit. 5. Quelque obstinee\\nque vons soyez, Mademoiselle, il fandraj bon gre mal\\ngve, que vous vous rendiez a Tevidence. 6. Vous dites\\nque non, je dis que si. 7. Maintenant que vous avez\\ntout ce que vous reclamiez, en etes-vous plus avancee\\n8. Honnete ou non, il est certain qu il a de Pesprit\\njusqu au bout des doigts. 9. Ah ca mais est-ce que\\nvous croyez que je vais travailler pour le roi de Prusse\\n10. Allons, du courage il ne faut pas jeter ainsi le\\nmanche apres la cognee. 11. Je crois que ce petit bon-\\nhomme n a plus la tete a lui je n ai pu lui arracher une\\nparole de la journee. 12. II parle le francais a faire\\npitie il devrait etre defendu par la loi d estropier ainsi\\nune langue vivante. 13. II est pauvre comnie Job, il\\nn a pas le sou vaillant.\\n158.\\n1. There is nothing I should be more willing to do\\nthan that. 2. Jane wishes very much to see Eome.\\n3. I wonder if she will ever have that desire fulfilled.\\n4. Take care, he is not a man to mince his words. 5. He\\nassured us that we would not be the worse for it, if we\\ncomplied with his request. 6. That marquis is said to\\nbe worth three hundred and sixty -five thousand pounds\\nper annum, and yet he gets out of his carriage on the\\nother side of the bridge, in order to save the toll. 7. Our\\nbutler grew worse and worse every day he was never\\nsober. 8. If you break your word to me once, I shall\\nnever trust you again I am not a man to allow myself\\nto be twice deceived. 9. You will find, sir, that I am\\nas good as my word. 10. I wonder why that pretty", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0190.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES. 181\\ngirl married that tiresome old man 11. Your brother\\nwrites a very bad hand; he is wrong not to take lessons.\\n12. Willing or unwilling^ she was compelled to listen\\nto his sallies of wit. 13. I suppose that 1 shall have\\nto read that book, but I know that I shan t be any the\\nwiser for it. 14. He was at his wits end when he found\\nout that he had not a cent left. 15. Don t say another\\nword; where there s a will, there s a way. 16. I took\\nhim at his word, because it was really a great windfall.\\n17. If you are ^Nvise you ll wink at that; a woman must\\nhave her own way. 18. When you get mad without\\nrhyme or reason, I always wish myself a hundred miles\\naway. 19. Xo wonder she is so witty, she takes after\\nher mother. 20. You are wrong to scorn what the\\nworld may say. 21. Yes, indeed, you have brought the\\nwrong book, as usual. 22, They had a bonfire, and for\\na wonder, it was not worth much. 23. Eemember that\\na soft answer turneth away wrath try it, and you\\nwill win her over. 24. Take my word for it, I will\\nnot mention it. 25. She was beside herself with joy\\nwhen she heard that you were to be here at Christmas.\\n26. We went to the ball, and enjoyed ourselves to our\\nhearts content.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0191.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0192.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "II. IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nThe sections are arrang-ed, so far as possible, in alphabetic order. Phrases that\\nare out of place alphabetically will be found at the ends of the sections.\\ncolloquial.\\nX antiquated.\\np. person.\\nth. thing.\\nnot to knoio A from B,\\nto be able,\\nto be above (doing, etc.),\\nto care about, to trouble one^s self\\nabout,\\nto set about (th.),\\nwhat is it about? what is the\\nmatter?\\nto abuse (p.), to rail atf\\nto abuse (th.),\\nto launch out into abuse,\\nto accomplish (th.) with easCy\\nof my own accord,\\naccording to your account, or to\\nyou,\\nnot on any account,\\non my account,\\nto account for (a fact),\\nto account for, to give an account,\\nto call (p.) to account for,\\nto give an account of one s conduct,\\nto take into account,\\nshort accounts make long friends,\\n*ne savoir ni A ni B.\\npouYoir etre en etat de.\\netre trop tier pour.\\nse soucier de se mettre en peine\\nde.\\nse mettre a.\\nde quoi s agit-il de quoi est-il\\nquestion\\ninjurier dire des injures a *dire\\ndes sottises a.\\nabuser de.\\nse repandre en iuA^ectives.\\navoir bon marche de.\\nde mon propre mouvement.\\na vous entendre selon vous.\\npas pour rien au monde.\\npar rapport a moi.\\nexpliquer.\\nrendre compte de.\\nfaire rendre (or demander) compte\\na {p.) de {th.).\\nrendre compte de sa conduite.\\ntenir compte de faire la part de.\\nles bons comptes font les bons\\namis.\\n183", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0193.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "184\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nhy all accounts^\\nto accustom one s self to,\\nto be accustomed to,\\nto apply to,\\nto be firm.,\\nto happen (th.),\\nto do one s best,\\nto be wrong,\\nnot to yield an inch,\\nau dire de tout le monde.\\nse faire a s accoutumer a.\\netre fait a.\\ns adresser a.\\ntenir bon.\\nse passer.\\nfaire de son mieux.\\navoir tort.\\n*ne pas en demordre.\\nto ache,\\nto acTcnoioledge a letter,\\nto acquaint (p.) loith,\\nto get acquainted,\\nto be among acquaintances,\\nto act foolishly\\nto act like a man,\\nto act, to impersonate,\\nto act contrary to reason,\\nto be taken in the very act,\\nto be in the very act of,\\nto 7nake much ado about nothing,\\nhe made no more ado about it,\\nto address (p.), to accost,\\nto take advantage of (th.),\\nto take advantage of (p.),\\nto give one s enemies an advantage,\\nthat is another affair,\\nto affect the manners of,\\nto be able to afforxl to,\\nto be afraid of,\\nto get ahead of (p.),\\nto repent, to regret.\\navoir mal a.\\naccuser a (p.) reception de sa lettre.\\nfaire part de {th.), faire savoir\\n{th.) a (p.).\\nfaire connaissance.\\netre en pays de connaissances.\\nfaire une folie, une sottise.\\nfaire voir qu (on) a du coeur.\\njouer le role de faire.\\nagir en depit du bon sens,\\netre pris sur le fait, en flagrant\\ndelit.\\netre en train de.\\nfaire beaucoup de bruit pour rien.\\n*il n en a fait ni une ni deux,\\nadresser la parole a {p.).\\nprofiter de.\\nexploiter {p.).\\ndonner prise sur soi.\\n*cela change la these; *c est une\\nautre paire de manches.\\ntrancher de.\\navoir les moyens de.\\navoir peur de craindre.\\nprendre les devants.\\nse mordre les doigts.\\nto take after,\\nafter the French fashion,\\nagainst one s will.\\ntenir {th.) de.\\na la fran9aise.\\na centre coeur, malgr^.", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0194.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n185\\nto he of an age to.\\nto be of age,\\nnot to be of age^\\nto agree loith (p.),\\nto agree to lohatever one pro-\\nposes,\\nto agree loith (in regard to one\\nhealth)\\nto^igree to it,\\nto agree on,\\nto have agreed on (th.),\\nto ail,\\nto aim at (th.),\\nto lie, to sleep, in the open air,\\nto enjoy the cool air,\\nif that is all,\\nit is all one to me,\\nfor all you can say and do^^^\\nblindly, in all confidence,\\nto let alone,\\nto alloio so much a year,\\nto alloio that, to admit that,\\nto allude to (p. or th.),\\nto overlook (th.),\\nto acknoioledge,\\nto mean (th.),\\nto take place,\\netre en age de, d age a.\\netre majeur.\\netre mineur.\\netre d accord avec.\\nen passer par ou Ton veut.\\ns faire du bien a.\\nen convenir.\\netre d accord snr.\\netre convenu de (th.).\\navoir.\\nviser a, aspirer a, en vouloir a.\\nconcher en plein air, au grand air,\\na la belle etoile.\\nprendre le frais.\\ns il ne tient qu a cela.\\ncela m est egal.\\nYous avez beau dire et beau faire.\\nles yeux fermes.\\nlaisser tranquille.\\nfaire une pension de.\\nadmettre que.\\nfaire allusion a.\\nsavoir passer,\\nreconnaitre, avouer.\\nvouloir dire,\\navoir lieu.\\n4.\\nto alter one^s mind,\\nto be amazed at (th.),\\nto speak ambiguously,\\namicably,\\nto amount to the same thing,\\nto amuse one s self very much, to\\nbe very much amused,\\nto be angry at or about (th.),\\nto be angry loith (p.),\\nto be an annoyance to,\\nto answer for it,\\nchanger d avis or d idee.\\n*tomber des nues.\\nparler a mots converts,\\nde gre a gre, a Taimable.\\nrevenir au meme.\\n*s en donner a coeur-joie.\\netre fache, pique, irrite, de.\\netre fache contre en vouloir a\\nse mettre en colere contre.\\ntracasser, importuner.\\nen repondre.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0195.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "186\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nhe has anticipated his revenue,\\nto be anxious about,\\nto be anxious fo? (tli.)\u00c2\u00bb\\nto apologize for,\\nit ivould appear,\\nto apply to (p.),\\nto apply one s self to (th.),\\nto apply too late,\\nto approve that,\\nto be too apt to,\\nafar-fetched argument,\\narm in arm,\\nto make (p.) ashamed,\\nas I see, as it seems,\\nto implore,\\nto remember to (p.),\\nto say or do nothing more,\\n*il a mange son ble en herbe.\\netre en peine de etre inquiet sur\\nor de.\\navoir (th.) a coeur.\\nfaire des excuses de.\\na ce qu il par ait il y a apparence.\\ns adresser a, avoir recours a.\\ns appliquer a.\\ns y prendre trop tard.\\ntrouver bon que {ivith subj.).\\nn etre que trop porte a.\\nun argument tire par les cbeveux.\\nbras dessus bras dessous.\\nfaire hoiite a {p.) de (th.).\\na ce que je vois a ce qu il parait.\\nse mettre a genoux devant.\\nrappeler au souvenir de.\\nen rester la.\\n5.\\nto ask for, to ask after,\\nto ask (p.) to dine,\\nto ask (p.) in,\\nto be fast asleep,\\nto assume consequential airs,\\nto be astounded at, astonished,\\nto be attached to (th.), to value\\n(th.),\\nto attempt impossibilities,\\nto attend (a class),\\nto attend to (th.),\\n1 10 ill attend to him in a minute,\\nto attend to one s business,\\nto pay, to give, attention,\\nto be all attention to (p.), to be\\nvery attentive to (p.),\\nto distract a person s attention.\\ns informer de.\\ninviter {p.) a diner.-\\nfaire eutrer.\\ndormir i)rofondement etre dans\\nun profoud sommeil.\\n*faire le gros dos; se rengorger;\\n*trancher de I important.\\nn en pas revenir, tomber des nues.\\ntenir a.\\n*vouloir prendre la lune avec les\\ndents,\\nsuivre.\\nfaire attention a; s occuper de;\\n{emphatic) tenir la main a.\\n*je suis a lui dans une minute.\\ns occuper de ses affaires.\\nfaire, preter, attention.\\n*en etre aux petits soins avec {p,)\\ndonner des distractions a\\ntraire.\\ndis-", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0196.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n187\\nto avail nothing,\\nto avail one s self of,\\nit avails nothing, it is of no use,\\non an average,\\nto he aware of,\\nnot to he aicai^e of,\\nto take away from,\\nto have a very awkward look,\\nto heUeve one s self the first man\\nin the land^\\nto he conceited,\\nto eat a great deal,\\nto he pretty well,\\ntwo remain (subtraction),\\nne servir a rien, ne servir de rien\\n(de).\\nprofiler de.\\ncela ne sert a rien, de rien.\\nen moyenne I un dans I autre.\\netre preVenu de savoir.\\nignorer.\\nprendre, oter {th.) a {p.) em-\\nmener {p.).\\navoir I air bien emprunte.\\nse croire le premier montardier\\ndu pape.\\ns en faire accroire.\\nmanger comme quatre.\\naller tout doucement.\\ndeux de reste.\\nto he a hachelor,\\nto he hack presently\\nto he had weather,\\nto he hadly off,\\nto he hadly off for,\\nto he hankrupt, to fail,\\nto lose hy the hargain,\\nto he (at a place), to happen to he,\\nto he a father to,\\nto he always (with a pres. part.),\\nto incur one s ill will, to hring\\nahout one s ears,\\nhe has matters in his ovm hands,\\ninto the hargain, over and ahove,\\nit would he as well,\\nhe that as it may,\\nhoxo can that he?\\nhow can that possihly he?\\nthat may he,\\nthere ivas a good deal of hlood\\nshed.\\netre gar^on.\\nne faire qu aller et venir revenir\\na I instant.\\nfaire mauvais temps {impers.).\\netre malheureux.\\navoir grand besoin de.\\nfaire faillite {legal failure) faire\\nbanqusroute {fraudulent).\\nperdre au change,\\nse trouver.\\nservir, tenir lieu, de pere a.\\nne faire que.\\n*se mettre {p.) a dos.\\nt il a le pied a I etrier.\\npar-dessus le marche.\\nautant vaut, or autant vaudrait.\\nquoi qu il en soit.\\ncomment cela se peut-il\\n*le moyen que cela soit?\\npeut-etre cela se pent cela se\\npent bien.\\nil y eut beaucoup de sang verse.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0197.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "188\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto hope,\\nwhat is that to me\\nhe was to start yesterday y\\naimer a croire.\\nqu est ce que cela me fait\\nil devait partir hier.\\n7.\\nto bear ivitness to,\\nto bear ill will to,\\nto beat into a person s head,\\nto become,\\nto become, to suit, to Jit,\\nit does not become to (complain,\\netc.)\\nto be in bed, confined to one s bed,\\nto go to bed,\\nI will go before,\\nto beg of (p.) to,\\nand he began to cry most bitterly,\\nto begin to, to set about,\\nto begin ivorse than ever,\\nto begin with the best,\\nthe beginning is the loorst,\\nto behave,\\nto behave loell (or ill) to (p.),\\nbelieve you I\\nI believe so,\\nI believe not,\\none icould not believe it,\\nif they are to be believed,\\nis that the first bell?\\nto belong to (a club, etc.),\\nto be benefited by,\\nto be benumbed with cold,\\nto do one s best,\\nto make the best of,\\none had best,\\nit is better (impers.)^\\nrendre temoignage de, etre temoin\\nde.\\nsavoir mauvais gre a en vouloir\\na garder, avoir, de la rancime\\ncontre.\\n*fourrer (th.) dans la tete a {p.).\\nse faire devenir.\\naller bien a.\\nvous avez mauvaise grace de (vous\\nplaindre, etc.).\\netre au lit, garder le lit.\\nse coucher aller se coucher.\\nje prendrai les devants.\\nprier (p.) de.\\net le Yoila a pleurer a cbaudes\\nlarmes.\\ncommencer a; se mettre a.\\nrecommencer de plus belle.\\nmanger son pain blanc le premier,\\nil n y a que le premier pas qui coute.\\nse comporter se conduire.\\nagir bien {or mal) envers.\\nje crois bien!\\nje crois que oui.\\nje crois que non je ne le crois pas.\\nc est a n y pas croire.\\na les en croire.\\nest-ce la le premier coup\\netre de.\\nse trouver mieux de.\\n*ne pas se sentir de froid, etre\\ntransi.\\nfaire de son mieux, faire tout son\\npossible.\\ntirer parti de, faire valoir.\\nmieux vaudrait.\\nil vaut mieux.", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0198.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n189\\nhad better,\\nI had better not,\\nbetter late than never,\\nto be better (health)\\nto be better (impers.))\\nto get the better of (p.)\\nbeticeen this and {to-morrow),\\nto bid good moryiing,\\nto bid good night,\\nto kill two birds loith one stone,\\nto have plenty of time,\\nje ferais raieux (de)\\nj aurais tort (dej je ferais mal\\n(de).\\n*mieux vaut tard que jamais,\\nse porter mieux, aller mieux.\\nvaloir mieux.\\nvenir a bout de.\\nd ici a (demain).\\nsouhaiter le bonjour.\\nsouhaiter le bonsoir.\\nfaire d uue pierre deux coups,\\navoir tout le temps.\\n8.\\nto blind, to deceive (p.),\\nto bloiv up (with powder)\\nto say (th.) bluntly plainly\\nto be in a boarding school,\\nto boil,\\nto be so bold as to,\\nto bolt,\\nto be a great bore to,\\nto be bound to,\\nto be bound to observe (modera-\\ntion, etc.),\\nto break out (speaking of a fire),\\nto break open (a desk, etc.),\\nto break loose,\\nto break forth,\\nto break a person s heart,\\nto break in,\\nto break the ice (figuratively),\\nto break off there, to stop there,\\nto break up (meeting, ball, etc.),\\nto run one s self out of breath,\\nto breathe not a word about it,\\nto be loell bred,\\nto bring (p.),\\nto bring (th.),\\nto bring (th.) about.\\n*jeter de la poudre aux yeux a.\\nfaire sauter.\\n*dire {th,) de but en blanc.\\netre en pension.\\nfaire bouillir.\\nprendre la liberte de,\\nfermer {th.) au verrou.\\n*etre la bete noire de.\\netre oblige de.\\netre tenu a.\\nprendre a.\\nforcer.\\ns echapper.\\neclat er.\\nfendre le coeur a {p.).\\ns introduire penetrer de force.\\nfaire les premiers pas.\\nen demeurer la en rester la s en\\ntenir la.\\nse separer.\\ncourir a perte d haleine.\\n*ne pas en souffler mot.\\navoir bon ton etre bien ne, bien\\neleve.\\namener.\\nporter; apporter.\\nvenir a boat de.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0199.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "190\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto bring good luck,\\nto hiding ill luck,\\nto he a burden to,\\nto burn doivn to the ground,\\nto burst out laughing,\\nto burst into tears,\\nto begin business,\\nI don t care a button for it,\\nby the bye, by the ivay,\\nby and by,\\nby all means,\\na little bird told me,\\nindeed really you don*t say so\\nwithout striking a blow,\\nporter bonheur.\\nporter malheur.\\netre a charge a.\\nbruler de fond en comble.\\nrire aux eclats, partir d un eclat\\nde rire.\\nfondre en larmes.\\ns etablir.\\nje ne m en soucie pas plus que de\\nI an quarante.\\na propos en passant soit dit en\\npassant par parenthese.\\ntout de suite, tout a I heure.\\na tout prix quoi qu il en coute,\\nmon petit doigt me I a dit.\\npar exemple\\nsans coup f erir.\\nto call {at a place),\\nto call on (p.),\\nto call together,\\nas well as can or could,\\nI can, or cannot, but,\\nit is a feather in his cap,\\nI don^t care,\\nto take care to,\\nto take care (to beware)\\nto take care what {one) does,\\nto take care not to,\\nto take care for or about,\\nto be over careful of one s self,\\nin a sad case,\\nin tvhich case,\\nshould the case occur,\\nthis is not the case,\\nas the case stands,\\nit is a clear case.\\npasser (dans un endroit)\\npasser chez aller voir.\\nassembler reunir convoquer.\\nde (mon) mieux.\\nje ne puis m empecher de.\\ntc est une bague au doigt.\\n*9a m est bien egal; ^je m en\\nmoque bien; *qu est-ce que 9a\\nme fait\\navoir soin de.\\nprendre garde.\\nprendre garde a ce qu (on) fait,\\nn avoir garde de, se bien garder de.\\nse soucier de; s embarrasser de;\\ntenir a.\\ns ecouter trop.\\n*dans une ^alaine passe,\\nauquel cas.\\nle cas echeant.\\nil n en est pas aiusi il n en est rien.\\nla chose etant ainsi au point ou\\nen sont les choses.\\ncela est clair.", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0200.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n191\\nto he in cash\\nto be out of cash,\\nto build castles in the air,\\nto make (p.) one s cat s paw,\\nto catch (p.) at it,\\nto cause (followed by a verb)\\nto give cause to (suspicions, etc.),\\nto cavil at (th.),\\nto use ceremonies, to be cere-\\nmonious,\\ncertain it is that,\\ncertainly, doubtless,\\nto a certainty,\\nto chance to, to have the good\\nluck to,\\nto stand the chance,\\nto change one s dress, one s linen,\\netc.,\\nto give a character to (p.),\\nto ask about a person s character,\\nto have cheap, to get cheap,\\nto be a mere cipher,\\nto be in good circumstances,\\nto be in narroiv circumstances,\\nthat depends on circumstances,\\na printed letter (to announce\\nbirths, deaths, or marriages) a\\nfuneral letter,\\nwhat people say,\\netre en fonds.\\netre sans argent.\\nbatir des chateaux en Espagne.\\n*f aire tirer a(p.)ses marrons du f eu.\\ny prendre.\\nfaire.\\ndonner prise a.\\ntrouver a redire a {th.).\\nfaire des ceremonies, faire des\\nfamous,\\nce qu il y a de certain, c est que.\\na coup siir.\\npour siir et certain,\\navoir le bonheur de parvenir a.\\ncourir la chance.\\nchanger d habit, de linge, etc.\\ndonner des renseignements sur.\\naller aux informations, prendre\\ndes informations, sur.\\navoir a bon compte.\\netre moins que rien etre un zero,\\netre bien dans ses affaires, avoir\\nde quoi.\\netre, or vivre, a I etroit.\\ncela depend des circonstances, c est\\nselon.\\nune lettre de faire part.\\nle qu on dira-t-on.\\n10.\\nto be uncommonly civil to,\\nto clap hands,\\nto clean the room,\\nthe maid is cleaning your room,\\nit clears up,\\nto get clear of (th.).\\nfaire mille honnetetes a.\\nbattre des mains.\\nfaire la chambre.\\nla bonne fait votre chambre.\\nle temps s eclaircit; le temps se\\ndecouvre.\\nse (bien) tirer de; se (bien) demeler\\nde.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0201.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "192\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto clear away (a table after meals),\\nto dear up that point,\\nit is clearing up,\\nthat is clever enough,\\nto live close by,\\nto stick close to a person s skirts,\\nto coax,\\nto pay (p.) back in his oxen coin,\\nI ivill pay him back in his own\\ncoin,\\nto be cold.\\nto have a cold to have a cold in\\none s head,\\nto catch cold,\\nto color up,\\nto color up to the eyes,\\nhe colored up,\\ncome along,\\ncome ivhat may\\nfirst come, first served,\\nhow comes it that?\\nto come in,\\nto come near,\\nto come off, to get off,\\nto come to (p.),\\nto come to blows,\\nto come to nothing (projects),\\nto come to pass,\\nto come to tea,\\nto come to the same thing,\\nto come to an understanding with,\\nto come in the loay,\\nto be comfortable,\\nto not hesitate,\\nthan I used to,\\ndesservir.\\nen avoir le coeur net.\\nle temps s eclaircit; le temps se\\ndecouvre.\\n*cela n est pas maladroit,\\ndemeurer a deux pas.\\nserrer (p.) de pres.\\n*faire patte de velours a {p.)\\namadouer (p.).\\ndonner aQ;.) la monnaie de sa piece.\\n*je lui donnerai la monnaie de sa\\npiece,\\navoir froid {p.) faire froid\\n{weather, impers.) etre froid\\n{things).\\netre enrhume avoir un rhume de\\ncerveau.\\ns enrbumer.\\nrougir.\\n*rougir jnsqu au blanc des yeux.\\nle rouge lui monta au visage.\\nvenez done allons, venez.\\nvogue la galere; *au petit bon-\\nheur! advienne que pourra! a\\ntout basard\\nties premiers venus vont devant.\\ncomment se fait-il que? {with\\nsubj.).\\nentrer.\\ns approcber de.\\nse tirer d affaire en etre quitte.\\nvenir trouver.\\nen venir aux mains,\\ns en aller en fumee.\\narriver, se passer,\\nvenir prendre le tbe.\\nrevenir au meme.\\ns entendre avec.\\nsur venir se presenter,\\netre bien se trouver bien etre a\\nraise,\\nne faire ni une ni deux,\\nqu a I ordinaire.", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0202.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n193\\n11.\\nto command a grave countenance,\\nto he first, second, etc., in com-\\nmand,\\nto have everything at one s com-\\nmand,\\nto have no command of one s self,\\nto he at one s command,\\nto commit to icriting,\\nto compose one s self,\\nto complete {one s misfortunes)\\nto he conceited,\\nto concern one s self with or ahout,\\nto he one s concern,\\nthat does not concern him,\\nto he concerned for (p. or th.),\\nto he concerned in,\\nmy honor is concerned, at stake,\\nthis is my least concern, trouhle,\\nthe parties concerned,\\nthey act in concert,\\nto he out of condition,\\nto pursue a course of conduct,\\nto confide in,\\nto confine one s self to that,\\nto get confused,\\nhe is no conjurer, no great genius,\\nspeak according to your con-\\nscience,\\nto he conscious of,\\nnot to consent to,\\nto he of consequence to (p.),\\nto he of consequence {to do),\\nto he of great consequence (speak-\\ning of things)\\nit is hy no means a matter of con-\\nsequence,\\no\\nprendre, se donner, un air grave,\\ncommander en premier, en second,\\netc.\\n*faire la pluie et le beau temps.\\nne pas savoir se moderer.\\netre aux ordres de.\\nconcher par ecrit.\\nse calmer.\\nmettre le comble a (ses malheurs)\\n*s en faire accroire etre plein de\\nsoi-meme.\\nse meler de.\\nregarder iDersonellement.\\neel a ne le regarde pas.\\netre afflige pour,\\netre interesse s inte resser, a or\\ndans,\\nil y va, il s agit, de mon honneur\\nmon honneur est en jeu.\\n*c est le moindre de mes soucis.\\nles partis interesses.\\nils se sont donne le mot.\\netre en mauvais etat.\\ntenir une conduite.\\nse fier a compter sur.\\ns en tenir la.\\n*perdre la carte; {th. heing suh-\\nject) s embrouiller.\\n*il n est pas sorcier; il n a pas\\ninvente la poudre.\\n*mettez la main sur la conscience.\\navoir la conscience de.\\nse refuser a.\\nimi)orter a {impers.).\\nimporter de (faire) {impers.).\\ntirer a consequence.\\n*cela ne fait ni chaud ni froid.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0203.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "194\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nI have been compelled to do that,\\nto carry through,\\nthe ivhole town is in a commotion,\\non m a force la main.\\nfaire reussir.\\ntoute la ville est en I air.\\n12.\\nto consider twice before doing a\\nthing,\\nto consider, or to make, one^s self\\nat home,\\nlet me consider,\\nto be consistent,\\nto be constantly (doing),\\nto contribute the most to,\\nto put, to lay, under contribution,\\nif you can conveniently\\nthe conversation turned to or upon,\\nto turn the conversation to,\\nto keep one s self cool,\\nto make a fair copy of,\\nto cost,\\ncost what it may,\\nto be covered loith it up to,\\nto keep one s countenance,\\nto put (p.) out of countenance,\\nto pluck up one s courage,\\nto summon up all one s courage,\\nto be cracked,\\nto be cross,\\nto be cunning and deceitful,\\nto cut out work for (p.),\\nto be in danger of one s life,\\nto be in no danger from,\\nto dare say,\\nto dare, to bid defiance^\\nto be dark,\\nto be in the dark about,\\nas dark as pitch,\\ny regarder a deux fois.\\nfaire comme cliez soi (in a bad\\nsense) ne pas se gener.\\n*donnez-moi le temps de m ori-\\nenter.\\netre consequent,\\nne cesser de.\\nfaire les frais de.\\nmettre a contribution,\\nsi cela ne vous gene pas.\\nla conversation roula sur.\\nfaire tomber la conversation sur.\\nse posseder garder son sang-froid,\\nmettre {th.) au net.\\ncouter, revenir, a.\\ncoute que coute.\\n*en avoir jusqu a.\\nfaire bonne contenance; garder\\nson serieax.\\ndeconcerter (p.).\\nprendre son courage a deux mains,\\ns armer de courage.\\n*etre timbre, avoir la tete felee.\\netre de mauvaise humeur faire la\\nmine a (p.).\\n*n avoir pas I air d y toucher.\\n*donner du fil a retordre k {p.).\\ncourir risque de perdre la vie.\\nn avoir rien a craindre de.\\ncroire bien que.\\ndefier (p.) de.\\nfaire nuit, faire sombre, faire noir\\n{impers.).\\netre dans I ignorance sur.\\n*noir comme dans un four, or\\ncomme dans un sac.", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0204.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n195\\nit grows dark, it is getting dark,\\ntill dark,\\nto be dated the,\\nthat caps the climax,\\nin the course of the day,\\nmy flesh creeps,\\nthere is not a living creature,\\nI shall have a bone to pick loith\\nhim,\\nto be at swords points,\\nil se fait nuit.\\njusqu a la nuit.\\netre date du.\\n11 ne raanquait plus que cela.\\ndans le courant de la journee.\\n*j ai la chair de poule.\\nil n y a pas ame qui vive *il n y\\na pas un chat.\\n*j aurai maille a partir avec lui.\\netre a couteaux tires.\\n13.\\nbearing the date of the,\\nto go out of date,\\nfrom this day, henceforth,\\nfrom day to day,\\nthe next day,\\neveinj other day,\\nsome day next week,\\nto a day,\\nby daylight,\\nit is daylight at 8 in the evening,\\nto be daylight, broad daylight,\\nto deal loith (p.),\\nto know how to take (p.) to deal\\nwith (p.),\\nwhose deal is it f\\nto put to death,\\nto be near death,\\nto run into debt,\\n4\\nhe deceives himself,\\nit is not for me to decide, to judge,\\nabout it,\\nto decide,\\nto deem it expedient to, to think\\nit best to,\\nto undertake the defence of,\\nto be deficient in,\\nen date du date du.\\npasser de mode.\\na dater d aujourd hui, de ce jour;\\na partir d aujourd hui.\\nde jour en jour,\\nle lendemain.\\nde deux jours I un.\\nun jour de la semaine prochaine.\\na un jour pres.\\nen plein jour.\\non voit clair a 8 heures du soir.\\nfaire jour, faire grand jour,\\nen user avec.\\nsavoir prendre (p.).\\na qui est-ce a faire a donner\\nmettre a mort faire mourir.\\n*etre a deux doigts de la mort.\\nfaire desdettes; se jeter dans les\\ndettes s endetter.\\n*il croit voir des etoiles en plein\\nmidi.\\ncela n est pas de mon ressort.\\nprendre (son) parti,\\njuger a propos de.\\nprendre fait et cause pour,\\nmanquer de.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0205.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "196\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto act deliberately,\\nto delight in,\\nto he the delight of,\\nto deliver (th.) to the person him-\\nself,\\nto deliver (a letter),\\nto take one s departure,\\nto depend on or upon (a person\\nbeing subject),\\nto depend upon (th. being subject)\\nit depends entirely on yourself,\\nto deprive one^s self of\\nfor an hour yet,\\nthe next corner,\\naller pas a pas, pied a pied,\\nprendre plaisir a aimer a se\\nplaire a.\\nfaire les delices de.\\nremettre en propres mains.\\nremettre.\\npartir s en aller.\\nfaire fond, compter, sur; se re-\\nposer de (th.) sur.\\ndependre de.\\ncela ne tient qu a vous.\\ns oter se priver de.\\navant une heure d i9i.\\nle premier coin de rue.\\n14.\\nhe has ivell deserved it, it served\\nhim right,\\nby or at the desire of,\\nit is my desire that you {do),\\nthat makes no difference,\\nthat makes no difference, or little\\ndifference, to me,\\nit is not a very difficult thing,\\nthe beginning is the only difficulty,\\nto have a difficulty in,\\nto bring (p.) into difficulties,\\nto dine out,\\nto serve up, to bring in, dinner,\\nby dint of,\\nto direct (a letter),\\nto be dirty (streets, etc.),\\nto disagree ivith (health).\\nto disappoint (a person being sub-\\nject of the verb)\\nto disappoint (a thing being sub-\\nject of the verb),\\nthat disappoints me,\\nto be discouimged by the least thing.\\n*il ne I a pas vole.\\na la priere de.\\nje vous prie de (faire).\\nil n importe pen importe, *cela\\nne fait rien.\\npen m importe; *cela ne me fait\\nrien.\\n*ce n est pas la mer a boire.\\nil n y a que le premier pas qui coute.\\navoir de la peine a.\\n*mettre (p.) dans de beaux draps.\\ndiner en ville.\\nservir le diner.\\n,aforcede.\\nadresser mettre I adresse a.\\nfaire sale faire crotte {Impers.)\\nincommoder faire mal a de-\\nranger.\\n*faire faux bond a {p.).\\ncontrarier (p.).\\ncela me contrarie.\\nse rebuter pour la moindre chose-", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0206.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n197\\nit disheartens me altogether^\\nto take a dislike to,\\nto dismount,\\nto dispense with,\\nto keep (p.) at a distance,\\nto do one s best to,\\nto do for (instead of)\\nto do nothing good,\\nto do harm to (p.),\\nto do nothing hut,\\nto do nothing of the kind,\\nto have to do with (p.),\\nhave nothing to do icith it,\\nas yoTi like,\\nat random,\\nto give or send one s kind regards\\nto,\\n*cela me casse bras et jambes.\\nprendre undegout pour {p. or th.)\\nprendre (p.) en grii)pe.\\nmettre pied a terre.\\nse passer de.\\ntenir (p.) a distance; tenir (p.)\\ndans le respect,\\nfaire tout ce qu on pent pour, *se\\nmettre en quatre pour,\\ntenir lieu de.\\nne faire rien qui vaille.\\nfaire mal a.\\nne faire que.\\nn en faire rien.\\navoir alfaire a.\\ncela ne me regard e pas.\\ncom me bon vous semble.\\na tort et a travers.\\nfaire ses amities, ses compliments,\\npresenter ses respects, a.\\n15.\\nto have something to do loith (th.),\\nto have nothing to do icith,\\nwill that do\\nthat will do (that is enough),\\nthat ivill do (that will fit)\\nthat won t do,\\nthat loill just do for me, just suit\\nme,\\nbut how could one do otherwise\\nplease do\\ndon t, I say,\\nto do right to,\\nto do vjrong to,\\nto do so that,\\nto do the same or as much,\\nnever to do any other thing,\\nto do without,\\navoir quelque chose de commun\\navec.\\nn avoir rien de commun avec.\\n*cela va-t-il? est-ce bien comme\\ncela?\\ncela suffit c est tout ce qu il f aut\\nc est bien comme cela.\\n*cela va; cela ira.\\n*cela ne va pas.\\n*cela fera mon affaire.\\nle moyen de faire autrement\\nje vous en prie\\nlaissez done\\nfaire bien de.\\nfaire mal de.\\nfaire en sorte que.\\nen faire autant.\\nn en faire jamais d autres.\\nse passer de.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0207.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "198\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto he in doors,\\nto he out of doors,\\nto he douhle the age,\\nto draw upon one s self,\\nto draw lots,\\nin full dress,\\nto give drink-money,\\nto drive over (p.)\\nto drive to extremities,\\nto drop,\\nto drop acquaintance loith (p.),\\nto he dry (weather)\\nin the dusk of the evening,\\nit is your duty to,\\nI deem it a duty to,\\nto swerve from one s duty,\\nto dwell upon (th.),\\nto dwell upon one s mind,\\nto he dying,\\nit is for you to,\\nit is all Greek to me,\\none can t get along ivith that,\\netre a la maison.\\netre dehors.\\navoir cleux fois I age.\\ns attirer.\\n*tirer a la courte paille.\\nen grande toilette, en grand cos-\\ntume.\\ndonner un pourboire.\\npasser sur le corps a.\\npousser (p.) a bout.\\nlaisser tomber.\\ncesser de voir (p.).\\nfaire sec {imjjers.).\\nsur la brune.\\n11 est de votre devoir de. _\\nje crois de mon devoir de je crois\\nqu il est de mon devoir de.\\ns ecarter de son devoir.\\ns arreter sur.\\ntenir au coeur a.\\nsemourir; *s en aller.\\nc est a vous de.\\n*je n y entends goutte.\\n*il n y a pas moyen de marcher\\navec cela.\\n16.\\nto have a good ear,\\nnot to have a good ear,\\nto turn a deaf ear to,\\nin good earnest,\\nto stop one s ears,\\nto whisper (th.) into one s ears,\\nan earthly thing,\\nyou don t do an earthly thing,\\nto take it at one s ease,\\nto he at one*s ease,\\navoir de I oreille; avoir I oreille\\njuste,\\nn avoir pas- d oreille; manquer\\nd oreille.\\nfaire la sourde oreille a; fermer\\nI oreille a (th.).\\ntout de bon serieusement de\\nbonne foi raillerie a part.\\nse boucher les oreilles.\\nchuchoter, dire {th.) a roreille.\\nchose au monde.\\nvous ne faites oeuvre de vos dix\\ndoigts.\\n*en prendre bien a son aise.\\n*etre dans son assiette.", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0208.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n199\\nit is easy for you to speak,\\nto eat the chicken in the egg,\\nto eat heartily,\\nto give (p.) elbow-room,\\nivhat else anything else\\nnoiohere else,\\nto enable (p.) to,\\nto be enabled,\\nto endeavor,\\nto end in or loith,\\nto put an end to,\\nto make an enemy of (p.),\\nto be engaged, not at home,\\nto be engaged in,\\nhe is engaged in,\\nto enjoy one s self constantly, to\\nenjoy life,\\nto enjoy one s self loell,\\nto enjoy (a walk, a sail, etc.),\\nI have enjoyed that loalk (or drive,\\nor sail) very much.\\nto enliven with,\\nto be enough for (p.),\\nto be enough (to complain, etc.),\\nmore than enough,\\nto be enraged at,\\nto enter into conversation,\\nto give an entertainment,\\nto envy,\\nto be equal to the emergency\\nto treat on a footing of equality,\\nto escape from,\\nthe loord escaped me,\\nto be in the act of,\\nnot to give up,\\nto play hide and seek,\\nvous en parlez bien a votre aise.\\nmanger son ble en herbe.\\nmanger comme quatre.\\n*laissera {p.) les coudees f ranches,\\nqu y a-t-il encore? quoi encore?\\nnulle autre part; nulle part ail-\\nleurs.\\nmettre (p.) en etat de.\\netre a meme de ponvoir.\\ns efforcer de f aire tons ses efforts\\npour,\\nfinir par.\\nmettre tin a faire cesser en\\nfinlr avec.\\nse faire un ennemi de (p.) se mettre\\na dos.\\nn etre pas visible,\\netre occupe a.\\nil est occupe a.\\n*se donner du bon temps.\\nse bien amuser.\\naimer beaucoup.\\ncette promenade (cette promenade\\nen Yolture or en bateau) m a\\nfait beaucou]D de plaisir, m a\\nbien amuse, m a bien diverti.\\negayer par.\\nsuffire a.\\ny avoir de quoi (se plaindre).\\nplus qu il n en faut.\\netre irrite, furieux, de (th.),\\ncontre (p.).\\nlier conversation.\\nrecevoir du monde.\\nenvier (th.) porter envie a (p.).\\netre a la hauteur de la situation.\\ntr alter d egal a egal.\\nechapper a.\\nle mot m a echappe.\\netre en train de.\\nue pas lacher prise.\\njouer a cache-cache.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0209.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "200\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n17.\\nere long, shortly,\\nto have a narroio escape^\\nhe had a narrow escape from being\\nkilled,\\nto make one s escape,\\nto esteem it a favor,\\nto esteem, to value (tli.),\\nto give an evasive ansicer,\\nto he even with,\\nat all events.\\nto evince,\\nto be scrupulously exact,\\nto take exception to,\\nto excite the compassion of,\\nto be excited at,\\na false excuse,\\nto exert one s self to,\\nto exert one s self to the utmost,\\nto exhaust one s patience,\\nto be quite exhausted,\\nto expect (th.),\\nbeyond one s expectation,\\nto defray the expense of,\\nto be at expense,\\npetty expenses,\\nto be expensive,\\nto expose (p.),\\nto be far above expression,\\nto run into extremes,\\nto eye from head to foot,\\nto catch the eye of,\\nto be an eyesore to (p.), cl bore,\\nthe sum is complete.\\nsous peu dans peu bientot.\\nechapper belle {never followed\\nby a complementary phrase).\\nil I a echappe belle.\\ns echapper, se sauver.\\nregarder comme une faveur.\\nfaire cas de, attacher de la va-\\nleur a.\\nX repondre en Normand.\\netre quitte avec; *rendre la pa-\\nreille a.\\nen tout cas; a tout evenement;\\nde toute maniere; yaille que\\nYaille.\\nfaire voir.\\n*mettre les points sur les i.\\nse formaliser de; s offenser de.\\nfaire pitie a.\\nprendre feu a.\\nune defaite.\\nse donner de la peine pour; *se\\nmettre en frais.\\nfaire tons ses efforts pour,\\npousser {p.) a bout.\\nn en pouvoir plus; *etre rendu;\\n*etre sur les dents,\\ns attendre a.\\nau-dela de son attente.\\nfaire les frais de.\\nfaire des depenses.\\nmenus frais.\\ncouter cher.\\ndemasquer.\\npasser toute expression.\\nse Jeter dans les extremes pas-\\nser d un extreme a I autre.\\ntoiser (p.).\\nse faire remarquer de.\\n*Otre la bete noire de {p.)-\\nle compte y est.", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0210.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n201\\nto keep in practice f\\nto stare,\\nto be a witness,\\ntenir (p.) en haleine.\\nouvrir de grands yeux.\\nservir de temoin.\\n18.\\nto face,\\nto do {th.) for (p.) a fair face,\\nto have a face of brass,\\nto stare or to look full in the face,\\nto say (th.) to one^sface,\\nto fail (not to succeed),\\n^o/ca7 (in business),\\nto be faint-hearted,\\nthis is coming a day after the fair,\\nall this is very fair,\\nto fall in loith,\\nto fall into (a snare),\\nto fall out,\\nto fall upon (th.),\\nto fall upon (p.) treacherously,\\nto fall out of the frying-pan into\\nthe fire,\\nto take a fancy to,\\nto be far from,\\nhow far is it\\nso far as to,\\nas far as one can see,\\nto go further and fare worse,\\nto bid farewell,\\nI don t bid farewell, ive shall\\nmeet again,\\nto be in fashion,\\nto be too fast (a watch, etc.),\\nit is fated that I shall see him\\nevery day,\\nto be loom out ivith fatigue,\\ntouse,toinure,07ie s self to fatigue,\\nto be the fault of,\\nfaire face a.\\n*faire (th.) pour les beaux yeux\\nde.\\n*aYoir du front, du toupet.\\n*regarder {p.) entre les deux yeux.\\ndire (th.) a brule-pourpoint.\\nmanquer {p.) le or son but.\\nfaire faillite.\\n*etre une poule mouillee.\\n*c est de la moutarde apres diner.\\n*tout ceci est bel et bon.\\nrencontrer.\\ndonner dans.\\nse quereller se brouiller rompre.\\nfaire main basse sur.\\nprendre en traitre.\\ntomber de Charybde en Scylla.\\nprendre du gout pour.\\ns en falloir de beaucoup que\\n(impers.).\\ncombien y a-t-il\\njusqu a.\\na perte de vue.\\ntomber de mal en pis.\\ndire adieu a.\\nsans adieu, nous nous reverrons.\\netre a la mode, etre de mode etre\\nde mise.\\navancer.\\nil est ecrit que je le verrai tous\\nles jours.\\n*etre rendu n en pouvoir plus de\\nfatigue etre roue.\\nse faire, s endurcir, a la fatigue,\\nne tenir qu a (impers.).", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0211.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "202\\nIDIOMATIC YEKBS AND PHRASES.\\nto he 171 fear of^\\nto feed on^\\nto feel reluctant to,\\nto feel one s way,\\nto feel hurt at,\\nbeyond one s expectation,\\nto lay the corner stone,\\na iveekfrom to-day,\\ntivo iveeksfrom to-day,\\nto try to keep in with both sides.\\ncraindre, avoir peur de.\\nse nourrir de.\\neprouver de la repugnance a.\\nmarcher a tatons.\\nse trouver offense de.\\naii-dela de son attente.\\nposer la premiere pierre.\\nd aujourd hui en huit.\\nd aujourd hui en quinze.\\nvouloir menagez la chevre et le\\nchou.\\n19.\\nto feel sick (suddenly),\\nto feel sick at heart,\\nto be a good fellow,\\nto be a badfelloiv,\\nto be a sad fellow\\nto be hail fellow well met with (p.)\\nto come and fetch (p.),\\nto go and fetch,\\nto fight bravely,\\nto fight hand to hand,\\ntoJiJid one s self the better for it,\\nto find the door shut, to find no\\none at home,\\nto find fault loith (th.),\\nto find it loorth one s while,\\nto be fine (weather),\\nio be fine again,\\nto have (th.) at one s fingers ends,\\nto bite one s fingers for it,\\nto set fire to,\\nfar from it,\\nto be on the lookout,\\n07ie might ivish that it could he,\\nto have money about one (p.),\\nso much so,\\nto stand in line,\\nnot to take it amiss if,\\nse trouver mal n etre pasbien.\\navoir le coeur gros.\\netre un bon enfant.\\netre un mauvais sujet.\\netre un triste sire, un pauvre sire.\\ntraiter (p.) de pair a compagnon.\\nvenir prendre.\\naller chercher.\\npayer de sa personne.\\nse battre corps a corps.\\ns en trouver mieux.\\ntrouver visage de bois.\\n^trouver a redire a {th.).\\n*y trouver son compte.\\nfaire beau {impers.)\\nse remettre an beau.\\n*savoir sur le bout du doigt.\\n*s en mordre les, doigts {or les\\npouces)\\nmettre le feu a.\\nil s en faut de beaucoup.\\netre aux aguets.\\non voudrait que ce fut.\\navoir de I argent sur soi.\\nau point que.\\nfaire queue,\\nne pas trouver mauvais que\\n{subj.).", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0212.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n203\\n20.\\nto go through fire and water for\\n(p.),\\nto fire at,\\nto be, to hold, firm,\\nto be firm in,\\nto fit, to fit well (p.),\\nto fit like a glove, to suit to a jT,\\nto be flat (trade),\\nto flatter (p.) grossly,\\nto be foggy,\\nto be passionately fond off\\nnot to be very fond of,\\nto be fond of drink,\\nto make a fool of,\\nto make a fool of one^s self,\\nhe missed his footing,\\nto be forbidden the use of (th.),\\nto force a laugh,\\nto force (p.) to explain one s self,\\nto take time by the forelock,\\nto have no foresight,\\nnever to forget ichile one lives,\\nforget and forgive,\\nfrom fo rge tfuln ess\\nI forgive you this time, but don t\\ndo it again,\\nand so forth,. and so on,\\nto tell (p.) his fortune,\\nto be born to good fortune,\\nto bear up against bad fortune,\\nto forward (a letter, parcel, etc.),\\nto be free spoken,\\nto freeze intensely,\\nto fret and fume,\\nthis is not done like a friend,\\nto make friends ivith,\\nto be on friendly terms.\\n*se mettre au feu pour {p.).\\ntirer sur faire feu sur.\\ntenlr bon.\\npersister dans.\\naller bien a.\\n*aller comme un gant.\\nne pas aller.\\n*donner de I encensoir par le nez\\na {p.).\\nfaire du brouillard {impers.)\\naimer beaucoup; etre passionne\\npour; etre coiife de; s etre en-\\ngoue de aimer a la folie.\\nn aimer guere.\\naimer la bouteille.\\nse moquer de se jouer de.\\nse faire moquer de soi.\\nle pied lui a manque,\\netre a I index.\\n*rire du bout des levres, or des\\ndents.\\nmettre (p.) au pied du mur.\\n^prendre I occasion aux cheveux.\\n*ne pas voir plus loin que son nez.\\nn oublier (th.) de sa vie.\\nsans rancune.\\npar oubli.\\npasse pour cette fois, mais que\\ncela n arrive plus,\\net aiusi de suite,\\ndire a (p.) sa bonne aventure.\\n*etre ne coiffe.\\nfaire contre fortune bon coeur.\\nfaire parvenir (th.) a (p.).\\navoir son franc parler.\\ngeler a pier re fendre.\\nJeter feu et llamme.\\nce n est pas la un trait d ami.\\nse reconcilier avec.\\netre sur un pied d amitie.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0213.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "204\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nwe are quits and friends,\\nto frighten to death,\\nthe river is frozen,\\nto pass one s self for,\\nto pay cash,\\nto say nothing about,\\nto fall the lohole length of the\\nstairs,\\nevery man has his hobby,\\nnous sommes quittes et bons\\namis.\\nfaire mourir de peur.\\nla riviere est prise,\\nse faire passer pour,\\npayer rubis sur I ongle.\\npasser sous silence,\\ntomber du haut en bas de I escalier.\\n*chacun a sa marotte.\\n21.\\nto gain one s object,\\nto gain one s point,\\nto make game of,\\nas gay as a lark,\\nto be a gentleman,\\nto get, to order,\\nto get, to obtain, to gain,\\nto get, to 2oossess,\\nto get angry ivith,\\nto get away,\\nto get (th.) /or (p.),\\nto get home,\\nto get, to take, a liking for,\\nto get on (the way),\\nto get on (in the world)\\nget on go on\\nto get over a great difficulty,\\nto get out, to clear off, to get off,\\nto get rich,\\nto get rid of,\\nto get, to become,\\nto get (buy),\\nto get into,\\nto get clear of,\\nI luish you may get it\\nsee noio what you get by your dis-\\nobedience.\\nreussir dans ses projets, ses des-\\nseins.\\narriver a ses fins,\\nse moquer.\\ngai comme un pinson.\\netre un homme comme il faut;\\nsavoir vivre.\\nfaire faire.\\nobtenir, gagner.\\navoir, posseder.\\nse mettre en colere contre.\\ns en aller; *se sauver.\\nfaire avoir {th.) a (p.).\\narriver chez soi.\\nprendre gout a.\\navancer.\\nfaire son chemin.\\navancez done\\n*se tirer une epine du pied.\\nse tirer de s en tirer.\\ns enrichir.\\nse defaire de; se debarrasser de.\\ndevenir.\\nacheter.\\nmonter, entrer.\\nse tirer de.\\nattendez-vous-y\\nvoila ce que c est que d avoir\\ndesobei; voila ce qu on gagne\\na desobeir.", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0214.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n205\\nto he latCf\\nyou are late,\\nhoio can one,\\nto have good manners,\\nto set out,\\nto find the door shut,\\nto promise great things,\\nto start on a journey,\\nse faire tard.\\nvous etes eu retard.\\nle raoyen de.\\nsavoir vivre, avoir du savoir vivre.\\nse mettre en route.\\ntrouver visage de bois.\\npromettre monts et merveilles.\\nse mettre en voyage, en route.\\n22.\\nto get into a scrape,\\nto get out of a scrape,\\nto get stout,\\nto get out of the way,\\nto gild the pill,\\nto give an account of,\\nto give in one s account,\\nto give credit to (th.),\\nto give (p.) his own,\\nto give it up,\\nI hope you don t give it up,\\nto give up guessing,\\nto give up an enterprise ivhich\\nivould succeed,\\nto give largely,\\nto give a lecture to, to reprimand.\\nto give occasion to (p.), to offer\\n(p.) a chance,\\nto give an evening party\\nto give rise to,\\nto give one s self up to,\\nto give the advantage over (p.),\\nit has given me much pleasure to\\n{see)\\nyou would hardly believe,\\nthe thing is getting confused,\\nto take pity on.\\nse mettre dans I embarras; *se\\nfaire d\u00e2\u0082\u00acS affaires,\\nse tirer d affaire; *retirer son\\nepingle du jeu.\\nprendre de I embonpoint.\\ns oter.\\ndorer la pilule.\\nfaire le recit de, rendre compte de.\\nrendre ^es comptes.\\na j outer foi a.\\ndire a (p.) son fait,\\nabandonner la partie.\\nj espere que vous ne vous tenez\\npas pour battu.\\n*jeter sa langue aux cbiens.\\ns arreter en beau chemin.\\ndonner a pleines mains.\\nfaire une mercuriale, une se-\\nmonce, la le9on; *tancer d im-\\nportance donner un savon.\\ndonner lieu a (p.) de.\\ndonner une soiree.\\nfaire naitre produire.\\ns abandonner a se livrer a.\\ndonner prise sur.\\nj ai ete tres-heureux de (voir).\\nvous ne sauriez croire.\\nla chose s embrouille.\\navoir pitie de.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0215.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "206\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n23.\\nto give (p.) something to do,\\nto give up (p. or th.) for lost,\\nto give way to,\\nto he glad to hear,\\nto look at one s self in a glass\\n(with pleasure)\\nto drink out of a glass,\\nto glory in,\\nto he hand and glove,\\nto go (away)\\nto go ahroad,\\nto go along,\\nto go hack (on one s decision),\\nto go in company (th. being subj.)\\nto go together,\\nto go for (to fetch),\\nto go on the same to ay,\\nto go so far as to,\\nto go up stairs,\\nto go doivn stairs,\\nto go to (p.)\\nto go to meet (p.),\\nto go two miles,\\nto go upon sure grounds,\\nto go without,\\nI am going immediately,\\nto he going on (speaking),\\nto he as good as gold,\\nto he worth one s weight in gold,\\nhe thinks himself a great man,\\nto grieve for trifles,\\nto grieve without cause,\\nit grieves me to tell you,\\nnot to he worth a groat,\\n*donner du fil a retordre a (p.).\\nregarder {p. or th.) comme perdu,\\nse laisser aller a {th.), ceder a {p.\\nor th.) lacher la bride a {th.),\\napprendre avec plaisir.\\nse mirer.\\nboire dans un verre.\\nse glorifier; se faire gloire, hon-\\nneur, de.\\netre amis intimes; *etre comme\\nles deux doigts de la main,\\npartir.\\naller a I etranger.\\npasser son chemin.\\ns en dedire.\\nmarcher de front.\\naller chercher.\\naller tou jours son train.\\ns oublier jusqu a.\\nmonter aller en haut.\\ndescendre aller en has.\\naller trouver aller chez.\\naller au-devant de, a la rencontre\\nde.\\nfaire deux milles.\\netre sur de son fait aller a coup\\nsur.\\nse passer de.\\nj y vais de ce pas.\\netre en train.\\n*etre de I or en barre.\\nvaloir son pesant d or.\\n*il se croit le premier moutardier\\ndu Pape.\\nse chagriner pour des riens.\\ns attrister mal a propos.\\nil m en coute de vous dire.\\n*n avoir pas le sou; n avoir pas\\nune obole.", "height": "4323", "width": "2830", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0216.jp2"}, "217": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n207\\nwithout a groat, penniless,\\nto grow into a habit,\\nto grow old,\\nill weeds grow apace,\\nit grows or draios toward the\\nclose of the day,\\nto owe a grudge to (p.),\\nat a guess,\\nto give (p.) ten times to guess it in,\\nto leave (p.) to guess,\\nto he of no avail,\\nto fall short of,\\nto become good friends,\\nat a glance,\\nto play truant,\\n*sans le sou sans im sou.\\ndevenir habitude.\\nse faire vieux.\\nmauvaise herbe croit toujours.\\nla fin du jour approche or s ap-\\nproche.\\navoir une dent contre.\\nen devinant.\\nle donner a (p.) en dix.\\nle laisser a {p.) a deviner.\\nne servir de rien.\\ncommencer a manquer de.\\ndevenir bons amis,\\nd un coup d oeil.\\nfaire I ecole buissonniere.\\n24.\\nto be in the habit of,\\nto break one s self of a habit,\\nto contract a bad habit,\\nto grow into a habit,\\nto get into the habit of,\\nI had best do the best thing I\\ncall do is,\\nI had better,\\nyou had better go,\\nto tear one s hair,\\nto be ivithin a hair s breadth of,\\nto make one s hair stand on end,\\nto go halves loith (p.),\\nto car?^ it ivith a high hand\\nover,\\nto have a hand in,\\nto have no hand in,\\nmy hand is in,\\nivhile my hand is in, or ivhile I\\nam at it,\\nwith a book in his hand,\\nto shake hands with,\\navoir I habitude de.\\nse defaire d une habitude.\\nprendre un mauvais pli.\\ndevenir habitude.\\nprendre I habitude de.\\nce que j ai de mieux a faire, c est\\nde.\\nje ferais mieux de.\\nvous feriez mieux de partir.\\ns arracher les cheveux.\\n*ne pas s en falloir de I epaisseur\\nd un cheveu etre a deux doigts\\nde.\\nfaire dresser les cheveux.\\nse mettre de moitie avec (p.).\\nmener rondement.\\navoir part a.\\nn etre pour rien dans.\\nje suis en train.\\npendant que, or puisque, j ai la\\nmain a la pate,\\nun livre a la main,\\ndonner une poignee de main a;\\nserrer la main a.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0217.jp2"}, "218": {"fulltext": "208\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto go hand in hand,\\nto have on one s hands\\nto live from hand to mouthy\\nto lend a hand,\\nto take it in hand,\\nto he hand in glove,\\nby handfuls,\\nto hang by a thread,\\nhis life hangs on a thread,\\nhoiv does that happen f\\nto happen to,\\nto be happy to see (p.),\\nto be hardly able,\\nto harm, to hurt (physical),\\nto hurt one s feelings,\\nto be no harm in (impers.),\\nto mean no harm,\\nto hate work,\\nto have (to cause)\\nto have it (to understand)\\nnow I have it,\\nto have on good authority,\\nthere I will have him,\\nto have tears in one s eyes,\\nI had better,\\nlet me hear about it,\\nindeed it is, I should say so,\\nto go and meet.\\nagir de concert s entendre.\\navoir sur les bras,\\nvivre au jour le jour.\\n*donner un coup de main.\\nse faire fort de.\\netre comme les deux doigts de la\\nmain.\\na pleines mains,\\ntenir a un fil.\\nsa vie ne tient qu a un fil.\\ncomment cela se f ait-il\\nvenir a.\\netre charm e de voir (p.).\\navoir de la peine a.\\nfaire mal a.\\nfaire de la peine a.\\nn y avoir pas de mal a {impers.).\\nne pas songer a mal; ne pas y\\nentendre malice.\\naimer la besogne faite.\\nfaire.\\netre au fait; *yetre; deviner.\\n*m y voila.\\nsavoir, tenir, de bonne part.\\nc est la que je I attends.\\navoir les larmes aux yeux.\\nje ferais mieux de.\\nvous m en direz des nouvelles.\\nje le crois bien.\\naller au devant de.\\n25.\\nto have but just,\\nto have but just (dined, etc.),\\nto have company,\\nto have designs upon,\\nto have a home,\\nto have neither house nor home,\\nto have just (before a verb),\\nto have something to do with it,\\nto have to do with (p.),\\nto have loherewithal.\\nne faire que de.\\nsortir de.\\navoir du monde.\\navoir des vues sur.\\navoir un chez soi.\\nn avoir ni feu ni lieu.\\nvenir de.\\ny etre pour quelque chose.\\navoir affaire a.\\navoir de quoi.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0218.jp2"}, "219": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n209\\nto come into one s head, to enter\\none s head,\\nto take into one s head to,\\nto do (th.) out oj one s oion head\\nor to do of one s oion accord,\\nto have neither head nor tail,\\nto hear of or from (p.)\\nto hear of (th.), to hear said,\\nto he happy to hear,\\nto hear out,\\nto ask to be heard,\\nto he hard or dull of hearing,\\nrather deaf,\\nto he ivithin hearing,\\nto have at heart,\\nhis heart is full,\\nhe takes it to heart,\\nto have hy heart,\\nto have the heart to,\\nHeaven forhid\\nyou seem very heedless,\\nto take to one s heels,\\nto help (p.) out of trouble,\\nhoio can I help it\\nI can7iot help saying,\\nit cannot he helped,\\nhovj can it be helped f\\nit is high time,\\nto speak highly of,\\nto think highly of,\\nto hint, to give a hint,\\nto give a broad hint,\\nto give some hints on the subject,\\nto hit the right nail on the head,\\nyou have hit the nail on the head,\\nto he hot (th.),\\np\\nvenir a la tete de; passer par la\\ntete de.\\nse mettre en tete de s aviser de.\\nfaire (th.) de son chef.\\n*n avoir ni queue ni tete.\\navoir, recevoir, des nouvelles de.\\napprendre; entendre dire,\\napprendre avec plaisir.\\nentendre jusqu au bout,\\ndemander la parole,\\navoir I oreille dure entendre dur.\\netre a portee d entendre.\\navoir a coeur de.\\nil a le coeur gros.\\ncela lui tient au coeur.\\nsavoir, posseder, par coeur.\\navoir le courage de.\\nle ciel (m en preserve.\\n*il me semble que vous y allez\\nbien a la legere.\\n*prendre ses jambes a son cou;\\n*jouer des talons,\\ntirer (p.) d embarras.\\nque voulez-vous que j y fasse?\\nje ne puis m empecher de dire.\\non n y pent rien on ne saurait\\nqu y faire.\\nqu y faire que voulez-vous qu on\\ny fasse que voulez-vous\\nil est^grandement temps,\\ndire du bien de.\\npenser avantageusement de.\\ndonner a entendre faire entendre;\\ndire a demi-mot.\\nfaire entendre d une maniere a\\nne pas s y tromper.\\n*en toucher quelques mots.\\nmettre le doigt dessus.\\n*vous y etes; *vous avez mis le\\ndoigt dessus.\\netre chaud.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0219.jp2"}, "220": {"fulltext": "210\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nthere s a full house,\\nto he hungry,\\nto he ravenously hungry,\\nthere is no hurry,\\nto hurt (physically)\\nto hurt (one s feelings),\\nto he hurt,\\nit hurts me, it grieves me to see,\\nto hush up the business,\\nto fall into hysterics,\\nto he free, or ahle, to do,\\nhut not your friend,\\nto disguise one^s self as,\\nto enjoy (a place)\\nhoiv does it happen 9\\nhow is it that\\nto meet with success,\\nla salle est pleine.\\navoir faim.\\navoir une faim de loup.\\nil n y a rien qui presse.\\nfaire du mal a.\\nfaire du tort a.\\navoir du mal.\\ncela me fait de la peine de voir.\\netouffer I affaire.\\navoir une attaque de nerfs.\\netre a meme de.\\nmais votre amis pas.\\nse deguiser en.\\naimer, se plaire a.\\ncomment se f ait-il que\\nd oii vient que?\\navoir du succes.\\n26.\\nto have, to entertain, an idea,\\nidle hours, spare time, leisure time,\\nif hut a little,\\nto take it ill or amiss if, to take\\noffence,\\nto he taken ill,\\nto feel ill,\\nto he dangerously ill,\\nimmediately,\\nto impose on or upon,\\nto wish an impossibility,\\nto impress one s self with,\\nto improve an advantage,\\nto improve in (study, etc.),\\nto he very impudent,\\nto he in and out,\\nto he inactive, to sit with one s\\nhands folded,\\nhy inches,\\navoir, se faire, une idee,\\nheures de loisir, heures perdues.\\npour peu que.\\ntrouver mauvais que (suhj.).\\ntomber malade.\\nse sentir mal, malade.\\netre entre la vie et la mort.\\nsur le champ, a I instant.\\nen imposer a en faire accroire a;\\ndonner le change a jeter de la\\npoudre aux yeux.\\nvouloir prendre la lune avec les\\ndents,\\nse penetrer de.\\nprofit er d un avantage.\\nfaire des progres dans,\\netre effronte comme un page,\\naller et venir.\\nrester les bras croises.\\npied a pied a petit feu *a coups\\nd epingles.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0220.jp2"}, "221": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n211\\nto he inclined to,\\nif you feel inclined to it,\\nto live upon one s income,\\nif it is inconvenient for you to,\\nto incur, to bring on one s self,\\nto be indebted to (p.) for,\\nto be indefatigable for (p.),\\nto ask information, to inquire\\nabout,\\nto supply (p.) loith information^\\nto injure (p.),\\nto inquire of (p.) about,\\nto inquire for (p.),\\nto inquire into (th.),\\nto be inquisitive about (th.),\\nto insist on,\\nto intend to, to have the intention\\nof,\\nto intend for (p.),\\nto attend to the interests of,\\nto bring (p.) over to one s inter-\\nest,\\nwithout intermission,\\nto interrupt (p.), to cut short,\\nto introduce (p.) into (a room),\\nto introduce (p.) to (p.),\\nhope I don t intrude,\\nto be hotheads,\\nto be hard of hearing,\\nbut ever so little,\\nto have a good time, enjoy,\\nit is good in itself,\\nfor instance,\\na lot of things,\\nfor the least reason,\\nto be resigned,\\nit is time indeed,\\ntopsy-turvy,\\netre enclin, porte, dispose, a.\\nsi Ten vie vous en prend.\\nvivre de ses rentes.\\nsi cela vous de range, si cela vous\\ngene, de.\\ns attirer.\\netre redevable a (p.) de.\\n*se mettre en quatre pour (p.).\\nprendre des renseignements sur.\\nfournir des renseignements sur\\n(th.) a (p.).\\nfaire tort a; faire injure a.\\ns informer a (p.) de (th.) de-\\nmander des nouvelles a (p.) de.\\ndemander.\\nexaminer.\\netre curieux de savoir (th.).\\ntenir a.\\navoir intention, or Tintention, de.\\ndestiner a.\\nveiller aux interets de; soigner\\nles interets de.\\nmettre (p.) dans ses interets.\\nd arrache-pied.\\ncouper la parole a (p.).\\nfaire entrer.\\npresenter a.\\n*j espere que je ne suis pas de\\ntrop.\\navoir la tete pres du bonnet,\\navoir I oreille dure,\\ntant soit pen.\\ns amuser.\\nc est bon en soi.\\npar exemple.\\nun tas de choses.\\na propos de tout et de rien.\\nen prendre son partir.\\nil n est que temps de.\\nsans dessus dessous.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0221.jp2"}, "222": {"fulltext": "212\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n27.\\nto jest about (th.)j\\nto be full of jests f\\nto be 171 jest,\\nto know hoio to take a jest,\\nmany a true loord is spoken injestf\\nto turn to a jest,\\nto understand jesting,\\nto join in the sport,\\nare you joking\\nto begin a journey,\\nto take a journey, to be on a\\njourney,\\nto be a judge of,\\nto keep a carriage,\\nto keep a house,\\nto keep a servant,\\nto keep straight on,\\nto keep one s temper, to keep cool,\\nto keep one waiting,\\nto keep (reading),\\nto keep to (th.)\\nto keep the best bit for the last,\\nto keep time (watch),\\nto kill by inches,\\nto kill two birds with one stone,\\nto be kind to,\\nto be so kind as to,\\nto know (by senses), to be ac-\\nquainted,\\nto know (by mind) to be aicare of,\\nto knoiv by name,\\nto know by sight,\\nto know (p.) by {his walk, etc.),\\nto know of old,\\nto let (p.) know how things go on,\\nto know better,\\nto know what to think of it.\\nrailler.\\navoir toujours le mot pour rire.\\nplaisanter.\\nentendre raillerie.\\non dit souvent la verite en riant.\\ntourner en plaisanterie.\\nentendre la raillerie.\\nse mettre de la partie.\\n*vous moquez-vous du monde?\\nse mettre en voyage.\\nfaire un voyage, etre en voyage,\\nvoyager.\\nse connaitre en.\\nrouler carrosse avoir equipage.\\ntenir une maison.\\navoir un domes tique.\\naller tout droit.\\ngarder son sang-froid.\\nfaire attendre.\\ncontinuer de (lire)\\ns en tenir a.\\n*garder {th.) pour la bonne bouche.\\naller bien.\\nfaire mourir a petit feu.\\nfaire d une pierre deux coups.\\navoir de la bonte pour etre bon\\npour.\\netre assez bon pour; avoir la\\nbonte I obligeance, la complai-\\nsance, de.\\nconnaitre.\\nsavoir.\\nconnaitre de nom.\\nconnaitre de vue.\\nreconnaitre {p.) a (sa marche,\\netc.).\\nconnaitre de longue main,\\nmsttre {p.) au courant.\\nn etre pas si sot.\\nsavoir a quoi s en tenir.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0222.jp2"}, "223": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n213\\none does not know if he will not\\nsome day require the assistance\\nof such a person, or thing,\\nyou woidd not Tcnoio him again,\\nto know thoroughly,\\nI knoio now ivhere I am,\\nto let knoio,\\nto go back on,\\nto give the finishing stroke,\\nafire-eater,\\nfor trifles,\\njust so,\\njust as you say,\\nto lose one s toils,\\nvery neat in dress,\\nnothing else to do,\\nnothing of the kind,\\nin no time at all,\\nall out of patience,\\nto regret,\\nto rely on,\\na tremendous appetite,\\nunder cover of,\\nto he very witty,\\nil ne faut pas dire: Fontaine,\\nje ne boirai pas de ton eau.\\nvous ne le reconnaitriez pas; il\\nn est pas reconnaissable.\\nsavoir a fond ^savoir sur le bout\\ndu doigt.\\nje me reconnais maintenant.\\nfaire connaitre, faire savoir, faire\\ndire {th.) a {p.).\\nrevenir sur.\\ndonner le coup de grace.\\nun brave a quatre polls.\\npour des riens.\\nexactement.\\ntout comme vous dites.\\nperdre la tete.\\ntire a quatre epingles.\\npas d autre parti a prendre.\\nrien de la sorte.\\nen un rien de temps.\\na bout de force et de patience.\\nse mordre les pouces de.\\ncompter.\\nmanger comme quatre.\\na la faveur de.\\navoir de I esprit comme quatre.\\n28.\\nto have one s labor for one s pains,\\nto labor under great difficulties.\\nto be laid up,\\nGod tempers the wind to the shorn\\nlamb,\\nto see how the land lies,\\nto be late (impers.).\\nto be late (persons, watches, etc.),\\nto be too late (impers.),\\nen etre pour sa peine.\\nlutter contre de grandes diffi-\\ncultes avoir de grandes diffi-\\ncult es a surmonter.\\netre force de garder la chambre\\ngarder le lit.\\na brebis tondue Dieii mesure le\\nvent.\\nsonder le terrain ^prendre Fair\\ndu bureau.\\netre tard {impers.).\\netre en retard.\\nn etre plus temps de {impers.).", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0223.jp2"}, "224": {"fulltext": "214\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nbetter late than never,\\ndog latin,\\nto laugh in the face of,\\nto laugh in one s sleeve,\\nto laugh on the wrong side of the\\nmouth,\\nto laugh at a creditor,\\nto afford subject for laughter,\\nto lay up for a rainy day,\\nto lay the blame on.\\nto lay the cloth,\\nto lay it to,\\nat the very least,\\nnot in the least, not at all,\\nwith your leave, permission,\\nwhere did you leave off?\\nI leave you to judge if,\\nto leave it to,\\nto leave in the lurch,\\nto leave no stone unturned to,\\nnot to leave (p.) a leg to stand upon,\\nI have {p7ie pound) left,\\nthere is still some left,\\nscarcely any is left,\\nat your leisure, spare moments,\\nto go great lengths,\\nto be (three inches) in length by\\n(tivo) in breadth.\\nto let alone (p.),\\nto let alone (th.)\\nto let out,\\nlet it be for this time only,\\nto set at liberty,\\nto lie scattered about (speaking of\\npapers, etc.),\\nto save the life of.\\nil vaut mieux tard que jamais.\\ndu latin de cuisine.\\nrire au nez de.\\nrire sous cape, rire dans sa barbe.\\n*rire de travers *rire jaune;\\n*rire du bout des dents,\\npayer (p.) en monnaie de singe,\\npreter a rire a (p.).\\n*garder une poire pour la soif.\\nrejeter la faute sur s en prendre\\na; *mettre tout sur le dos de;\\ndonner tort a.\\nmettre la nappe, mettre le convert,\\ns en prendre a (p.) de (th.).\\npour le moins tout au moins.\\nnullement en aucune maniere\\npas le moins du monde.\\navec votre permission ne vous en\\ndeplaise.\\nou en etes-vous reste?\\nje vous laisse a penser si.\\ns en remettre, s en rapporter, a.\\nplanter la laisser en plant,\\nremuer ciel et terre pour.\\nmettre (p.) au pied du mur.\\nil me reste (une livre)\\nil en reste encore.\\nil n en reste presque plus.\\na vos heures perdues.\\naller bien loin.\\navoir (trois pouces).de long sur\\n(deux) de large avoir (trois\\npouces) de longueur sur (deux)\\nde largeur etre long de (trois\\npouces) et large de (deux)\\nlaisser tranquille, or en repos.\\nne pas toucher a.\\nlaisser sortir.\\npasse pour cette fois.\\nmettre en liberte.\\netre tout en desordre; trainer.\\nsauver la vie a.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0224.jp2"}, "225": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n215\\nto lead a fast life^\\nfor the life of iiie^\\nduring his or her lifetime^\\nto give a lift^ a helping hand,\\nto vieiv things in their best light,\\nto be light or daylight, broad day-\\nlight,\\nto be as like as tivo peas,\\nto have like to, to be like to,\\nto like (a place)\\nto consider,\\neven if,\\nthe late government,\\nto make both ends meet,\\nto have misgivings, the blues,\\nsince one must die,\\nto be only too inclined,\\nthe opposite stand,\\nto resist,\\nto recognize a place,\\nto keep soul and body together.\\nmener la vie a grandes guides.\\npour tout au moude.\\nde son vivant.\\n*donner un coup de main.\\nvoir tout en couleur de rose.\\nfaire jour; faire grand jour\\n{impers.).\\nse ressembler comme deux gouttes\\nd eau.\\npenser faillir pen s en faut que\\n{impers.).\\nse plaire a.\\ntenir pour,\\nquand bien meme.\\nle regime tombe.\\njoindre les deux bouts ensemble,\\navoir des papillons noirs.\\nmourir pour mourir.\\nn etre que trop porte a.\\nle contre pied,\\ntenir tete.\\ns y reconnaitre.\\nvivoter.\\n29.\\nto look like (p.), to be like,\\nI should like to see it,\\nI should like to know,\\nI donH like his looks,\\nthat s very much like my brother,\\nit is like enough,\\nit looks very like it,\\nif you like,\\nit is not likely that,\\nin all likelihood,\\nto listen to reason,\\nto take literally,\\nlittle by little,\\never so little,\\nto live loell,\\nressembler a.\\nje serais curieux de le voir.\\nje voudrais bien savoir.\\n*sa mine ne me revient pas.\\n*je reconnais bien la mon frere!\\nc est assez vraisemblable, or croy-\\nable.\\n*cela en a tout I air.\\n*si le coeur vous en dit.\\nil n y a pas d apparence que.\\nselon toute apparence.\\nentendre raison.\\nprendre {th.) a la lettre, au pied\\nde la lettre.\\nau fur et a mesure petit a petit.\\ntant soit pen.\\nfaire bonne chere.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0225.jp2"}, "226": {"fulltext": "216\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto live on or by,\\nto live in common,\\nto live close by,\\nenough to live on,\\nto get an honest livelihood,\\nto seek a livelihood,\\nfor a living,\\nto make a living,\\nto load iDith favors,\\nto lock,\\nto lock up,\\nunder lock and key,\\nto be long, to tarry,\\nto think it so long,\\nall his life long,\\nall day long,\\nin the long run,\\nhow long loill it be before,\\nI long to,\\nto long for, to have a longing for,\\nto look (to appear),\\nto look better (p.),\\nto look ill or loell,\\nto look like or as if,\\nto look very much as if,\\nto look, to be, ladylike,\\nto look sulky,\\nshe is very ladylike,\\nshe almost fell,\\nI miss you,\\nto miss (til.),\\n7nuch good ivould it do,\\na great ncise,\\nto stop a noise, to p ut a stop to,\\nto keep repeating the same thing,\\nto be nevertheless,\\nvivre de.\\nfaire bourse commune.\\ndemeurer ici pres.\\nde quoi vivre.\\ngagner homietement sa vie.\\nchercher a gagner sa vie.\\npour vivre.\\ngagner sa vie.\\ncombler de bienfaits.\\nfermer a cle or clef.\\nmettre sous cle or clef.\\nsous clef.\\ntarder a.\\ntrouver le temps si long.\\ntoute sa vie durant.\\n*toute la saint e journee.\\na la longue.\\ndans combien de temps.\\nil me tarde de.\\navoir un grand desir de soupirer\\napres.\\navoir Tair.\\navoir meilleure mine,\\navoir bonne, or mauvaise, mine,\\navoir I air de; *prendre la tour-\\nnure de.\\navoir bien la mine de.\\navoir I air distingue,\\nfaire la mine.\\nelle a I air tres comme il faut.\\neile a pense, or failli, tomber.\\nvous me manquez.\\nperdre.\\nla belle avance.-\\nun brouhaha,\\nmettre la hola.\\nun sempiternel refrain,\\nne pas laisser d etre.\\n30.\\nto look after or to (th.),\\nto look for.\\navoir soin de.\\nchercher.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0226.jp2"}, "227": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n217\\nto look for a knot in a bulrush,\\nto look forioard loith pleasure,\\nto look on (said of a room, window,\\netc.),\\nto look sharp,\\nto look about one,\\nto look 171,\\nto look over, to glance over,\\nlook about you, take care of your-\\nself, beivare,\\none must look before one leaps,\\nto keep a sharp lookout,\\nby his looks you ivould think he\\nloere ill,\\nto lose one^s reputation,\\nto lose sight of,\\nto lose one s temper,\\nto sustain, to suffer, to meet ivith\\na loss,\\nto be at a loss lohat to say,\\nto give (th.) up for lost,\\nI have lost my money thereby,\\nall is not lost that is delayed,\\nthat is not lost lohich comes at\\nlast,\\nneither for love nor money,\\nto give one s love to,\\nto send one s love to,\\nto be in love ivith,\\nto be in luck, to be lucky,\\nto be always in luck,\\nto have bad luck,\\nto bring good luck, bad luck,\\nto have a lucky hand,\\nto become bankrupt,\\nin good earliest.\\nchercher midi a quatorze heures.\\nse faire une fete, un plaisir, de.\\ndonner sar; avoir vue sur.\\navoir I air e veille se depecher.\\navoir les yeux ouverts; avoir\\nToeil ouvert.\\nfaire une petite visite *dire un\\npetit bonjour.\\nJeter les yeux sur parcourir.\\nprenez garde a vous.\\nil y faut regarder a deux fois.\\n*etre sur le qui-vive; avoir I oeil\\nouvert.\\na le voir, vous le croiriez malade.\\nse perdre de reputation,\\nperdre {p. or th.) de vue.\\nperdre son sang-froid perdre\\npatience,\\nessuyer, faire, une perte, en etre\\npour,\\nne savoir que dire,\\nregarder (th.) comme i^erdu; en\\nfaire, or prendre, son deuil.\\n*j en suis pour mon argent,\\nce qui est differe n est pas perdu,\\nil vaut mieux tard que jamais.\\npas pour tout I or du monde.\\nfaire ses amities a.\\nfaire faire ses amities a.\\netre amoureux de.\\netre en bonheur, avoir du bon-\\nheur, jouer de bonheur.\\n*etre ne coiffe; etre en veine.\\navoir du malheur jouer de mal-\\nheur avoir du guignon.\\nporter bonheur, porter malheur.\\navoir la main heureuse.\\nfaire banqueroute.\\nbel et bien.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0227.jp2"}, "228": {"fulltext": "218\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\ngently I gently\\nloorse than ever,\\ntout beau tout doux\\nde plus belle.\\n31.\\nto be mad,\\na maid of all loork,\\nto make (before an adjectlye),\\nto make much of,\\nto make out (th.),\\nto make it one s duty to,\\nto make it up ivith (p.),\\nto make the best of,\\nto make up for (th.),\\nto make up for (th.) by,\\nto make up one s mind to,\\nto make a fuss,\\nto make room or way for,\\nto m^ake use of,\\nto make one s mouth loater,\\nto make money,\\nI can make nothing of it,\\nto a man,\\nmanage as you can,\\nto miss (p.),\\nshe missed her footing,\\nnot to know at all (p.)\\nto commit an error,\\nto be deficient, fail, lack,\\nyou failed in your duty,\\nto do a crazy thing,\\netre fou avoir perdu la tete.\\nune bonne a tout faire.\\nreudre.\\nfaire grand cas de faire des\\ncaresses, des amities, a.\\ndeviner; trouver; comprendre.\\nse faire un devois de.\\nse raccommoder, se reconcilier,\\navec.\\ntirer parti de faire valoir.\\nreparer, remplacer.\\nse rattraper de [th.) sur.\\nprendre le parti de se decider,\\nfaire de I embarras.\\nfaire place a.\\nse servir de.\\nfaire venir I eau a la bouche a {p.)\\ngagner, amasser, de I argent.\\nje m y perds, je n y concois rien,\\nj y perds mon latin,\\njusqu au dernier,\\narrangez-vous.\\nmanquer (impers.).\\nle pied lui a manque,\\nne connaitre ni d Eve ni d Adam.\\nmanquer.\\nmanquer de.\\nvous avez manque a votre devoir,\\nfaire un coup de tete, faire des\\nsiennes.\\n32.\\nto bear malice,\\nto have good manners, to be polite,\\nivell bred,\\nto get married,\\nto be master of a language,\\nen vouloir a.\\nsavoir vivre avoir du savoir vivre.\\nse marier.\\nposseder une langue a fond.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0228.jp2"}, "229": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n219\\nto he the matte? (th.),\\nto be the matter (p.),\\nto come to the matter, to the point,\\nto find matter, subject, reason,\\nas if nothing loere the matter,\\nas matters stand,\\nto mean,\\nto mean loell,\\nto mean loell to (p.),\\nlohat does that mean?\\nby all means,\\nhe would have it by all means,\\nby no means,\\nwhat is meant by\\nto measure other people^ s corn by\\none^s oion bushel,\\nto meddle loith or i7i, to interfere,\\nto meet (by chance)\\nto meet (on purpose, by appoint-\\nment)\\ntill ive meet again,\\nto meet halfioay, to divide the\\ndifference,\\nto meet ivith (an accident)\\nto meet with a refusal,\\nto come to meet,\\nto meet (expenses, engagements),\\nto make both ends meet,\\nto have a short memory,\\nto the best of my memory,\\nwithin the memory of man,\\ndo not mention it I\\nit is not loorth mentioning,\\nhe merely took it in his hand,\\nas merry as a cricket,\\nin the very middle of,\\nto be in the midst of lointer,\\nloith one s might,\\nto mind (th.),\\ny avoir, etre question de.\\navoir.\\nvenir an fait.\\ntrouver de quoi.\\n*comme si de rien n etait.\\nau point oii en sont les choses.\\nvouloir dire.\\navoir de bonnes intentions etre\\nde bonne foi.\\nvouloir le bien de.\\nqu est-ce a dire\\ncertainement par tons lesmoyens.\\nil le voulait a toute force,\\nen aucune maniere nullement.\\nque veut dire que signifie\\nmesurer les autres a son aune.\\nse meler de.\\nrencontrer.\\nrejoindre aller trouver voir.\\naurevoir; jusqu au revoir.\\nfaire chacun la moitie du chemin\\nse rencontrer a mi-cbemin par-\\ntager le differend.\\narrive r.\\nessuyer un refus.\\nvenir au-devant de.\\nfaire face a.\\n*joindre les deux bouts ensemble,\\navoir la memoire courte.\\nautant qu il m en souvienne.\\nde memoire d homme.\\n*il n y a pas de quoi\\ncela ne vaut pas la peine d en\\nparler.\\nil n a fait que le prendre a la main,\\ngai comme un pinson.\\nau beau milieu de.\\netre au coeur de I hiver.\\na tour de bras,\\ns occuper de, faire attention a,\\nprendre garde {before a verb).", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0229.jp2"}, "230": {"fulltext": "220\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto he easy in one^s r)iind,\\nto hear in mind,\\nto have a mind to,\\nto have (th.) in mind,\\nto open one s mind to,\\nto know one s own mind,\\nto change one s mind,,\\nto mind trifles,\\nto tell one s mind (about some-\\nthing unpleasant),\\nto have everything to one s mind,\\nto dioell upon one s mind,\\nto speak one s mind freely,\\nyou don t knoiv your own mind,\\nyou will never put that out of my\\nmind,\\nif you have a mind,\\nnever mind,\\ndo not mind him,\\nto he this minute {gone, etc.),\\nit is no concern of youi^s,\\nupon the ivhole,\\nto take French leave,\\navoir I esprit tranquille.\\nne pas oublier.\\navoir en vie de.\\navoir {th.) present a I esprit.\\ns ouvrir a.\\nsavoir ce que Ton yeut.\\nchanger d avis, d opinion.\\ns arreter a des bagatelles.\\ndire tout ce que Ton a sur le coeur.\\navoir tout a souhait.\\ntenir au coeur a.\\ndire franchement sa facon de\\npenser dire sa pensee.\\nvous ne savez ce que vous -voulez.\\n*vous ne m oterez jamais cela de\\nla tete.\\n*si le coeur vous en dit.\\nc est egal! n importe! pen im-\\nporte qu a cela ne tienne.\\nne faites pas attention a lui.\\nne faire que de (partir, etc.).\\ncela ne vous regarde pas.\\napres tout, a tout prendre,\\npartir a TAnglaise.\\n33.\\nto mistake for,\\nto mistake (th.), to he mistaken\\nin,\\nto make a mistake,\\nhy mistake,\\nto mistrust, to douht, to suspect,\\nto mix (th.) xoith (th.)\\nspare moments, leisure moments,\\nready money,\\npocket-money,\\nthis is worth any money,\\nto he short ofm^oney,\\nto receive money,\\nto he worth any money,\\nprendre pour.\\nse tromper de, sur or dans.\\nfaire une meprise.\\npar megarde.\\nse mefier, se defier, de.\\nmeler {th.) avec {th.).\\nmoments perdus moments de\\nloisir.\\nargent comptant.\\nmenus plaisirs.\\nceci a une grande valeur.\\netre, se trouver, court d argent,\\nrecevoir, toucher, de I argent.\\nCtre impayable.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0230.jp2"}, "231": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n221\\nto have money about one^s self,\\nto have money by,\\nto invest money\\nto throw away one s money\\nto turn everything into money,\\nmoney governs the icorlcl,\\nhe would make me believe that the\\nmoon is made of green cheese,\\nby moonlight,\\nthat is moonshine, it is as light as\\nair,\\nmore and more,\\nno more of it,\\nthe more the merrier,\\nthe more haste, the icorse speed,\\nthe next morning,\\nearly in the morning,\\na rolling stone gathers no moss,\\nto make the most of,\\nhe mounted upon his high horse,\\nto mourn for (th.),\\nas poor as a church mouse,\\nby 10 or d of mouth, verbally,\\nin everybody s mouth,\\nto move (to stir)\\nto move (from one s residence),\\nto be continually on the move,\\nto be too much, too bad,\\nto be too much or too many,\\nfor much less,\\nas much again,\\nto be muddy,\\nto muse upon, to dream of,\\nby mutual agreement,\\nthere is some mystery in it,\\nthat beats all,\\nto believe easily,\\nto keepj pace with.\\navoir de T argent sur soi.\\navoir de I argent en caisse.\\nplacer de I argent.\\nJeter I argent par les fenetres.\\nfaire argent de tout.\\nI argent fait tout.\\n*il veut me faire voir des etoiles\\nen i3lein midi.\\nau clair de la lune.\\n*autant en emporte le vent.\\nde plus en plus.\\nn en parlous i^lus.\\nplus on est de fous, plus on rit.\\nplus on se hate, moius on avance.\\nle lendemain matin.\\nle matin de bonne heure de bon\\nmatin, de grand matin,\\npierre qui roule n amasse pas de\\nmousse,\\ntirer parti de faire valoir.\\nil monta sur ses grands chevaux.\\ns affliger de.\\ngueux, pauvre comme un rat\\nd eglise.\\nde vive voix.\\ntout le monde en parle.\\n*bouger.\\ndemenager.\\nne pouvoir rester en place,\\netre trop fort (de)\\netre de trop.\\na beaucoup moins.\\nline fois autant.\\nfaire crotte {impers.) y avoir de\\nla bone,\\nrever a.\\nde gre a gre.\\n*il y a quelque anguille sous\\nroche.\\nceci est impayable.\\nprendre pour argent comptant.\\ncroitre en raison de.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0231.jp2"}, "232": {"fulltext": "222 IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nautant en emporte le vent.\\nlightly spoken, lightly broken;\\nempty words,\\npart payment,\\nto pay cash,\\npayer, donner un a compte.\\npayer argent comptant.\\n34.\\nto nail up a door, a windoiv,\\nto hit the nail on the head,\\na narroio mind,\\na narrow understanding\\nthat is natural, that comes from\\nthe heart,\\nin its natural state,\\nfrom nature,\\nto be good-natured,\\nnear, nearly, almost,\\nto be nearly falling dying, etc.,\\nto be not nearly so,\\nhe is not nearly so proud as you\\nsay,\\nto be as neat as possible,\\nto have the necessaries of life,\\nto be wider the necessity of,\\nto stand in need, to need,\\nin case of need, if need be,\\nivhat need is there of 9\\nwhat need you care f\\nto have a sort of negligence, care-\\nlessness, nonchalance, about\\none,\\nto be next door neighbors,\\nnevertheless,\\nhe nevertheless comes to see me,\\nivhat is the neivs anything new\\nno 7iews is good news,\\nivhat next\\na nice child,\\ncondamner une porte, une fenetre.\\n*mettre le doigt dessus *y etre.\\niin esprit etroit.\\nune intelligence bornee.\\ncela coule de source.\\nau naturel.\\nd apres nature.\\netre d un bon naturel.\\npeu s en faut, il ne tient a rien,\\nque ne (ivith the subjunctive).\\nraanquer de tomber, de mourir,\\netc.\\nn etre pas a beaucoup pres aussi.\\nil n est pas a beaucoup pres si fler\\nque vous le dites.\\netre tire a quatre epingles.\\navoir le necessaire.\\nse voir force de.\\navoir besoin de.\\nau besoin s il le faut.\\n*quel besoin y a-t-il de a quoi\\nbon?\\nde quoi vous mettez-vous en peine\\navoir du laisser-aller.\\ndemeurer porte a porte.\\nne laisser pas de.\\nil ne laisse pas de venir me voir.\\nquelles nouvelles y a-t-il? qu y\\na-t-il de nouveau\\npoint de nouvelles, bonnes nou-\\nvelles.\\napres ensuite quoi encore\\nun srentil enfant.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0232.jp2"}, "233": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n223\\na nice ivalk,\\nto a nicety,\\nin the nick of time,\\nby night, in the nighty\\na sleepless night,\\nto ivish a good night,\\nto stay out all night,\\nto pass a sleepless night,\\nto sit up all night,\\nto say no,\\nto talk nonsense, to rave,\\nnonsense,\\nnor I either,\\nto lead by the nose,\\nto note down, to take note of,\\ngood for nothing,\\nnext to nothing,\\n(he got angry) for nothing,\\nit is a mere nothing, a trifle,\\nas if nothing at all iva the\\nmatter,\\nto amount to nothing,\\nto do nothing but,\\nto be nothing to (p.),\\nto be nothing to (th.),\\nto take no notice of,\\nto take notice, to observe,\\nhe took no notice of me, m\\nhow now 9 vjhat is itf\\nnow and then,\\nwithout seeming to,\\nto be quite dark,\\nhe is exceedingly rich,\\nnot to sleep a vjink,\\nune promenade agreable.\\na point parfaitement.\\na point nomme.\\nde nuit, pendant la nuit.\\nune nuit d insomnie une nuit\\nblanche,\\ndire, souhaiter, le bonsoir a.\\nne pas rentrer de toute la nuit.\\n*passer une nuit blanche.\\npasser la nuit.\\ndire que non.\\nderaisonner dire des sottises\\n*dire des betises; *battre la\\ncamiDagne.\\nallons done ah bah *a d autres\\nni moi non plus.\\n*mener par le bout du nez.\\nprendre note de.\\nbon a rien vaurien.\\npresque rien.\\n*a propos de rien; *a propos de\\nbottes.\\n*c est une misere.\\n*comme si de rien n etait.\\nn avancer en rien; ne signifier\\nrien.\\nne faire que.\\nne point regarder.\\nne rien faire a.\\nne faire aucune attention a ne\\nfaire semblant de rien.\\nremarquer, observer,\\nil n a pas fait semblant de me\\nvoir,\\nqu est-ce? qu y a-t-il? eh bien?\\nque veut dire ceci\\nde temj)s en temj)s.\\nsans faire semblant de rien.\\nfaire tout a fait nuit {impers.).\\nil est riche comme Cresus, il roule\\ndans I or.\\nne pas fermer roeil.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0233.jp2"}, "234": {"fulltext": "224\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n35.\\n7)%oney is no object to me,\\nto have no objection,\\nto oblige,\\nto be obliged to (do),\\nto be obvious, to be evident,\\nas occasion requires,\\nthere is no occasion,\\nthere is no occasion, no necessity,\\nfor it,\\nwhat occasion is therefor,\\non every occasion,\\nto have occasion for, to require,\\nto have no occasion for,\\nto give occasion,\\nit occurs to me that,\\nodd or even,\\nan odd kind of a man,\\nan odd volume,\\nat odd times,\\nto have the odds against one^s self,\\none mile off,\\nbe off, get away,\\nto take offence at,\\nhoiv often\\nhoio old would you take me to be?\\nto be old enough to,\\nto get, to groiv, old,\\non the right hand, on the left hand,\\nsay on,\\nand so on,\\nfor once,\\nonce more,\\nto be all one to,\\nto be one of us,\\nif that be the only obstacle,\\nonly, merely,\\nje ne regarde pas a I argent.\\nne demander pas mieux que de.\\nfaire le plaisir a (p.) de {before a\\nverb)\\netre tenu a.\\netre evident sauter aux yeux.\\nsuivant {or selon) I occasioii.\\n*il n y a pas de quoi.\\n*il n en est pas besoin il n y a\\npas besoin.\\nqu est-il besoin de {or que)\\na tout propos a tout bout de\\nchamp,\\navoir besoin de.\\nn avoir que faire de.\\ndonner lieu or sujet de {before a\\nverb).\\nil me vient a I idee que.\\npair ou non.\\nun bomme singulier, bizarre,\\nun volume depareille.\\ndans les moments perdus.\\navoir affaire a forte partie.\\na un mille d ici, de la.\\nallez-vous-en.\\ns offenser, se piquer, se facher.\\ncombien de fois\\nquel age me donneriez-vous?\\netre d age a, o? en age de.\\nvieillir se faire vieux.\\na main droite, a main gauche,\\ndites tou jours.\\net ainsi de suite et ainsi du reste.\\nune fois dans (votre) vie; une\\nbonne fois.\\nencore une fois encore un coup,\\netre egal a; etre la meme chose\\npour,\\netre des notres.\\ns il ne tient qu a cela.\\nne faire que.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0234.jp2"}, "235": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n225\\nat the first onset, at once,\\nthat loindoio does not open,\\nlet us speak openly,\\nto speak openly,\\nto do it openly,\\nin my opinion,\\nto he of opinion,\\nto have a fair opportunity,\\nto miss, to let slip, the opportunity\\nto seize the opportunity, to take\\ntime by the forelock,\\nyou will never have a fairer\\nopportunity,\\nto oppose (th.),\\nto he out Q).),\\nto he out (fire)\\nto he out of order,\\nto over-excite (p.),\\nto overrate (th.)\\nto pay (p.) hack in his own coin^\\nyou must not he so particular\\na coach and pair,\\nto point out (th.) to (p.),\\nas poor as a church mouse,\\npoverty is no crime,\\nas much as lies in my power,\\non or under pretence o/,\\nhe is a hoohy.\\nd emblee.\\ncette feuetre ne s ouvre pas\\nparlons a coeur ouvert.\\nparler a coeur ouvert.\\nne point s en cacher.\\na mon avis selon moi.\\netre d avis.\\navoir beau jeu.\\nmanquer, laisser echapper, lais-\\nser passer, Toccasion.\\n^prendre I occasion aux cheveux.\\nvous ne Faurez jamais plus belle.\\nmettre de rempechement a.\\netre sorti.\\netre eteint.\\netre derange.\\nmonter la tete a {p.).\\nattacher trop d importance a.\\nPrendre la pareille a {p.).\\nil n y faut pas regarder de si pres.\\nune voiture a deux chevaux.\\nfaire observer {th.) a (p.).\\npauvre comme un rat d eglise.\\npauvrete n est pas vice.\\nautant qu il est en mon pouvoir\\nde tout mon pouvoir.\\nsous pretexte de sous couleur de.\\nc est une cruche.\\n36.\\nto pack up,\\nto take o.part in,\\nto part with ov from (p.),\\nto part with or from (th.), to give\\nup,\\nthe most difficult part is over,\\nto he particular,\\nto he particular in or ahout,\\nto go to a party,\\nQ\\nfaire sa malle.\\nprendre part a, or dans.\\nse separer de quitter,\\nse defaire de ceder.\\nle plus fort est fait.\\ny regarder de pres tenir a.\\netre difiicile sur; etre exigeant\\npour,\\naller en soiree,", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0235.jp2"}, "236": {"fulltext": "226\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto he a small party offriends^\\nto pass round, to hand round y\\nto he too patient,\\nto hear one s misfortunes patiently,\\nhe wanted to make a cat s paw of\\nme,\\nto pay to the uttermost farthing\\nto pay a hill when due,\\nto pay attention to,\\nto pay the carriage or postage,\\nto pay no regard to (th.),\\nto pay a visit to,\\nto pay one s respects to,\\nwhoever does the damage must\\npay for it,\\nno performance I\\nat his peril,\\nto yield to persuasion,\\none may pick and choose,\\nto he in a fine pickle, to get into a\\nscrape or dilemma,\\nto have a finger in the pie,\\nto tear into pieces,\\nI had to swallow that pill,\\ntake council of your pillow, or\\nsleep on itj\\nit is a thousand pities,\\nit is a pity,\\nit is a great pity,\\nthe more is the pity, so much the\\nworse,\\nto have, to take, pity on; to shoiv\\npity to,\\nto take place, to happen,\\nin the first place,\\nin the next place,\\nin the last place,\\nit is your place to^\\netre en petit comite.\\nfaire passer de main en main\\nfaire passer a la ronde.\\n*se laisser tondre la laine sur le\\ndos.\\nprendre son mal en patience.\\nil voulait me faire tirer les mar-\\nrons du feu.\\n*payer rubis sur I ongle.\\npayer un billet a I echeance.\\nfaire attention a.\\naffranchir.\\nn avoir aucun egard a.\\nrendre une visite a faire visite a.\\npre senter ses respects a.\\n*qui casse les verres les paie.\\nrelache\\na ses risques et perils,\\nse rendre a 1 evidence.\\n*il y a a prendre et a laisser.\\n*etre, s etre mis, dans de beaux\\ndraps.\\navoir la main a la pate,\\nmettre en pieces; dechirer en\\nmorceaux.\\n*il m a fallu avaler cette pilule\\n{or cette couleuvre)\\nla nuit porte conseil.\\nc est grand dommage; c est bien\\nfacbeux.\\nc est dommage (de).\\nc est bien dommage (de).\\ntant pis.\\navoir, prendre, pitie de; avoir\\ncompassion de.\\navoir lieu, arriver, se passer,\\nd abord en premier lieu,\\npais ensuite.\\nenfin en dernier lieu,\\nc est a vous de.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0236.jp2"}, "237": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n227\\nin plain terms,\\nthe plain truth,\\nto make (th.) plain,\\nto play on the piano,\\nto play a game at,\\nas you please,\\nif I please,\\nloill you please sit doivn,\\nto be pleased ivith,\\nto be pleased ivith one s self,\\nto do ivhat one pleases, to have\\nfull, free scope,\\nto take, to find, pleasure in,\\nto pledge one s honor,\\nto be so polite as to,\\nthere is no possibility of,\\nto take pot-luck,\\nto be in one s poioer (impers.)\\nto have extensive power,\\nto give full poioers,\\nto practise (music),\\nto speak in praise of,\\nto preclude one s self from,\\nto prejudice a person s mind,\\nto be prejudiced against,\\nshe did not fail to,\\nto spend money freely\\nto send notice,\\nall is over,\\nit is all over ivith him,\\nen termes tres-clairs; *en bon\\nfran9ais.\\nla pure verite la f rauche verite.\\nexpliquer, eclaircir, faire toucher\\n{th.) au doigt et a I ceil.\\njouer du piano,\\nfaire une partie de.\\ncomme bon vous semble comme\\nvous voudrez.\\nsi cela me plait,\\ndonnez-vous la peine de vous as-\\nseoir.\\netre content, satisfait, charm e, de.\\n*etre content de sa petite per-\\nsonne.\\navoir ses coudees f ranches.\\nprendre plaisir, se plaire, a;\\ntrouver du plaisir dans,\\nen donner sa parole d honneur;\\njurer sur son honneur.\\navoir I honnetete de.\\n11 n y a pas moyen de.\\ndiner a la fortune du pot.\\nne tenir qu a (p.) de (impers.).\\navoir les bras longs.\\ndonner carte blanche,\\netudier.\\nfaire I eloge de.\\nse priver de.\\nmonter la tete a (p.).\\netre prevenu contre.\\nelle ne se fit pas faute de.\\nne pas regarder a I argent.\\nfaire part de.\\ntout est fini.\\ne en est fait de lui.\\nto be presumptuous,\\nto pretend to be,\\nto pretend to,\\n37.\\nne douter de rien.\\nfaire le, la, les.\\nfaire semblant de feindre de.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0237.jp2"}, "238": {"fulltext": "228\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHEASES.\\nto pretend to great tnatters^\\nthat pretended doctor^\\nthere is a pretty quantity of it,\\nto prevail on (p.) to,\\nto prevent (p. or th.),\\nat any ijrice,\\nthe loivest price,\\nto pride one^s self on (th.) to take\\npride in,\\nto he in the prime of life,\\nto act up to one s principles,\\nto proceed to (a place)\\nto proceed icith (a journey, etc.),\\nto form idle projects,\\nto proinise ivonders, to promise\\nmountains of gold,\\nto he proof against,\\nto have, to feel, a propensity\\ntowards,\\nif you think proper,\\nproperly speaking,\\na prophet has no honor in his oivn\\ncountry,\\nin proportion as,\\nin proportion,\\nman proposes and God disposes,\\nto have a very fine prospect,\\nto prove, to hecome,\\nto prove true or to he true,\\nall proved in vain,\\nit is not within my province or\\nsphere,\\nto lay in provisions,\\nwithout provocation, loantonly,\\nto pull the hell,\\nto he a mere puppet,\\nfor the purpose of,\\non purpose,\\nto no purpose, uselessly,\\nit is nothing to the purpose,\\nto talk to the purpose,\\nfaire I homme d importance.\\nce soi-disant medecin.\\nil n y en a pas mal.\\nengager, decider (p.) a.\\nempecher.\\na tout prix coute que coiite.\\nle plus juste prix.\\nse faire gloire or honneur, se\\nglorifier, de.\\netre a la fleur de I age.\\nagir, se conduire, suivant ses\\nprincipes.\\nse rendre a.\\nreprendre; continuer.\\nfaire des projets en I air.\\npromettre mouts et merveilles.\\netre a I epreuve de.\\navoir du penchant pour.\\nsi bon vous semble.\\na proprement parler.\\nnul n est prophete en son pays.\\na mesure que.\\nau fur et a mesure.\\nrhomme propose et Dieu dispose.\\netre en fort belle passe.\\ndevenir.\\nse trouver vrai, se realiser.\\ntout fut en vain.\\ncela n est pas de mon ressort.\\nfaire ses provisions.\\nde gaiete de coeur.\\ntirer la sonnette, sonner.\\netre un vrai mannequin.\\ndans le but de.\\nexpres.\\nsans effet en pure perte.\\ncela ne dit rien cela ne fait rien,\\ncela ne signifie rien,\\nparler a propos,", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0238.jp2"}, "239": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n229\\nto he nothing to the purpose,\\nto he to no purpose,\\nto ansiver various purposes,\\nto push 07ie s self forward,\\nto put hy or aside, to lay hy,\\nto put the cart hefore the horse,\\nto put an end to,\\nto put in mind,\\nto put off, to postpone,\\nto put out of joint, to dislocate,\\nto put on one s hat,\\nto put one s self out for\\nto put up at (a hotel),\\nto put up (p.) to it,\\nto put up with (to bear, to endure)\\nto put up icith (to be satisfied with)\\nto put up with an affront,\\nto he puzzled,\\nto question (p.)?\\nto question (th.),\\nthat is without question, as a\\nmatter of course,\\nto postpone indefinitely,\\nextravagantly dear,\\nto hefarfro in,\\nto hroach a suhject.\\n*ne faire rien a I affaire.\\nn aboutir a rien.\\nservir a plusieurs usages.\\nse pousser.\\nmettre a part or de cote epargner.\\nmettre la charrue devant les boeuf s.\\nmettre fin a faire cesser.\\nrappeler (th.) a (p.) faire res-\\nsouvenir (p.) de.\\nremettre ajourner.\\nse demettre.\\nse couvrir.\\nse deranger pour.\\ndescendre a.\\nmettre (p.) au fait; *donner le\\nmot a.\\nessuyer; souffrir; supporter.\\nse contenter de se soumettre a.\\n*boire un affront.\\netre bien embarrasse.\\nfaire des questions a.\\ndouter de mettre {th.) en doute.\\n*cela va sans dire.\\n*renYoyer aux calendes grecques.\\nhors de prix.\\ns en falloir de beaucoup.\\ntoucher quelques mots a.\\n38.\\nto he a question of,\\nto call in question,\\nas quick as lightning,\\nto he quick,\\nto he quick in one s proceedings,\\nto he quiet,\\nto he quits,\\nto rack one s hrain ahout (th.),\\nwithin a radius of (tico miles),\\nto he all the rage,\\nthe storm is raging,\\ns agir de; etre question de\\n{impers.).\\nmettre, revoquer, en doute.\\nprompt comme I eclair.\\nse depecher.\\n*aller vite en besogne.\\nrester tranquille.\\netre quittes.\\nse mettre I esprit a la torture pour\\na (deux milles) a la ronde.\\nfaire fureur.\\nil fait un temps affreux.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0239.jp2"}, "240": {"fulltext": "230\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto rain fast f to pour,\\nsmall 7 ain lays great dust,\\nit is raining cats and dogs,\\nto talk at random,\\nto ransack one s brains,\\nto be in raptures,\\nat any rate, cost ichat it may,\\nat the rate of,\\nat the rate he goes on,\\nto walk at a great rate,\\nto have rather,\\nto reach (th.),\\nto reach (a place),\\nwithin reach, out of reach,\\nhe is out of reach,\\nthe letter reached me,\\nI have reached it noio,\\nto bring up the rear,\\nto have reason, cause,\\nto have every reason to,\\nto have reason to be satisfied loith,\\nto give reason, room, cause,\\nloith good reason,\\nwith still greater reason,\\nanother reason why,\\nit stands to reason,\\nthere is reason to suppose that\\nto be reasonable,\\nhe will not go, he has his reasons\\nfor it,\\nfor reasons best knoion to myself,\\nto receive injury (goods)\\nshort reckonings make long\\nfriends,\\nI cannot recollect his name at\\npresent,\\nto the best of my recollection,\\nto have recourse to,\\nto recover from illness,\\nto recover one s senses,\\nto reduce one s pretensions,\\npleuvoir a verse (impers.).\\npetite pluie abat grand vent.\\n*il pleut des hallebardes.\\nparler a tort et a travers.\\nse mettre I esprit a la torture.\\n*etre aux anges.\\na tout prix, cotite que coute,\\na raison de.\\n*au train dont il y va.\\nmarcher a grands pas.\\naimer mieux.\\natteindre.\\narriver a.\\na la portee, hors de la portee.\\non ne pent pas le rejoiudre il est\\nhors d atteinte.\\nla lettre m est parvenue.\\nm y voila arrive,\\nfermer la marche.\\navoir sujet or lieu de.\\navoir tout lieu de.\\navoir a se louer de.\\ndonner sujet or lieu de.\\na bon droit.\\na plus forte raison.\\nraison de plus pour,\\nle simple bon sens le veut ainsi.\\nil y a lieu de croire que\\nentendre raison.\\n*il n ira pas, et pour cause.\\npour raisons a moi connues.\\netre endonimage.\\nles bons comptes font les bons\\namis,\\nson nom ne me revient pas.\\nautant qu il m en souvient.\\navoir recours a {p. or th.), en\\nvenir a (th.).\\nrelever de maladie.\\nre venir a soi.\\nmettre de I eau dans son vin.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0240.jp2"}, "241": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n231\\nto refer to (p.),\\nto give (p.) a reference to,\\nin reference to, In or loith regard to,\\nto have respectable references,\\ngood recommendations,\\nto reflect credit on,\\nupon reflection, on second\\nthoughts,\\nto do (th.) loith due reflection,\\nto give aflat refusal,\\nto meet with a refusal,\\nto have, to show, regard for,\\nregard being had to,\\nmy kind regards to,\\nas regular as clock-ioorTc,\\nin the reign of,\\nto rejoice at,\\nto relate to (th.),\\nto relax one s mind after loorJc,\\nwith reluctance,\\nto fail,\\nshe cannot help it,\\nit is interesting to see, you ought\\nto see,\\nto be resigned,\\ns en remettre a; s en rapporter a.\\nrenvoyer {p.) a; fouruir de bons\\nrenseiguements.\\npar rapport a.\\npouvoir donner de bons renseigne-\\nments avoir de bounes recom-\\nmandations.\\nfaire bonne ur a.\\ntoute reflexion faite.\\nfaire {th.) a tete repose e.\\nrefuser net.\\nessuyer un refus.\\navoir, temoigner, des egards pour.\\neu egard a.\\nmes amities a mille cboses a.\\n*reg] e comme un pa^Dier de musique.\\nsous le regne de.\\nse rejouir de.\\navoir rapport a, se rapporter a.\\nse distraire.\\na contre-coeur.\\nmanquer.\\nc est plus fort qu elle.\\nil faut voir.\\nprendre son parti de.\\n39.\\nto rely on or upon,\\nrely upon it,\\nto remember,\\nto remember (p.) kindly to (p.),\\nif I remember rightly,\\ngive my kind remembrance to\\nhim,\\nto the best of my remembrance,\\nto remind (p.) of.\\nse fier a (p.) compter sur {p. or\\nth.),\\ncomptez-y comptez la-dessus\\nse souvenir de (p. or th.) se rap-\\npeler (th.) se remettre (p.)-\\nrappeler Q;.) au bon souvenir de;\\ndire a (p.) bien des choses de\\nla part de (p.).\\nsi j ai bonne memoire.\\ndites-lui mille choses (or bien des\\nchoses) de ma part,\\nautant que je puis m en souvenir,\\nrappeler (th.) a (p.).", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0241.jp2"}, "242": {"fulltext": "232\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto remove the cloth,\\nto repair to (a place)\\nto he quick in one s repartees^\\nit is reported that,\\nthey are mere reports,\\nto reproach (generally),\\nto reproach (p.) for or loith,\\nto reprove (p.) gently,\\nto take a resolution to,\\nit is a firm resolution,\\nto resolve to,\\nwith respect to (th.),\\nwith respect to (p.),\\nin that respect,\\nit is a want of respect,\\nrespecting,\\nin all respects,\\nin some respects,\\nit respects, regards, concerns,\\namong the rest,\\nthere is no enjoyment when one\\nis under restraint,\\nto he under restraint,\\nto put a violent restraint upon\\none s self,\\nlet us resume our discourse, let us\\nreturn to our subject,\\nto retrench from,\\nto return immediately\\nto have returned,\\nto review,\\nas rich as a Jeio,\\nto get rid of,\\nto ride,\\nto take a ride, a drive,\\nto ride, to drive, through {a place)\\nto give cause for ridicule,\\nto make one s self ridiculous.\\noter le couvert.\\nse rendre a.\\navoir la repartie promi)te; etre\\nvif a la riposte,\\non dit le bruit court que.\\n*ce sont des on dit.\\nfaire des reproches a (p.).\\nreprocher {th.) a {p.).\\nreprendre {p.) avec bonte.\\nse mettre sur le pied de.\\nc est un parti pris.\\nse resoudre a se determiner a se\\ndecider a prendre le parti de.\\npar rapport a quant a.\\na regard de.\\na cet egard.\\nc est un manque d egards.\\na regard de.\\na to us egards.\\nsous quelques rapports,\\nil s agit de.\\nentre autres.\\nou il y a de la gene il n y a pas de\\nplaisir.\\nse gener, se contraindre.\\nse faire violence.\\nre venous a nos moutons.\\nprendre sur.\\nne faire qu aller et venir.\\netre de retour.\\nfaire la revue, passer en revue.\\nriche comme un Cresus.\\nse debarrasser, se defaire, de.\\naller a clieval.\\nfaire une promenade a cheval,\\nen voiture.\\nparcourir (un endroit) a clieval,\\nen voiture.\\nprefer an ridicule.\\nse rendre la fable, la risee, de\\ntout le monde.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0242.jp2"}, "243": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n233\\nto do nothing right,\\nto he 7Hght to,\\nthat served him right\\nto have a right to,\\nright or lorong,\\nright and wrong, iJidiscriminately,\\nmy ears are ringing, tingling,\\nto rise from (meals),\\nat your risk,\\nto roast,\\nto roll in riches,\\nto make room for,\\nto clean the room,\\nyou must not rouse the sleeping\\nlion, let sleeping dogs lie,\\nto make a row ivith,\\nrude behavior,\\nto be on the brink of ruin,\\nthere is no rule without exception,\\na rumor abroad,\\nto run aioay.\\nto run one s head against,\\nto run, to glance, over (a book),\\nto run over (p.),\\nto run through one s property\\nto run up and down,\\nall of us,\\ngood and bad together,\\nill future,\\nto jog on,\\nnot half that loas necessary,\\nat sunrise,\\nne faire rien qui vaille.\\navoir raison de.\\n*c est bien fait c est paiD benit.\\navoir le droit de.\\na tort ou a raison.\\na tort et a travers.\\n*les oreilles me tinteut.\\nsortir de.\\na vos risques et perils,\\nfaire rotir.\\nnager dans I opulence, Tor.\\nfaire place a.\\nfaire la chambre.\\nil ne faut pas eveiller le chat qui\\ndort.\\n*faire une scene a (p.).\\nune conduite grossiere.\\netre a deux doigts de sa perte.\\nil n y a point de regie sans ex-\\nception.\\nun bruit qui court.\\ns enfuir ^prendre la clef des\\nchamps; *prendre ses jambes\\na son cou.\\ndonner de la tete contre.\\nJeter les yeux sur parcourir\\npasser sur le corps a.\\nmanger son bien.\\ncourir 9a et la.\\ntons tant que nous sommes.\\ntant bons que mauvais.\\na ravenir.\\n*aller son petit train, son petit\\nbonhomme de chemin.\\nil n en fallait pas la moitie.\\nau lever du soleil.\\nto be safe,\\nto arrive safely,\\nno sooner said than done,\\n40.\\netre en surete, bors de danger,\\narriver a bon port arriver sans\\naccident,\\naussitot dit aussitot fait.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0243.jp2"}, "244": {"fulltext": "234\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto have a saily\\nto set sail,\\nto he a good sailor,\\nfor the sake of,\\nit is not for your sake,\\nI do the same,\\nshow us a sample of your skill,\\nto demand, to give, satisfaction\\nfor,\\nto have, to take, to obtain, satis-\\nfaction for,\\nto be, to remain, satisfied icith (th.),\\nto be satisfied about,\\nto be satisfied about it,\\nto be satisfied loith the truth of (th.)\\nto satisfy (p.) fully,\\nto serve (p.) loith the same sauce,\\nto be saucy,\\nit is so much saved out of the fire,\\nto say (th.) in (j^.) face,\\nthat is to say,\\nso to say, if I may say so,\\nI can scarcely,\\nto put (p.) on a lorong scent,\\nto be upon the scent,\\nto be a scholar,\\nto have full, free, scope,\\nto get out of a scrape,\\nlohat a scrawl I\\nto scream,\\nto scruple at or to,\\nnot to be over-scrupulous,\\nat sea,\\nby the seaside,\\nse promener, f aire une promenade,\\nen bateau,\\nmettre a la voile partir.\\nf aire un bon mariu avoir le pied\\nmarin.\\npour I amour de.\\n*ce n est pas pour vos beaux yeux.\\nc est ce que je fais.\\ndonnez-nous un echantillon de\\nvotre savoir-faire,\\ndemander, donner or faire raison\\nde {th.) a (p.).\\navoir or tirer raison de.\\nse contenter de.\\netre satisfait avoir I esprit en\\nrepos sur.\\nen avoir le coeur net.\\netre convaincu de la verite de.\\nne laisser rien a desirer a (p.).\\npayer {p.) de la meme monnaie.\\nfaire Timpertinent.\\nc est autant de pris sur Tennemi.\\n*dire {th.) au nez de, a la barbe\\nde.\\nc est-a-dire.\\npour ainsi dire,\\nj ai de la peine a.\\ndonner le change a faire prendre\\nle change a.\\netre sur la voie.\\netre homme de lettres; etre fort\\ninstruit.\\navoir libre carriere avoir les\\ncoudees f ranches,\\nse tirer d embarras, d affaire, d un\\nmauvais pas.\\nquels pattes de mouche!\\nJeter, or pousser, un cri, or des oris,\\nse faire scrupule de.\\navoir la conscience large,\\nen mer.\\nau bord de la mer.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0244.jp2"}, "245": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n235\\npray he seated!\\nto second a motion^\\nto he second to none^\\nto huy (th.) second handf\\nthe secret is out,\\nto keep o?ie s views, designs, secret,\\nto he security for,\\nto see (p.) to the door,\\nto see (p.) home,\\nto see through it,\\nnot to see at cdl,\\nto see ichat (p.) means,\\nto let see, to show,\\nlet me see let us see\\nwe shall see that\\nloithout seeming to oh serve,\\nas it seems,\\nyou are not fit to he seen,\\nagainst all common sense,\\nhe sees no farther than the end of\\nhis nose,\\na long series of reproaches,\\nseriously, joking aside or apart,\\nI cannot understand,\\nto do as much as to,\\na godsend, a vnndfall, a treasure\\ntrove,\\na stampede,\\nto take no end of trouhle.\\nveuillez vous asseoir donnez-vous\\nla peine de vous asseoir.\\nappuyer une motion,\\nne le ceder a personue.\\nacheter (th.) de rencontre, de\\nhasard.\\n*on a decouvert le pot au rose,\\ncacher, or couvrir, son jeu.\\nrepondre pour.\\nconduire (p.) jusqu a la porte.\\nreconduire (p.) chez lui.\\nvoir ce que c est.\\n*n y voir goutte.\\nvoir venir (p.).\\nf aire voir (th.) a (p.).\\nvoyons\\nc est ce que nous allons voir nous\\nverrons bien.\\nsans faire semblant de rien.\\na ce qu il parait.\\n*vous n etes pas presentable,\\nen depit du bon sens.\\n*il ne Yoit pas plus loin que le\\nbout de son nez.\\n*une kyrielle de reproches.\\nraillerie a part.\\nj y perds mon latin,\\nfaire taut que de.\\nune bonne trouvaille.\\nun sauve qui pent.\\n*se mettre en quatre pour.\\n41.\\nto serve for or as,\\nto serve one right,\\nit serves him right,\\nto do service to,\\nto he of any service to,\\nthe way to set ahout it,\\nto set ahout (th.),\\nservir de.\\ntraiter (p.) comme (il) le merite.\\nc est bien fait! il ne I a pas vole I\\nrendre service cr un service a.\\netre utile a, servir.\\nla maniere de s y prendre,\\nse mettre a, s occuper de, se mettre\\na faire.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0245.jp2"}, "246": {"fulltext": "236\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto set about it,\\nto set fire to,\\nto set up for,\\nto set up again,\\nto set a good example to,\\nto set (p.) at ease,\\nto set a-going,\\nto set to rights,\\nto be set on, to be bent on,\\nto settle an account,\\nto settle to (th.),\\nto get settled, to find a situation,\\na berth,\\na severe cold in the head,\\nto shade one s self from,\\nto shake hands,\\nto shame,\\nit s a shame\\nfor shame I\\nto share in,\\nto shelter one s self from,\\nnot to know what shift to make,\\nto be put to one s last shift.\\nto be shipwrecked,\\nto shiver with cold,\\nto be, to stand, in (p.) shoes,\\nto walk in (p.) shoes,\\nif you icere in my shoes,\\nto go shopping,\\nto be short of,\\nshould he happen to knoiv,\\nto shoio one s face,\\nto show (p.) in,\\nto shoio (th.),\\nto make a great shoio of,\\nto shrink from,\\nto shut the door in one s face^\\nto shut in or up^\\nto be sick,\\ns y prendre.\\nmettre le feu a.\\nse donner pour faire s eriger en.\\nremettre sur pied.\\ndonner a {p.) un bon exemple.\\nmettre {p.) a I aise.\\n*faire aller; donner le branle.\\nremettre tout a fait remettre en\\nordre.\\netre determine a.\\narreter un compte.\\ns arreter, se fixer, a.\\nse caser.\\nun gros rhume de cerveau.\\nse mettre a I abri de.\\ndonner, se donner, une poignee de\\nmains,\\nfaire honte a.\\nc est honteux\\nfi done fi\\navoir part a.\\nse mettre a I abri de.\\nne savoir de quel bois faire fleche\\n*ne savoir a quel saint se vouer\\nne savoir ou donner de la tete\\nen etre aux expedients,\\nfaire naufrage.\\ngrelotter de froid.\\netre a la place de {p.).\\ncourir sur les brisees de.\\nsi vous etiez a ma place,\\naller faire des emplettes.\\nmanquer de etre court de.\\ns il venait a savoir.\\nse montrer, paraitre.\\nfaire entrer.\\nfaire voir {th.) a (p.).\\nfaire parade de.\\nreculer devant.\\nfermer la porte au nez.\\nenfermer.\\navoir mal au coeur.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0246.jp2"}, "247": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n237\\nto he sick of (th.),\\nto he sea-sick,\\nto side lolth,\\nto side against,\\nto take the light, or the lorong, side,\\nto attack (p.) on his weak side,\\nI am on your side,\\nthe right side {of a stuff, etc.),\\nthe wrong side {of a stuff\\\\ etc.),\\neverything has a wrong and a\\nright side,\\non hoth sides,\\nto hear hoth sides,\\na grand sight,\\nout of sight, out of mind,\\nto silence,\\nsilence gives consent,\\nI cannot guess it,\\ndon t do it,\\nto laugh in one s sleeve,\\nnot to know what to say,\\netre degotite etre las de.\\navoir le mal de mer.\\netre du parti de.\\netre contre.\\nprendre le boD, or le mauvais, cote.\\nprendre {p.) par son endroit\\nsensible,\\nje suis des votres.\\nI endroit (d une etoffe, etc.).\\nI envers (d une etoffe, etc.).\\ncbaque medaille a son revers.\\nde part et d autre.\\nentendre les deux cloches.\\nun spectacle superbe.\\nloin des yeux, loin du coeur.\\nimposer silence a fermer la\\nbouche a.\\nqui ne dit mot, consent,\\nj y perds mon latin,\\nn en faites rien.\\nrire dans la barbe, rire sous cape,\\nne savoir que dire.\\n42.\\nto sit down (to meals),\\nto sit for one s portrait,\\nto sit up loith a sick person,\\nto sit close,\\nto he out of a situation,\\nto try one s skill,\\nto he nothiiig hut skin and hone,\\nto he a skinflint,\\nto sleep (in such a place or such\\na bed)\\nto sleep soundly (securely),\\nto sleep like a top,\\nto sleep very late,\\nto start out of one s sleep,\\nsleep upon it,\\nto pretend to he sleeping,\\nse mettre a table,\\nposer pour son portrait,\\nveiller un malade.\\nse serrer.\\netre sur le pave,\\nessay er son savoir-faire,\\nn avoir que la peau et les os;\\navoir la peau eollee sur les os.\\n*tondre un oeuf.\\ncoucher.\\ndormir sur les deux oreilles.\\n*dormir comme une marmotte.\\ndormir la grasse matinee,\\ns eveiller en sursaut.\\nla nuit porte conseil.\\nfaire semblant de dormir.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0247.jp2"}, "248": {"fulltext": "238\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nhe loho steeps dines,\\nto slip, to make a slip,\\nto slip aioay from the company,\\nto give the slip to,\\nto he too sloio (a clock, etc.),\\non the sly, by stealth,\\na smart answer, a cutting answer,\\na smart reply,\\na smart saying,\\nto smell close,\\nhe is all smiles and kindness,\\nthere is no smoke loithoutfire,\\nthere is a snake in the grass\\n(figurative)\\nto lay a snare for (p.),\\nto fall into a snare,\\nit snoivs,\\nthere has been a heavy fall of\\nsnoiv,\\nMr. so and so,\\nif so,\\nso far so good,\\nand so on, and so forth,\\nsomehow,\\nsomehoiv or other,\\nvery sorry,\\na strange sort of a man,\\nto call a spade a spade,\\nto have no time to spare, to lose,\\nto have some spare time,\\nto have to spare,\\nto spare (p.) the hearing of (th.),\\nto speak for itself,\\nto speak highly of,\\nto speak plainly\\nto begin to speak,\\nto speak for the rest,\\nnot to speak any more of,\\nit is my turn to speak,\\nto speak the truth,\\nqui dort dine,\\nfaire un faux pas.\\nfausser compagnie.\\nfaire faux boud a (p.).\\nretarder.\\nen cachette.\\nune reponse mordante.\\nune vive replique.\\nun mot fin.\\nsentir le renferme.\\n*il fait patte de velours.\\n*il n y a pas de fume e sans feu.\\n*il y a quelque anguille sous roche.\\ntendre, dresser, un piege a (p.).\\ndonner dans un piege.\\nil neige il tombe de la neige.\\nil est tombe beaucoup de neige.\\nM. un tel.\\ns il en est ainsi si c est ainsi.\\ncela va bien jusqu ici jusqu a\\npresent cela ne va pas mal.\\net ainsi de suite,\\ntant bien que mal.\\non ne sait comment,\\ntresfache; desole.\\n*un drole d homme *un drole de\\ncorps,\\nappeler un chat un chat,\\nn avoir pas de temps a perdre.\\navoir de la marge.\\nen avoir de reste en avoir plus\\nqu il n en faut.\\nfaire a (p.) grace de (th.).\\nparler tout seul parler de sol.\\ndire du bien de.\\nparler franchement.\\nprendre la parole,\\nporter la parole,\\ntirer le rideau sur.\\nj ai la parole,\\ndire la verite.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0248.jp2"}, "249": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n239\\ntoo long speeches,\\nfull speed,\\nGod speed you\\nto spend (money),\\nto spend money in cm extravagant\\nmanner,\\nto spend (time),\\na spendthrift,\\nin high spirits,\\nto be in high spirits,\\nto revive (p.) S2)iriis, to cheer,\\nto have a spite, a pique, against\\n(p),\\nto split the difference,\\nhe is a very good spoil-sport, a\\nmarplot,\\nin loanton sport, loith a cheerful\\nheart,\\nto buy cheap,\\nto go to bed,\\ndo help me,\\nto mxike a good bargain^\\nto be pretty well,\\nto be part of,\\nnevertheless,\\nto come to the same thing,\\nto set the table for six,\\nto take unawares,\\ndes discours a perte d haleine.\\nventre a terre a toutes jambes.\\nDieu vous protege\\ndepenser.\\nJeter I argent par les fenetres.\\npasser.\\nun panier perce, un mange-tout.\\nen grande gaiete; fort en train.\\n*etre en train etre tres-gai.\\nreraonter le courage a {p.).\\nen vouloir a; *avoir une dent\\ncontre.\\npartager le differend par la moitie.\\n*c est un vrai rabat-joie.\\nde gaiete de coeur.\\nacheter a bon marclie.\\nse coucher.\\ndonnez moi done un coup de main.\\nfaire un bon marche.\\naller tout doucement.\\nlaire partie de.\\ntout de meme.\\nrcvenir au meme.\\nm.ttre six converts.\\nprendre au deporvu.\\n43.\\nto make sport, to banter about,\\nto make sport of ov ivith (p.),\\non the spot,\\nup stairs, down stairs,\\nto show, to send, to ask (p.) up\\nstairs,\\na private staircase,\\nhis life, his honoris at stake,\\nyou play for a great stake,\\nto stamp (letters, etc.),\\nto put a postage stamp to a letter,\\nto be of the right stamp f\\nbadiner sur.\\nse moquer, se jouer de.\\nsur les lieux sur-le-cliamp.\\nen haut, en bas.\\nfaire monter.\\nun escalier derobe.\\nil y va de sa vie, de son honneur.\\nvous jouez gros jeu.\\ntimbrer.\\naffrancliir une lettre.\\n*etre marque au bon coin.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0249.jp2"}, "250": {"fulltext": "240\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto stand out against^ to cope\\nwith,\\nto stand by (to defend)\\nto stand for,\\nto stand to (an opinion) to stick to,\\nto stand upon ceremony j\\nto stand staring,\\nto stand, to endure,\\nto come to a stand, to a stop,\\nhoio can one stand it\\nI cannot stand it,\\nas matters stand,\\nto sit, to stand, still,\\nto befriends of old standing,\\nand so it stands now,\\nto stare at, on, upon,\\nto stare, to look (p.) in the face,\\nto be ill-starred,\\nto start out of one s sleep,\\nto get the start,\\nto have the start of (p.) by {two\\nhours)\\nto start,\\nyou startled me,\\nto make a stay,\\nto step out of (a carriage)\\nstep by step,\\nwithin a step of,\\nto stick, to hold to, to keep to,\\na stitch in time saves nine,\\nnot to stir out,\\nto leave no stone unturned,\\nnot to leave one stone standing on\\nanother,\\na rolling stone gathers no moss,\\nto put a stop to,\\nafter a storm comes a calm,\\nthe best of the story,\\nan old woman s story,\\ntenir tete a, resister a.\\nsoutenir, defendre, tenir pour.\\ntenir lieu de.\\ns en tenir a.\\n*faire des ceremonies.\\nfaire, ouvrir, de grands yeux.\\nsupporter.\\ns arreter faire une pause.\\ncomment peut-on y tenir\\nje n y tiens plus.\\nsur le pied {or au point) ou en sont\\nles choses.\\nr ester tranquille.\\netre amis de vieille date.\\nYoila oil en sont les choses.\\nregarder fixement.\\nregarder {p.) en face,\\netre ne sous une mauvaise etoile.\\ns eveiller en sursaut.\\nprendre les devants.\\navoir (deux heures) d avance sur\\ntressaillir.\\nvous m avez fait peur.\\nfaire un sejour.\\ndescendre de.\\npas a pas.\\na deux pas de.\\ns en tenir a.\\n*un point fait a temps en sauve\\nmille.\\n*ne pas bouger de chez sol.\\nremuer ciel et terre.\\nne pas laisser pierre sur pierre.\\npierre qui roule n amasse pas de\\nmousse,\\nmettre fin a faire cesser en finir\\navec.\\napres la pluie le beau temps,\\nle plus beau de I histoire.\\nune histoire de bonne femme.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0250.jp2"}, "251": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n241\\nthe same story over again\\nthe story goes onto say,\\nas the story goes,\\nstraight along,\\nas straight as a dart,\\nyou should do it in a straight-\\nforward way,\\nstrange to say, to relate!\\nhe is a stranger to 7ne,\\nat a stretch,\\nstrictly speaking,\\nto be striking, to he evident,\\nto have two strings to one s how,\\nto strive loith all one s might,\\nit has struck one,\\nto study, to he undergoing a com-\\nplete course of education,\\nto study hard,\\nit is very stupid,\\nas stupid as an oicl,\\nto make sure of,\\nto keep (p.) in suspense,\\nto sivarm with,\\nto sioear hy all that is good,\\nto draio the sivord,\\nto put to the sword,\\nit is cut out of the whole cloth,\\nyou can t have too much of a good\\nthing,\\nthat goes against the gratn,\\nto hit hard,\\nto scream, yell.\\n^toujours la meme chanson!\\non ajoute.\\na ce que dit Thistoire.\\ntout droit.\\n*droit comme un jonc, un i, un\\ncierge.\\nil ne f aut pas y aller par quatre\\nchemins.\\nchose etrange\\n*je ne le connais ni d Eve ni\\nd Adam.\\ntout d une haleine d un trait,\\na proprement parler.\\n*sauter aux yeux.\\navoir deux cordes a son arc.\\nsuer sang et eau.\\nil est une heure sonnee une heure\\nest sonnee.\\nfaire ses etudes.\\ntravailler ferme *piocher.\\n*c est bien bete.\\n*bete comme une oie sot comme\\nune buse.\\ns assurer de.\\ntenir {p.) ensuspens; *tenir (p.)\\nle bee dans I eau.\\netre rempli de.\\n*jurer ses grands dieux.\\nmettre Tepee a la main,\\npasser au fil de I epee.\\nc est un conte fait a plaisir.\\nabondance de biens ne nuit pas.\\nle coeur ne lui en dit pas.\\nne pas y aller de main morte.\\ncrier a tue-tete.\\nto succeed to, to come after,\\nto succeed, to he successful,\\nhis hook did not succeed.\\n44.\\nsucceder a.\\nreussir a venir a bout de.\\nson livre n a pas pris.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0251.jp2"}, "252": {"fulltext": "242\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\na success beyond measure,\\nall of a sudden,\\nsuffice it to say,\\nsufficient unto the day is the evil\\nthereof,\\none must suit one s self to the\\ntimes, to circumstances,\\nthat suits me, done I\\nto put one s Sunday clothes on,\\nto supplant (p.),\\nto he sure (of or that),\\nto he sure to,\\nto he sure not to,\\nsure enough,\\nto he sure\\nsure! I sent it,\\nI am quite sure of it,\\nI suspected it\\nmy head swims,\\ndo not utter a syllable of it,\\nto sit doivn to tahle,\\nto rise from tahle,\\nto turn the tables on or upon (p.),\\nthe tables are turned,\\nto take literally,\\nto take after (p.),\\nto take an airing,\\nto take aivay,\\nto take care,\\nto take care (to beware)\\nto take care not to,\\ntake all together, on the lohole,\\ntake it or not,\\nto take one s departure,\\nto take to one s heels,\\nto take a high tone,\\nto take well or ill,\\nun succes fou.\\ntout a coup.\\nqu il suffi.se de dire.\\na chaque jour suffit sa peine.\\na la guerre comme a la guerre.\\n*cela me va, j en suis\\ns endimancher.\\ncourir sur les brisees de *couper\\nI herbe sous le pied a.\\ns assurer.\\nne pas mauquer de.\\nse bien garder de.\\na coup stir.\\ncertain ement mais certainement.\\ntout de bon, sans plaisanter, je\\nI ai envoye.\\n*j en mettrais ma main au feu.\\nje m en doutais bien\\nla tete me tourne.\\nn en dites rien ne f aites semblant\\nde rien.\\nse mettre a table.\\nse lever, sortir, de table.\\n*renvoyer le de, la balle, a {p.).\\nla medaille est renversee; les\\naffaires ont change de face.\\nprendre {th.) au pied de la lettre.\\nressembler a, tenir de.\\nprendre I air; faire une pro-\\nmenade.\\nemporter, enlever, emmener {p.).\\navoir soin de.\\nprendre garde.\\nse bien garder de n avoir garde.\\na tout prendre.\\na prendre ou a laisser.\\npartir, s en aller.\\nprendre ses jambes a son cou.\\n*le prendre bien haut.\\nprendre bien ou mal {th.) prendre\\n(r/i.)enboune,enmauvaisepart.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0252.jp2"}, "253": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n243\\nto take (th.) ill,\\nto take ill or amiss if,\\nto take (a letter, etc.) tOy\\nto take a joke,\\nto take notice of,\\nto take {prizes),\\nto take it upon one s self,\\nto take (p.) to be,\\nto take (p.) to be {20 years) old,\\nto take to (th.),\\nto take a trip,\\nthat s a thorn taken out of his side,\\nto tell tales,\\nto talk nonsense,\\nto talk big,\\nto talk it over,\\nto talk of things one does not\\nknoiv,\\nto be the talk of,\\nthe talk of all the toivn,\\nall that is idle talk, it is as light\\nas air,\\nthey talked of you at dinner,\\nto be a head taller than,\\nto have a hard task,\\nto suit the taste of,\\nto teach (p.) manners, good breed-\\ning,\\nwith tears in his eyes,\\ntears came into his eyes,\\nto abound,\\nto believe easily,\\nbroken chairs,\\ndo you come ivith us f\\na deliberate system, resolution,\\nto let knoio,\\nyou look younger than you are,\\nto note doicn,\\nas ivell as one could,\\nprendre {th.) de travers.\\ntroiiver mauvais que {subjunc-\\ntive)\\nporter (une lettre, etc.) a.\\nentendre raillerie.\\nfaire attention a remarquer.\\nremporter (des prix)\\n*en faire son affaire.\\nIDrendre quelqu un pour.\\ndonner a {p.) (vingt) ans.\\nprendre du gout ]30ur *mordre a.\\nfaire un petit voyage.\\n*il s est tire une forte epine du\\npied.\\nfaire des contes.\\n*dire des betises.\\n*le prendre bien haut.\\nen reparler.\\nparler comme un aveugle des\\ncouleurs.\\nfaire I entretien de.\\nI entretien de toute la ville.\\n*autant en em^Dorte le vent.\\nil fut question de vous a diner,\\ndepasser {p.) de la tete.\\navoir fort a faire.\\netre du gout, au gout, de.\\napprendre a vivre.\\nles larmes aux yeux.\\nles larmes lui sont venues aux\\nyeux.\\nfoisonner, y avoir a foison.\\nprendre pour argent comptant.\\ndes chaises boiteuses.\\netes-vous des notres\\nun parti pris.\\nfaire savoir.\\non vous donnerait moins que vous\\nn avez.\\nprendre note de.\\ntant bien que mal.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0253.jp2"}, "254": {"fulltext": "244\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n45.\\non these termSy\\nthank God!\\nhe may thank himself for it^\\nno thanks to him^\\nas to that,\\nthafs it,\\nthrough thick and thin,\\nto he just the thing,\\nit is no such thing,\\nfrom one thing to another, he\\ncame to speak\\npoor thing\\nit is the best thing I can do,\\nit is quite another thing,\\nthe thing is to,\\nas things go,\\none of two things,\\nof all things, above all things,\\nI should think so\\nto think it over,\\nto think it amiss if,\\nto think proper to,\\nto think ivell, or ill, of,\\nto be so thirsty,\\nthis, that, and the other,\\nno thoroughfare, no road this way,\\nthough it were only,\\neven though, xoere I,\\na thought strikes me,\\nat the very thought of it,\\nto speak out one s thoughts,\\nto be threadbare,\\nto thrbio one s self on everybody,\\nto thunder.\\na ces conditions-la.\\nDieu merci grace a Dieu\\nil ne pent s en prendre qu a lui-\\nmeme, c est sa faute.\\nce n est pas grace a lui.\\nquant a cela pour le coup,\\nc est cela\\na travers tous les obstacles a tort\\net a travers.\\netre (son) affaire,\\npoint du tout cela n est pas vrai.\\n*de fil en aiguille, il en yint a\\nparler\\nla pauvre creature\\nc est ce que j ai de mieux a faire\\nc est mon i)lus court parti.\\nc est tout autre chose c est une\\nautre paire de manches.\\nil s agit de.\\n*par le temps qui court *du train\\ndont 9a va.\\nde deux choses I une.\\navant {or sur) toute chose; par-\\ndessus toutes choses.\\nje le crois hien\\ny reflechir.\\ntrouver mauvais q^xQ {subjunctive).\\njuger convenable de, trouver bon.\\navoir bonne, or mauvaise, opinion\\nde.\\netre si alter e.\\n*et ci et 9a.\\non ne passe pas\\nne f ut-ce que\\nquand bien meme dusse-je.\\nil me vient une idee,\\nrien que d y penser.\\ndire sa fa9on de penser.\\nmontrer la corde.\\nse Jeter a la tete de tout le monde.\\ntonner {impers.).", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0254.jp2"}, "255": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n245\\nticket of admission^\\nsingle ticket,\\nreturn ticket,\\ntill then,\\ntill to-morrow\\nfrom that time,\\nfrom time to time,\\nby this time,\\nin a short time,\\nin a proper time and place,\\nall in good time,\\nat the appointed time,\\nat the same time,\\nsome time or other,\\nwith time, in the long run, at\\nlength,\\nin his father s time,\\njust in time to,\\nthis time I have you,\\ntime hangs heavy upon my hands,\\nto come in time, in good time,\\nto hit the time,\\nto take the time from,\\nas times go, in these days,\\nto have a very smooth tongue,\\nto have it at the tip of one s tongue,\\nto go at it tooth and nail,\\ntopsy-turvy\\nthe beaten track,\\nevery one to his trade,\\nto translate at sight,\\na transparent artifice,\\nto treat (p.) loith,\\nto treat loith kindness,\\nit is my first trial,\\nin a trice, in less than no time,\\nit is all over icith,\\nto border on,\\nto fight to the death,\\nto give notice,\\nso late at night,\\nbillet d entree.\\nbillet d aller.\\nbillet d aller et retour.\\nen attendant jusque-la.\\na demain.\\ndes lors.\\nde temps en temps.\\na I heure qu il est maintenant.\\nsous pen.\\nen temps et lieu.\\ntoutes Glioses en leur temps.\\na I heure con venue.\\nen meme temps.\\nun jour ou I autre; un de ces\\njours,\\na la longue.\\ndu vivant de son pere.\\na temps pour.\\n*pour le coup je yous y prends.\\nle temps me dure.\\nyenir a temps pour venir a pro-\\npos venir a point nomme.\\nprendre bien son temps,\\nregler sa montre sur.\\n*par le temps qui court.\\navoir la langue doree.\\nI avoir sur le bout de la langue.\\nne pas y aller de main morte.\\nsens dessus-dessous.\\nle sentier battu.\\nchacun son metier,\\ntraduire a livre ouvert.\\n|une finesse cousue de fil blanc.\\nregaler de.\\nfaire des amities a.\\nc est mon coup d essai,\\nen moins de rien.\\ne en est fait de.\\ntoucher a.\\ncombattre a outrance.\\nprevenir, faire savoir.\\na uiie heure si mauvaise.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0255.jp2"}, "256": {"fulltext": "246\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nas mattei^s stand,\\nit s a little too much,\\nau point ou en sont les choses.\\nc est par trop fort.\\n46.\\nto trouble one s self about,\\nto cause trouble to (p.), to put (p.)\\nto trouble,\\nto be at, to give one s self, the\\ntrouble to,\\nto take a great deal of trouble,\\nto be in trouble,\\nto bring one s self into trouble,\\nyou have played the truant,\\nif it be true that,\\nthat is true enough,\\nto fill, to pack, one s trunk,\\nto trust to,\\nto trust (p.) loith,\\nto try one s best,\\nto be trying to,\\nto turn, to become,\\nto turn to good account,\\nto turn aside,\\nto turn the tables,\\nto turn the conversaAion to,\\nto turn out of doors,\\nto turn pale,\\nat every turn,\\neach in his turn, by turns,\\nit is my turn to,\\none good turn deserves another,\\nif things were to be done tivice, all\\nloould be wise,\\nin the tioinkling of an eye,\\nto be unacquainted tuith,\\nto take (p.) unawares,\\nto be uncomfortable,\\nto be undeceived about (p.)\\nto undergo an operation,\\ns embarrasser, s inquieter, se\\nmettre en peine, de.\\ncauser de I embarras a.\\nprendre, se donner, la peine de.\\nse donner du mal.\\netre dans la peine,\\nse mettre dans la peine, dans\\nI embarras.\\nvous avez fait I ecole buissonniere.\\nsi tant est que.\\nc est bien vrai.\\nfaire sa malle.\\nse fier a.\\nfier, confier {th,) a.\\nfaire de son mieux.\\nfaire ses efforts pour.\\nse faire, devenir.\\nmettre a profit, tirer parti de.\\ndetourner la tete.\\nvoir le revers de la medaille.\\nfaire tomber la conversation sur.\\nmettre a la porte cbasser.\\nchanger de visage palir.\\na tout propos a tout bout de\\nchamp,\\na tour de role tour a tour,\\nc est a moi a.\\nun service en vaut un autre,\\nsi jeunesse savait, et si vieillesse\\npouvait.\\nen un clin d oeil; en moins de rien.\\nignorer, ne pas connaitre.\\nprendre au depourvu.\\netre mal a son aise.\\netre detrompe sur le compte de {p.)\\nse faire operer.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0256.jp2"}, "257": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n247\\nto understand how to,\\nto let (p.) understand,\\nto undertake to,\\nto be uneasy, anxious, about,\\nunexpectedly\\nthere shall be no unfairness,\\nunjitfor service,\\nto behave in an ungrateful man-\\nner to (p.),\\nunknoicn to me,\\nunprepared,\\nto be unprovided ivith,\\na good action never remains un-\\nrewarded,\\nit is unseemly to, unbecoming to,\\nto buy (th.) unseen, blindfolded,\\nto say whatever comes uppermost,\\nto use,\\nto make a good, or bad, use of,\\nto be of use,\\nto be out of use, obsolete,\\nto use (p.) IV ell or ill,\\nto use ambiguous terms,\\nto accustom one s self to,\\nin every particidar,\\nto get something to do,\\nto get frightened,\\nto pay money,\\ns entendre a.\\ndonner a entendre a {p.) faire\\ncompreudre a (p.)-\\nse charger de.\\netre inquiet sur s in quieter de\\netre en peine de.\\na I improviste.\\nil n y aura pas de passe-droit.\\nhors de service,\\npayer {p.) d ingratitude.\\na mon insu.\\nau depourvu.\\netre sans n avoir pas de.\\nun bienfait n est jamais iDcrdu.\\nil est inconvenant de.\\nacheter {th.) les yeux fermes.\\n*dire tout ce qui (nous) passe par\\nla tete.\\nse servir de.\\nuser bien, on mal, de.\\netre utile a (p.), servir a {p.).\\netre bors d usage; n etre plus\\nd usage.\\nen user, en agir, bien on mal, avec,\\ntraiter bien on mal.\\nparler a mots converts,\\ns accoutumer a se faire a.\\nde point en point,\\ntrouver quelque chose a faire.\\ns effrayer.\\nverser de 1 argent.\\n47.\\nto be of no use,\\nit is of no use for you to try,\\nlohat is the use ofP of what use is\\nit to?\\nwhat use is it for me to\\nof what use is that to me\\nit is of no use,\\nne servir de rien.\\nvous avez beau faire.\\na quoi sert de? que sert de? a\\nquoi bon?\\nque gagnerai-je a\\na quoi cela peut-il me servir\\nc est inutile.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0257.jp2"}, "258": {"fulltext": "248\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nto he used to do,\\nto usher in,\\nas usual,\\nutterly,\\nto he in vain for,\\nto set value on,\\nto set too great a value upon one s\\nself,\\nto value highly,\\nnot to value money,\\nto he of some value,\\nto venture to say,\\nto he a victim to,\\nto vie in cunning,\\nto vie with one another,\\nto take a nearer view of,\\nto use violence,\\nto he in good voice,\\nto come to the vote,\\nto vouch for the truth,\\nto lay a wager,\\nto accept the wager,\\nto loaitfor,\\nto wait on or upon (to serve),\\nto wait on or upon (to visit),\\nto keep waiting,\\nto walk,\\nto walk (for pleasure)\\nto take a walk,\\nidle words, mere talk,\\nno heed is given to what he says,\\navoir coutume de.\\nintroduire, annoncer.\\ncomme a Fordinaire; comme de\\ncoutume.\\nde fond en comble.\\navoir beau.\\nattacher du prix, de I importance,\\na faire cas de.\\nse faire trop valoir; faire le\\nrencheri.\\nfaire grand cas de, tenir beau-\\ncoup a.\\nne pas regarder a I argent.\\navoir quel que valeur.\\nne pas craindre de dire.\\netre en butte a.\\njouer au plus fin.\\nfaire a qui mieux mieux.\\nvoir, observer, de plus pres.\\nen venir aux voies de fait.\\netre bien en voix.\\naller aux voix.\\ngarantir la verite.\\nfaire la gageure, le pari parier.\\ntenir le pari.\\nattendre.\\nservir.\\naller voir.\\nfaire attendre.\\nmarcher, aller a pied.\\nse promener.\\nfaire une promenade, un tour de\\npromenade, un tour.\\ndes paroles en I -air.\\nautant en emporte le veut.\\n48.\\nto walk (tioo miles)\\nto walk over,\\nit is ten minutes walk,\\nas 1 10 as walking, I saio.\\nfaire (deux milles) a pied,\\nparcourir (un endroit) a pied,\\npousser j usque.\\n11 y a dix minutes de marche.\\ntout en me promenant j ai vu.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0258.jp2"}, "259": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\n249\\nto ivanderfrom,\\nto loant (th.), to be ivithout,\\nto loant with (th.),\\nto he in want of (th.),\\nfor want of,\\nyou are wanted,\\nhow much is loanting 9\\nthere is hut little loanting,\\nnot to he lo anting in,\\nfor wanton sport,\\nivants three francs of the sum,\\nI loarrant it,\\nloaste paper,\\nto waste time,\\nto loatch over,\\nto he on the ivatch,\\nto set a ivatch,\\nmy mouth waters at it,\\nstill waters run deep,\\nto make loay for (p.),\\nto he in the way,\\nto go the right ivay in,\\nto have one s own way.\\nto get out of the way,\\nto go a great ivay loith (p.),\\nto lead the ivay,\\nto lose one s way,\\nnot to know one s ivay,\\nto put (p.) on the right way,\\nnot to know what way to turn,\\nthe right way,\\nthe right way (method),\\nthe wrong way,\\nthe wrong ivay (method),\\nhalf way,\\nthis way,\\nthat way,\\nwhich way\\non the ivay,\\nin every way,\\nthis way and that,\\ns ecarter de.\\nmanquer de.\\nvouloir faire de.\\navoir besoin de.\\nfaute de.\\non vous demande.\\nde combien s en faut-il?\\nil ne s en faut guere.\\nne pas manquer de.\\nde gaiete de coeur.\\nil manque trois francs a la somme.\\nje vous en reponds.\\ndu papier de rebut.\\nperdre le temps.\\navoir I oeil sur.\\navoir I oeil au guet.\\nregler une montre.\\n^I eau m en vient a la bouche.\\n11 n y a pire eau que celle qui dort.\\nfaire place a.\\ngener, embarrasser.\\nse bien prendre a.\\nfaire ses fantaisies faire ses vo-\\nlontes en faire a sa tete avoir\\nses coudees franches.\\ns oter de la se ranger,\\navoir beaucoup d influence sur (p.).\\nmarcher en tete conduire.\\nse perdre.\\netre desoriente.\\nmettre {p.) sur la vole,\\nne savoir ou donner de la tete.\\nle bon chemin.\\nla bonne maniere.\\nle mauvais chemin.\\nla mauvaise maniere.\\na moitie chemin a mi-chemin.\\npar ici de ce c6te-ci.\\npar la de ce cote-la.\\npar oil\\nen chemin chemin faisant.\\nde toute fa9on.\\n9a et la.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0259.jp2"}, "260": {"fulltext": "250\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\non my way to,\\non my loay froniy\\na great way,\\nthe shortest vmy,\\nthe shortest way (method),\\nthere is no other loay,\\nto be very weak,\\nit is not loearahle,\\nin this cold iveather,\\nhe is a perfect weathercock,\\nto he wedded to an opinion,\\nill weeds grow apace,\\nthis day loeek,\\nto iveepfor {joy, etc.),\\nto iveep bitterly,\\nto be loorth one s loeight in gold,\\nto give a hearty loelcome to (p.)?\\nto be ivelcome (p.),\\nto be welcome to (th.),\\nand welcome,\\nyou are welcome to it,\\nit was as loellfor you,\\nit is very loellfor you to,\\nivell or ill,\\nas ivell as he can or could,\\nivell done well and good\\nall is well that ends ivell.\\nwell! I never!\\nas it were,\\nif it were not for him, but for\\nhim,\\nto be ivet to the skin,\\nI loill tell you ivhat,\\nivhat of it what of that\\ncomme j allais a en allant a.\\ncomrne je revenais de.\\nbien loin.\\nle plus court chemin.\\nle plus court parti.\\nil n y a pas d autre chemin\\n{literal) il n y a pas de milieu\\n{figurative),\\nn ayoir qu un souffle de vie.\\ncela n est pas de mise.\\npar le froid qu il fait,\\nc est une vraie girouette.\\n*etre coiffe d une opinion,\\nmauvaise herbe croit toujours.\\nil y a aujourd hui huit jours\\n{past), d aujourd hui en huit\\nfuture)\\npleurer de (joie, etc.).\\npleurer a chaudes larmes.\\nvaloir son pesant d or.\\nfaire fete a.\\netre le bienvenu.\\netre au service de {p.).\\nc est bien a votre service,\\nil est, or c est, a votre service,\\nbien vous a pris de.\\nvous avez beau,\\ntaut bien que mal.\\nde son mieux.\\na la bonne heure\\nla fin couronne I oeuvre qui veut\\nla fin veut les moyens rira bien\\nqui rira le dernier tout est\\nbien qui finit bien.\\nest-ce bien possible a-t-on jamais\\nvu!\\npour ainsi dire,\\nsans lui.\\netre trempe jusqu aux os.\\n^je vous dirai ce que c est.\\n*eh bien! apres? qu est-ce a\\ndire?", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0260.jp2"}, "261": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS x\\\\.ND PHRASES.\\n251\\nwhat is that to yoii?\\nto pvt a spoke in the ivheels,\\nto lohile one^s time aivay,\\nto be loorth one s while,\\nto find it worth one s ivhile,\\nfor this long lohile,\\nwhile I am about it, while my\\nhand is in,\\nwhat ivhim has got\\nhead 9\\nto whisper,\\nthe very day,\\nthe very thought, even the thought,\\nat first view,\\nwith a view to,\\nvisibly,\\non a visits\\nanyiohere,\\non the contrary y\\nto be desperate,\\nhe s a perfect bore,\\nto have self-possession,\\nI ivonder,\\nqu est-ce que cela vous fait\\nJeter, or mettre, des batons dans\\nles roues,\\ntuer le temps,\\nvaloir la peine de.\\ny trouver son compte.\\ndepuis longtemps.\\ntandis que j ai la main a la pate.\\ninto your ^quelle mouche vous a pique?\\ndire a I oreille.\\nle jour meme.\\nla seule pensee.\\na premiere vue au x)remier abord.\\ndans I intention de.\\na vue d oeil.\\nen visite.\\nn importe oil.\\ntant s en faut.\\navoir le desespoir dans I ame.\\nc est un vrai ours.\\navoir de 1 aplomb.\\nje voudrais bien savoir.\\n49.\\nto bear (p.) ill-icill, en vouloir a.\\nwhere there is a iviU there is a quand on a de la bonne volonte,\\nivay, on ne manque pas de moyens,\\nvouloir, c est pouvoir.\\nwilling or not, willing or unioill- bon gre mal gre; de gre ou de\\ning, force.\\nto be willing to, etre pret a ne demander pas\\nmieux (que de)\\nvjillingly, de plein gre^\\nlet them laugh icho vjin, rira bien qui rira le dernier.\\nto win over, gagner.\\nGod tempers theivind to the shorn |a brebis tondue Dieu mesure le\\nlamb, vent.\\nit is an ill ivind that blovjs nobody a quel que chose malheur est bon.\\ngood,\\nto have a great windfall, avoir une bonne aubaine,", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0261.jp2"}, "262": {"fulltext": "252\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nit ivas a loindfall, it loas a treas-\\nure trove,\\nto loink at (a fault, etc.),\\nnot to be the tciser for it,\\nto ivish (p.) a happy neio year,\\nto wish one s self a hundred miles\\naway,\\nas much as one can wish^\\nto wish very much to,\\nto be full of wit,\\nsallies ofioit,\\nto seek for, to strain after, wit,\\nto be thought a ivit,\\nit is luith us as with,\\nicithout rhyme or reason,\\nto have one s wits about one,\\nto be at one s wits end,\\nto torture one^s wits,\\nto live by one s wits,\\nto bs frightened out of one\\nwits,\\nto be extremely ivitty,\\nhis conversation is very loitty,\\na looman must have her way,\\nno wonder,\\nfor a luonder,\\nto tvonder at,\\nI ivonder if, when, how, why,\\nto be loont to,\\nto send word to,\\nto be a man of his word,\\nto break one s word,\\nto take (p.) at his word,\\nnot to dare to say a word,\\n*c etait une bonne aubaine.\\nfermer les yeux sur.\\nne pas en etre plus avance.\\nsouhaiter la bonne an nee a.\\nvouloir etre a cent pieds sous\\nterre.\\na plaisir a discretion,\\nmourir d envie de.\\npetiller d esprit,\\ndes saillies.\\nfaire de 1 esprit,\\npasser pour un homme d esprit\\nil en est de nous comme de.\\nsans rime ni raison.\\netre sur ses gardes avoir sa\\npresence d esprit.\\netre au bout de son latin, *ne\\nsavoir plus de quel bois faire\\nfleche; *ne savoir a quel saint\\nse vouer.\\nse creuser I esprit.\\netre un chevalier d industrie.\\n*perdre la tete.\\navoir de I esprit jusqu au bout\\ndes doigts.\\nsa conversation petille d esprit.\\nce que femme vent, Dieu le veut.\\nce n est pas etonnant il n y a rien\\nd etonnant.\\npar extraordinaire chose extraor-\\ndinaire.\\ns etonner de.\\nje m etonne bien si, etc.; je vou-\\ndrais bien savoir si, etc:\\navoir coutume de.\\nfaire savoir a\\netre homme de parole.\\nmanquer a, ne pas tenir, sa parole\\ns en dedire.\\nprendre {p.) au mot.\\nn oser souffler.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0262.jp2"}, "263": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC VERBS AXD PHRASES.\\n253\\nto pronounce the icord, to let out\\nthe loord,\\nby loord of mouthy viva voce,\\ntake mij word for it,\\nI will not say a loord about it, it\\nwon t go any farther,\\nnot to get a single loordfrom,\\nan honest man is as good as his\\nword,\\nmore words than deeds,\\nvain loords, empty loords,\\nnot to inince one s words,\\nto work by the job,\\na work requiring much time,\\nthat is not the work of a few hours,\\nfor all the world,\\nit is the ivay of the icorld, such is\\nthe world, such is life,\\nto laugh at vjhat the world may\\nsay,\\nto grow worse and ivorse,\\nnot to be the ivorse for it,\\nto make bad ivorse,\\nto make it worse to make matters\\nworse,\\nto be worse of,\\nto have the worst of it,\\nlet the worst come to the worst,\\nto be worth (p.),\\nnot to be worth a penny,\\nnot to be worth much,\\nhe is worth his weight in gold,\\nit is not worth while,\\na soft answer turns away wrath,\\nto be wrecked,\\nto sing most wretchedly,\\nto write a beautiful hand,\\nthat is the lorong book,\\nthat is wrong of him,\\noh, yes yes, indeed!\\nlaclier le mot trancher le mot.\\nde vive voix.\\ncroyez-m en.\\n*cela n ira pas plus loin.\\nne pas arracher une parole de.\\nun hoiinete homme n a que sa\\nparole,\\nplus de bruit que de besogne.\\ndes paroles en I air.\\n*ne pas macher ses paroles,\\ntravailler aux pieces,\\nun ouvrage de lougue lialeine.\\ncela ne se fait ijas du jour au\\nlendemain\\npour tout au monde.\\nainsi va le monde.\\nse moquer du qu en dira-t-on.\\naller de mal en pis, de pis en pis.\\nne pas s en trouver plus mal.\\n*jeter le manche apres la cognee.\\npour surcroit de mallieur.\\netre raoins avance.\\navoir le dessous de en avoir le\\ndementi,\\nau pis aller.\\netre riche de avoir,\\nn avoir pas un sou vaillant.\\nne pas valoir grand chose.\\nil vaut son i^esant d or.\\n*le jeu ne vaut pas la chandelle.\\npetite pluie abat grand vent,\\nfaire naufrage.\\nchanter a faire pitie.\\navoir une belle ecriture.\\nce n est pas le livre qu il faut.\\nc est mal a lui c est mal de sa\\npart.\\n*ob que si", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0263.jp2"}, "264": {"fulltext": "254\\nIDIOMATIC VERBS AND PHRASES.\\nin a fortnight from yesterday\\nhut yesterday,\\nto he heside one^s self ivith joy,\\nshe enjoyed herself to her hearVs\\ncontent,\\nnot to say a loord,\\n*si fait si! mais si!\\nd hier en quinze,\\nhier encore.\\nne pas se sentir de joie,\\nelle s en est donne a cceur joie.\\nne pas desserer les dents.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0264.jp2"}, "265": {"fulltext": "III. POPULAR SAYINGS.\\n1. All roads lead to Rome.\\n2. All is icell that ends loell.\\n3. All is not gold that glitters.\\n4. A stitch in time saves nine.\\n5. A rolling stone gathers no\\nmoss.\\nA word to the ivise is sufficient.\\nA man is knoivn by his friends,\\nA miss is as good as a mile.\\nA good name is better than\\nriches.\\nA man^s house is his castle.\\nA new broom sweeps clean.\\nA bird in the hand is icorth\\ntwo in the bush.\\nA burnt child di^eadsfire.\\nBarking dogs seldom bite.\\nBeggars can t be choosers.\\nBirds oj a feather flock to-\\ngether.\\nBetter late than never.\\nCharit^j begins at h(fme.\\n6.\\n7.\\n8.\\n9.\\n10.\\n11.\\n12.\\n13.\\n14.\\n15.\\n16.\\n17.\\n18.\\n19.\\n20.\\nContentment is better than\\nriches.\\nDonH count your chickens\\nbefore they are hatched.\\n21. Diamond cut diamond.\\nTons les chemins vont a Rome.\\nLa fill couroniie I oeuvre.\\nTout ce qui reluit n est pas or,\\nUii point fait a temps en sauve\\ncent.\\nPierre qui roule n amasse pas de\\nmousse.\\nA bon entendeur salut\\nDis-moi qui tu hantes, je te dirai\\nqui tu es.\\nFaute d un point Martin perdit\\nson ane.\\nBonne reuommee vaut mieux que\\nceintLire doree.\\nCharbonnier est maitre cbez lui.\\nTout nouveau, tout beau.\\nUn tiens vaut mieux que deux tu\\nr auras.\\nCbat ecbaude craint I eau froide.\\nCbien qui aboie ne mord pas.\\nNe cboisit pas qui emprunte.\\nQui se ressemble s assemble.\\nMieux vaut tard que jamais.\\nCbarite bien ordonnee commence\\navec soi-meme.\\nContentement passe ricbesse.\\nBrebis comptees. le loup les\\nmange. II ne faut pas acbeter\\nla corde avant d avoir le yeau.\\nFin contre fin ne vaut rien pour\\ndoublure.\\n255", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0265.jp2"}, "266": {"fulltext": "256\\nPOPULAR SAYTXGS.\\n22. Evil to him ivho evil thinks.\\n23. Foreioarned is forearmed.\\n24. Give the devil his due.\\n25. Grasp all, lose all.\\n26. Good reckonings malce good\\nfriends.\\n27. Honor to ivhom honor is due.\\n28 He laugh s best ivho laughs last.\\n29. He loas born ivith a silver\\nspoon in his mouth.\\n30. He is penny ivise and pound\\nfoolish.\\n31. He reckons luithout his host.\\n32. He s a chip of the old block.\\n33. It is loell to have tivo strings\\nto one s boio.\\n34. It is an ill ivind that blows\\nnobody good.\\n35. iveeds groio apace.\\n36. Like father, like son.\\n37. Let well enough alone.\\n38. Love me, love my dog.\\n39. Misfortunes never come singly.\\n40. Man proposes and God dis-\\nposes.\\n41. Many a little makes a mickle.\\n42. Money makes the mare go.\\n43. Make hay ivhile the sun shines.\\n44. Nothing venture, nothing\\nhave.\\n45. Necessity is the mother of in-\\nvention.\\n46. Necessity knows no law.\\n47. No sooner said than done.\\n48. Never judge by appearances.\\n49. Other people s misfortunes af-\\nfect us but little.\\nHoni soit qui mal y pense.\\nUii bon averti en vaut deux.\\nNe faites pas le diable plus noir\\nqu il n est.\\nQui trop embrasse mal etreint.\\nLes bons comptes font les bons\\namis.\\nA tout seigneur, tout honneur.\\nRira bien qui rira le dernier.\\nII est ne coiffe.\\nC est une economie de bouts de\\ncbandelle.\\nQui compte sans son bote compte\\ndeux fois.\\nC est un ecliantillon de la piece.\\nC est un enfant de la balle.\\nII est bon d avoir deux cordes a\\nson arc.\\nA quelque cbose malheur est bon.\\nMauvaise herbe croit toujours.\\nBon cbien chasse de race. Tel\\npere, tel fils.\\nLe mieux est I ennemi du bien.\\nQui m aime, aime mon chien.\\nUn malheur ne vient jamais seul.\\nL homme propose et Dieu dispose.\\nLes petits ruisseaux font les\\ngrandes rivieres.\\nArgent fait tout.\\nII faut battre le fer quand il est\\nchaud.\\nQui ne risque rien n a rien.\\nLa necessite est la mere de I in-\\ndustrie.\\nNecessite n a point de loi.\\nAussitot dit, aussitot fait.\\nL habit ne fait pas le moine.\\nMal d autrui n est que songe.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0266.jp2"}, "267": {"fulltext": "TOPULAR SAYINGS.\\n257\\n50. Out of the abundance of the\\nheart the mouth spealceth.\\n51. Out of sight, out of mind.\\n52. Out of the frying pan into the\\nfire.\\n53. One sioallow makes no sum-\\nmer.\\n54. Patient icaiters are no losers.\\n55. Practice makes perfect.\\n56. Speak of the devil, he is sure\\nto appear.\\n57. A soft answer turneth aivay\\nicrath.\\n58. Strike ivhile the iron is hot.\\n59. Still VKiters run dee}?.\\n60. Silence gives consent.\\n61. Sufficient for the day is the\\nevil thereof.\\n62. Set a thief to catch a thief.\\n63. Tis the last straio that\\nbreaks the cameVs back.\\n64. The better the day, the better\\nthe deed.\\n65. Tit for tat.\\n63. The more, the merrier.\\n67. The pitcher goes so often to\\nthe well, that at last it gets\\nbroken.\\n68. It is the first step that counts.\\n69. The pot can^t call the kettle\\nblack.\\n70. There is no rose ivithout a\\nthorn.\\n71. That s robbing Peter to pay\\nPaul.\\n72. There are tico sides to every\\nstory.\\n73. Thori is many a .slip betvjeen\\nthe cup and the lip.\\nQuand le coeur est plein il deborde.\\nLoin des yeux, loin du coeur.\\nTomber de Charybde en Scylla.\\nUne hirondelle ne fait pas le\\nprintemps.\\nTout vient a point a qui sait at-\\ntendre.\\nA force de forger oil devient\\nforgeron.\\nQuand on parle du loup, on en\\nvoit la queue.\\nPetite pluie abat grand vent.\\nBattez le fer pendant qu il est\\ncliaud.\\nII n est pire eau que celle qui\\ndort.\\nQui ne dit mot consent.\\nA cbaque jour sufQt sa peine.\\nA voleur, voleur et demi.\\nC est la goutte qui fait deborder\\nle vase.\\nA bon jour, bonne oeuvre.\\nA bon chat, bon rat.\\nPlus on est de fous, plus on rit.\\nTaut va la cruche a I eau qu a la\\nfin elle se brise.\\nC est le premier pas qui coute.\\nLa pelle se moque du fourgon.\\nII n y a pas de rose sans epines.\\nC est decouvrir S* Pierre pour\\ncouvrir S^ Paul.\\nToute medaille a un revers.\\nII y a loin de la coupe aux levres.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0267.jp2"}, "268": {"fulltext": "258\\nPOPULAR SAYINGS.\\n74. They are hand and glove to-\\ngether.\\n75. To kill two birds ivith one\\nstone.\\n76. They agree like cats and dogs.\\n77. To calory coals to Neiocastle.\\n78. To build castles in the air.\\n79. The die is cast.\\n80. Vinegar doesn t catch flies.\\n81. When you are ivith the Ro-\\nmans, do as the Romans do.\\n82. You should not look a gift\\nhorse in the mouth.\\n83. You m^ust cut your coat ac-\\ncording to your cloth.\\n84. You can t eat your cake and\\nkeep it too.\\n85. You cannot have of a cat more\\nthan her skin.\\n86. You come the day after the\\nfair.\\nCe sont cleiix tetes clans nn bonnet\\nFaire d une pierre deux coups.\\nC est le feu et I eau.\\nPorter de I eau a la riviere.\\nBatir des chateaux en Espagne.\\nLe sort en est jete.\\nOn n attrape pas les mouches\\navec du vinaigre.\\nQuand on est avec les loups 11\\nfaut liurler.\\nA cheval donne on ne regarde pas\\na la bride.\\nSelon ta bourse, gouverne ta\\nbouclie.\\nOn ne pent pas etre et avoir ete.\\nII ne sort point de farine d un sac\\na cliarbon.\\nC est de la moutarde apres diner.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0268.jp2"}, "269": {"fulltext": "FRENCH. 43\\nFirst French Course,\\nBy C. A. Chardenal, Bachelier ^s Lettres de I Universite de France.\\ni6mo, cloth, 274 pages. Price, 60 cents.\\nTHIS book has been prepared for all who wish to begin or\\ncontinue the study of French and by the simplicity of the\\nlanguage, the careful progression of the exercises, and the thor-\\noughness of the treatment, is adapted to the wants of all pupils\\nbetween the ages of twelve and seventeen. The First Course in\\nitself supplies all the instruction necessary for reading, intelli-\\ngently, easy French prose.\\nProfessor Scheie De Vere, U?iiversity of Virginia After a painstaking\\nexamination, I can endorse Chard enaVs French Course as the work of\\nan experienced, highly gifted teacher. The Junior and the Advanced\\nCourses are admirably arranged, and cannot fail to bring the student\\nalmost imperceptibly forward, till teacher and pupil alike feel that the\\ntask is accomplished. I am sure the volumes reed only to be well known\\nto be very generally adopted.\\nProfessor A. Marshall Elliott, Johns Hopkins University We have\\nadopted both the Advanced and First Courses in our work in this Uni-\\nversity. I like them better than anything else I have seen in English,\\nProfessor Samuel B. Platner, Adelbert College, Cleveland, O. I have used\\nthe books of Chardenal s Series with my classes during this year and am\\nexceedingly well pleased with them. They are the best that I know of,\\nfor the purpose intended.\\nSecond French Course.\\nFrench Syntax and Reader, by C. A. CHARDENAL. i6mo, cloth, 250\\npages. Price, 60 cents.\\nTHE Second Course aims to develop a mastery of all the\\nprinciples of Syntax, as well as ease and fluency in French\\nconversation.\\nFrench Exercises for Advanced Pupils.\\nBy C. A. Chardknal. i6n io, cloth, 331 pages. Price, 90 cents.\\nTHIS book contains the principal rules of French Syntax,\\nnumerous French and English exercises on rules and idioms,\\nand a long list of French idioms and phrases.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0269.jp2"}, "270": {"fulltext": "44 FRENCH.\\nComplete French Course.\\nBased on the First and Second French Courses of C. A. Chardenal.\\ni6mo, cloth, 359 pages. Price, ^i.oo.\\nTHE Complete French Course is based on ChardenaPs First\\nand Second Courses and includes the exercises from both\\nthese books. Since its pubhcation it has met with a degree of\\nsuccess which has proved beyond question its complete fitness to\\naid pupils in gaining a sound knowledge of the principles of the\\nFrench language. The special features of the book which have\\ncontributed to its success are clearness and simplicity of lan-\\nguage in the statement of rules; the carefully graded exercises\\nwhich are peculiarly adapted to drill on forms and syntax the\\nlessons on the personal pronouns and the manner in which the\\nsubjunctive mood and irregular verbs have been treated.\\nThe book also contains an Appendix giving a resume of all\\nneeded rules for the formation of the plural and feminine of nouns\\nand adjectives. There are complete tables for the conjugation\\nof regular and irregular verbs, together with other useful lists.\\nTen pages of colloquial prose form an easy stepping-stone to the\\nFrench Reader. A full index has been inserted in the last edition.\\nThe book contains one hundred and twenty exercises and can\\nbe readily mastered within the school year.\\nIrene Saniewska, IIo/ e Street High School, Providence, R.I.: I have used\\nChardenal s Complete French Course for a long time and have obtained\\nmost satisfactory results. It is simple and clear, and the sentences, both\\nFrench and English, are such as one would be likely to use in conversa-\\ntion. I would recommend it in particular to English teachers who teach\\nFrench.\\nD. C. Fan, Academy, Glen Falls, N.Y.: For the past two years we have\\nused the Chardenal with our classes, and it affords me great pleasure to\\nsay that it has given us complete satisfaction. There may be better text-\\nbooks on that subject, but if so, our attention has not been called to them.\\nT. F. Crane, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y.: I have not found anything\\nso good as Chardenal s Complete French Course.\\nSamuel J. Brun, Leland Stanford, Jr., University, Califo7-??ia The Char-\\ndenal is the best text-book for beginners in French in University work\\nthat I know of.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0270.jp2"}, "271": {"fulltext": "FRENCH, 45\\nComplete French Course.\\nAbbie I. Durkee, Hi^h School, Malde?t, Mass.: After examining many text-\\nbooks, I find Chardenal s the most practical. I took a copy of it to Eu-\\nrope, with several other grammars, and asked a competent teacher of\\nFrench to look them over and tell me which was the best from a French-\\nman s point of view. Chardenal s gained the most complimentary praise.\\nEllen Sullivan, High School, Alba?iy, N.Y.: We are using Chardenal s\\nComplete French Course in our school, and we think there is nothing\\nthat could take its place for our use.\\nHarriet M. Bliss, High School, Bingha7nton, N. Y.: We have used the\\nChardenal in our school, especially in the first year French classes, for\\nseveral years, and are very well satisfied with the book.\\nWilliam C. Ladd, Haverfoj-d College, Pa.: I think the Chardenal admirably\\nadapted to younger students beginning the language, and were I teach-\\ning in a secondary school I feel that I should use it.\\nEmily E. Winward, High School, Fall River, Mass.: I continue to like\\nChardenal s Complete French Course and we not only use it in all our\\nclasses, but I always recommend it to those who wish to gain a sufficient\\nknowledge of the French language to permit them to travel in France\\nwith profit and some degree of pleasure.\\nZ. W. Coombs, PolytecJuiic bistitute, Worcester, Mass.: I have given Char-\\ndenal s Complete French Course a somewhat hasty examination, but\\nfind that it confirms all the good I have heard of it, and that has been\\na great deal. It seems to possess all the good points of the many\\nCourses published, and few of their defects.\\nH. L. Belisle, High School, Lawrence, Mass.: I take pleasure in speaking\\na good word for Chardenal s Complete French Course, because the work\\ndeserves it. All things considered, it seems to me that for a combination\\ngrammar and exercise book it could hardly be improved upon.\\nH. E. Webb, High School, Geneva, N.Y.: I have used the Complete\\nCourse during the past year with great success. I consider it by far the\\nbest introductory text-book in use at the present time. The arrange-\\nment is both logical and practical, and the exercises lead to a thorough\\nelementary knowledge of the language.\\nMary Abigail Stevens, High School, Lewiston, Mai^ie I have used\\nChardenal s Complete Course for four years and have found it satis-\\nfactory. Although I have meanwhile examined many other grammars, I\\nhave found nothing for which I would exchange Chardenal.", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0271.jp2"}, "272": {"fulltext": "46 FRENCH,\\nPreparatory French Reader.\\nWith Notes and Vocabulary. By GEORGE W. ROLLINS, Master in the\\nPublic Latin School, Boston. i6mo, cloth, 314 pages. Price, 90 cents.\\nFICTION, history, poetry, and the drama are represented by\\nthe selections, which are thoroughly French in spirit.\\nThe historical pieces, with Napoleon, Louis XVI., and Marie\\nAntoinette as dominant figures, will interest young readers in a\\nfascinating period of French history, and will be of permanent\\nvalue.\\nThe selection from the drama will serve as a capital introduc-\\ntion to that kind of literature of which the French are the ac-\\nknowledged masters.\\nThe freshness and the value of the material are indicated by\\nthe names of Ortoli, Lemaitre, Topffer, Marbot, St. Armand,\\nDuruy, Lavergne, Labiche, Martin, and Laboulaye.\\nThe Vocabulary will be found to be especially rich in w^ords of\\nevery-day use. It contains explanations of the common idiomatic\\nexpressions found in the text, and its mastery will insure the easy\\nand rapid reading of general French literature. A list of irregu-\\nlar verbs, with their conjugations, accompanies the Vocabulary.\\nThe Notes are such as will enable the pupil to read rapidly\\nand thoroughly. They serve to explain the historical and literary\\nreferences in the texc, to help the pupil over the more difficult\\nplaces, and to call his attention to some grammatical principles.\\nJohn Tetlow, Principal of Girls High School, Boston I have examined it\\nwith much interest and pleasure. The freshness, variety, and intrinsic\\nvalue of the selections give the book a literary charm apart from its ser-\\nviceableness as a manual for the class-room and the unusually discrimi-\\nnating notes give help just where, and only where, the pupil will need it.\\nFrederic T. Famsworth, Sanborn Seminary^ Kingston, NH. I consider\\nit a most excellent and attractive book in the variety and character of the\\nselections, and the value of Vocabulary, Notes, and Verb List.\\nJohn R. Effinger, Jr., University of Michigan 1 am using the book with\\ntwo of my sections in beginning French, and find it very satisfactory.\\nProfessor Sylvester Primerj University of Texas It is all you claim for\\nit, and I believe it superior to others of the same grade. I shall use it\\nnext year in my Freshman French.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0272.jp2"}, "273": {"fulltext": "FRENCH AND GERMAN.\\nReadings from French History.\\nEdited by Professor O. B. Super, Dickinson College, Carlisle, Pa.\\ni6mo, cloth, 324 pages. Price, $1.00.\\nTHE choice of the selections, and to some extent also of the\\nauthors represented, has been detennined by the wants of\\nthe class room and, in order that the selections might be inter-\\nesting, complete episodes have, so far as possible, been given.\\nThe notes are brief, and are for the most part confined to the\\nexplanation of words used in an unusual sense, or of obscure\\nhistorical points.\\nThe object in the selection has been to present such extracts\\nfrom the best French historians as will enable the student to\\njudge of their style and manner of treatment. With but one\\nexception the selections are arranged in the chronological order\\nof the events narrated. The accuracy of the text has been insured\\nby consultation of various French, English, and German editions\\nof the authors quoted.\\nThe selections are from the following; authors\\nConquete de I Angleterre.\\nJeanne d Arc.\\nSituation du Peiiple avant la Revolution.\\nPrise de la Bastille.\\nDiscours de Vergniaud.\\nChute de Robespierre.\\nLe Decret de Berlin et I Entrevue de Tilsit.\\nNapoleon a x^Ioscou.\\nNapoleon a Sainte-Helene.\\nHistorie de la Civilisation en Europe.\\nProfessor B. L. Bowen, Ohio State University It seems to me not only\\na very attractive book in the matter of letter-press, etc., but in scope and\\nsubject-matter is far better than anything of the kind that we have had,\\nI am very much pleased with it.\\nThierry\\nBarante\\nLouis Blanc\\nMichelet\\nLamartine\\nMignet\\nLanfrey\\nSegur\\nTheirs\\nGuizot", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0273.jp2"}, "274": {"fulltext": "48 FRENCH.\\nThe Ca Ira Series of French Plays.\\nEdited by Professor B. W. WELLS, of the University of the South.\\n6 volumes, i6mo, cloth. Each, 36 cents.\\nTHE plays selected have not heretofore been edited for use in\\nAmerican schools. The series contains works adapted to\\nthe most varied needs, but these works are so treated as to ex-\\nclude all expressions or suggestions which could stand in the way\\nof their use in mixed classes. The introductions give brief\\nbiographies of the authors and such comment on their work as\\nmay seem helpful. The Notes explain peculiarities of idiom that\\nwould not naturally be sought in a dictionary. Allusions to\\nsocial and political customs, as well as to literature andliistory,\\nreceive such comment as will aid the pupil to put himself in the\\nplace of the original audience. In this way it is hoped that the\\nreading of these plays will help the student not only in the study\\nof French, but also in the development of a literary taste.\\nThe following works are contained in the series\\nMoi, par Labiche et Martin.\\nGringoire, par Theodore de Banville, et L Ete de la Saint Martin,\\npar Meilhac et Helevy.\\nLa Question d Argent, par Alexandre Dumas, y^/j.\\nLa Camaraderie, par Eugene Scribe.\\nLe Luthier de Cremone, et Le Tresor, par Fran9ois Coppee.\\nLe Fils de Giboyer, par Emile Augier.\\nProfessor A. G. Cameron, Yale University The volumes are as admi-\\nrable in editing as they are dainty in form.\\nProfessor H. A. Rennert, University of Pennsylvania It (Moi) is an\\nexcellent book in every way, and I shall use it.\\nProfessor George D. Fairfield, University 0/ Illinois I heartily commend\\nboth the editorial and typographical excellence apparent all through\\nit (Moi).\\nProfessor W. A. Cooper, Marietta College, Ohio I have already used\\ntwo of the Qa Ira Series with classes and shall use another this term.\\nThe books are not only very delightful to look at, but the editor s work\\ngives the student just what help he needs.", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0274.jp2"}, "275": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0275.jp2"}, "276": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0276.jp2"}, "277": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0277.jp2"}, "278": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4330", "width": "2799", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0278.jp2"}, "279": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4250", "width": "2760", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0279.jp2"}, "280": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4456", "width": "2941", "jp2-path": "chardenalsfrench00char_0280.jp2"}}